Self‐Medication and Intractable Cough

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Self‐medication and intractable cough

A 60 year old man presented with a 1‐month history of severe, dry cough. His medical history is significant for lymphoma (4 years), bone marrow transplant (8 months), stable graft‐vs.‐host disease, with a negative bleeding history. He self‐medicated his cough with 6 to 8 tablets daily of an analgesic containing 250 mg acetaminophen, 65 mg caffeine, and 250 mg aspirin. He developed severe stabbing pain in his right lower quadrant exacerbated by coughing. Several days later he developed severe pain of his left upper abdomen. The abdominal wall was tender. Laboratory tests revealed a hematocrit of 31%, platelet count of 246,000, international normalized prothrombin ratio of 1.0, and activated partial thromboplastin ratio of 0.8. Abdominal computed tomography (CT) without contrast revealed 2 rectus sheath hematomas. A 4‐cm 2‐cm 2‐cm collection consistent with hematoma was contained within the left rectus abdominis muscle sheath above the level of the umbilicus (white arrow, Figure 1A, top). An additional collection measuring 6 cm 6 cm 4 cm was present below the umbilicus and between the posterior aspect of the right rectus abdominus muscle (black arrows, Figure 1A bottom; B and C) and the anterior surface of the bladder (arrowhead, Figure 1A and C). Aspirin was stopped and he was started on moxifloxacin for pneumonia. He was discharged 3 days later with improved cough resulting in improved pain control.

Figure 1
Abdominal computed tomography (CT) without contrast revealed 2 rectus sheath hematomas. (A) A 4‐cm × 2‐cm × 2‐cm collection consistent with hematoma was contained within the left rectus abdominis muscle sheath above the level of the umbilicus (white arrow, top). (bottom A; B, C) An additional collection measuring 6 cm × 6 cm × 4 cm was present below the umbilicus and between the posterior aspect of the right rectus abdominus muscle (black arrows) and the anterior surface of the bladder (A, C; arrowhead).

Rectus sheath hematoma may be contained with the fascia when above the arcuate line, located about 5 cm below the umbilicus. Below the arcuate line a rectus sheath hematoma may dissect posteriorly into the prevesicular space of Retzius. Both are seen in this case. Rectus sheath hematoma are usually associated with cough in the setting of coagulopathy, and may require transfusion or surgical evacuation. High dose aspirin, in this case up to 2000 mg per day, may lead to hemorrhage associated with intractable coughing.

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
Page Number
E30-E30
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A 60 year old man presented with a 1‐month history of severe, dry cough. His medical history is significant for lymphoma (4 years), bone marrow transplant (8 months), stable graft‐vs.‐host disease, with a negative bleeding history. He self‐medicated his cough with 6 to 8 tablets daily of an analgesic containing 250 mg acetaminophen, 65 mg caffeine, and 250 mg aspirin. He developed severe stabbing pain in his right lower quadrant exacerbated by coughing. Several days later he developed severe pain of his left upper abdomen. The abdominal wall was tender. Laboratory tests revealed a hematocrit of 31%, platelet count of 246,000, international normalized prothrombin ratio of 1.0, and activated partial thromboplastin ratio of 0.8. Abdominal computed tomography (CT) without contrast revealed 2 rectus sheath hematomas. A 4‐cm 2‐cm 2‐cm collection consistent with hematoma was contained within the left rectus abdominis muscle sheath above the level of the umbilicus (white arrow, Figure 1A, top). An additional collection measuring 6 cm 6 cm 4 cm was present below the umbilicus and between the posterior aspect of the right rectus abdominus muscle (black arrows, Figure 1A bottom; B and C) and the anterior surface of the bladder (arrowhead, Figure 1A and C). Aspirin was stopped and he was started on moxifloxacin for pneumonia. He was discharged 3 days later with improved cough resulting in improved pain control.

Figure 1
Abdominal computed tomography (CT) without contrast revealed 2 rectus sheath hematomas. (A) A 4‐cm × 2‐cm × 2‐cm collection consistent with hematoma was contained within the left rectus abdominis muscle sheath above the level of the umbilicus (white arrow, top). (bottom A; B, C) An additional collection measuring 6 cm × 6 cm × 4 cm was present below the umbilicus and between the posterior aspect of the right rectus abdominus muscle (black arrows) and the anterior surface of the bladder (A, C; arrowhead).

Rectus sheath hematoma may be contained with the fascia when above the arcuate line, located about 5 cm below the umbilicus. Below the arcuate line a rectus sheath hematoma may dissect posteriorly into the prevesicular space of Retzius. Both are seen in this case. Rectus sheath hematoma are usually associated with cough in the setting of coagulopathy, and may require transfusion or surgical evacuation. High dose aspirin, in this case up to 2000 mg per day, may lead to hemorrhage associated with intractable coughing.

A 60 year old man presented with a 1‐month history of severe, dry cough. His medical history is significant for lymphoma (4 years), bone marrow transplant (8 months), stable graft‐vs.‐host disease, with a negative bleeding history. He self‐medicated his cough with 6 to 8 tablets daily of an analgesic containing 250 mg acetaminophen, 65 mg caffeine, and 250 mg aspirin. He developed severe stabbing pain in his right lower quadrant exacerbated by coughing. Several days later he developed severe pain of his left upper abdomen. The abdominal wall was tender. Laboratory tests revealed a hematocrit of 31%, platelet count of 246,000, international normalized prothrombin ratio of 1.0, and activated partial thromboplastin ratio of 0.8. Abdominal computed tomography (CT) without contrast revealed 2 rectus sheath hematomas. A 4‐cm 2‐cm 2‐cm collection consistent with hematoma was contained within the left rectus abdominis muscle sheath above the level of the umbilicus (white arrow, Figure 1A, top). An additional collection measuring 6 cm 6 cm 4 cm was present below the umbilicus and between the posterior aspect of the right rectus abdominus muscle (black arrows, Figure 1A bottom; B and C) and the anterior surface of the bladder (arrowhead, Figure 1A and C). Aspirin was stopped and he was started on moxifloxacin for pneumonia. He was discharged 3 days later with improved cough resulting in improved pain control.

Figure 1
Abdominal computed tomography (CT) without contrast revealed 2 rectus sheath hematomas. (A) A 4‐cm × 2‐cm × 2‐cm collection consistent with hematoma was contained within the left rectus abdominis muscle sheath above the level of the umbilicus (white arrow, top). (bottom A; B, C) An additional collection measuring 6 cm × 6 cm × 4 cm was present below the umbilicus and between the posterior aspect of the right rectus abdominus muscle (black arrows) and the anterior surface of the bladder (A, C; arrowhead).

Rectus sheath hematoma may be contained with the fascia when above the arcuate line, located about 5 cm below the umbilicus. Below the arcuate line a rectus sheath hematoma may dissect posteriorly into the prevesicular space of Retzius. Both are seen in this case. Rectus sheath hematoma are usually associated with cough in the setting of coagulopathy, and may require transfusion or surgical evacuation. High dose aspirin, in this case up to 2000 mg per day, may lead to hemorrhage associated with intractable coughing.

Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
Page Number
E30-E30
Page Number
E30-E30
Article Type
Display Headline
Self‐medication and intractable cough
Display Headline
Self‐medication and intractable cough
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Johns Hopkins Hospital, 601 N Caroline, JHOC 6.210, Baltimore, MD 21287
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Finger Points to the Diagnosis

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
The finger points to the diagnosis

A 24‐year‐old man presented to the emergency room with a 3‐month history of bright red blood per rectum and increasing fatigue. Review of systems was significant for intermittent hematuria, swelling, and pain in his lower extremities. He denied abdominal pain, nausea, or vomiting, and was otherwise asymptomatic. He was not taking any medicines. He said that he has had this bleeding problem on and off since he was a child. The chronic intermittent rectal bleeding usually resolved spontaneously. Previous treatments have consisted of blood transfusions, small bowel resections, and a partial colectomy.

Physical exam demonstrates a thin and well‐nourished African American male in no distress. Temperature 36.7C, blood pressure while sitting was 111/65 mmHg, with a pulse of 117 beats per minute; on standing his blood pressure was 103/54 mmHg, with a pulse of 137 beats per minute, and respirations were 18 breaths per minute. Abdominal examination revealed splenomegaly. Rectal exam revealed the presence of bright red blood. Other significant findings include unilateral limb skeletal asymmetry with the right upper and lower extremity being longer than the left side. There was significant hypertrophy of several digits of the hands and feet bilaterally (Figure 1). Notable was the presence of raised, hyperpigmented irregular linear plaques, extending from his right medial forearm to his chest and also from his abdomen to right medial thigh. Additional skin examination was remarkable for well‐demarcated, raised vascular areas on the lateral thighs and knees bilaterally (Figure 2), as well as the dorsum of both the feet. Laboratory workup was notable for hemoglobin of 2.7gm/dl, a hematocrit of 9%, and mean corpuscular volume (MCV) of 58 fl. Normal coagulation parameters, and profound iron deficiency (iron level 16 mcg/dl and ferritin <20 ng/ml).

Figure 1
Hypertrophy of finger of the left hand.
Figure 2
Capillary hemangioma presenting as a nevus flammeus of the right leg.

Other routine laboratory results including coagulation parameters were unremarkable.

Discussion

Based on the classic examination findings and history of gastrointestinal bleeding, this patient has Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber syndrome (KTWS), which is characterized by cutaneous malformations of the capillary and venous systems, bony and soft tissue hypertrophy, and arteriovenous malformations (AVMs).1 Many patients with KTWS suffer recurrent bleeding from gastrointestinal AVMs.

Although involvement is usually unilateral, this patient had bilateral limb hypertrophy and hemangiomas. His nevus flammeus was unilateral and incidentally was present over the lower abdomen and posterior thigh and buttock, with significant underlying varices in the pelvis and rectum. His hematuria was secondary to AVMs in the bladder and resolved by itself. The size and extent of his pelvic and rectal varices presented a therapeutic challenge. With blood transfusions and a conservative approach, his bleeding diminished spontaneously. A rectal artery was thought to be contributing to the problem, so a prophylactic embolization was performed by interventional radiology. Follow‐up at 2 months revealed no further bleeding.

Hospitalists treat common causes of gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding such as ulcers, polyps, malignancies, varices, inflammatory bowel disease, AVMs, and, rarely, mucosal Kaposi sarcoma. However, they may occasionally encounter an adult with skin manifestations of a congenital cause of GI bleeding. The 4 most common congenital disorders with primary cutaneous manifestations that also involve the GI tract are reviewed below (also see Table 1).

Vascular Malformation Syndromes and Their Characteristics
Vascular Malformation Syndromes Characteristics
Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber Soft tissue; bony, vascular lesions; and varices
Mafucci Enchondromas, subcutaneous visceral lesions
Blue rubber bleb nevus Bluish black sessile venous malformations
Osler‐Maffuci‐Weber‐Rendu Mucocutaneous telangiectasias

Blue rubber bleb nevus syndrome, also known as Bean syndrome, is the rarest of these disorders, characterized by cutaneous and intestinal cavernous hemangiomas that may occasionally be painful and tender.2 Hemangiomas may measure from a few millimeters to approximately 5 cm and are raised, blue‐purple, and rubbery in consistency, with a wrinkled surface. They are usually located on the trunk, extremities, face, and any part of the GI tract, with the small intestine and distal colon being the most common sites involved. Given that the lesions may involve the full thickness of the bowel wall, surgery is often required, as less invasive measures such as endoscopic laser coagulation may be inadequate. Orthopedic problems such as scoliosis arise from pressure exerted by large vascular malformations.

Maffucci syndrome is characterized by skeletal and vascular malformations manifested as enchondromas in the metaphyseal and diaphyseal portion of long bones. The vascular lesions, which may involve mucous membranes or viscera, are compressible blue‐purple hemangiomas that follow the rate of the growth of the child. Limb deformities, pathological fractures, and malignant transformation into chondrosarcomas are common complications.3

Osler‐Weber‐Rendu syndrome is also known as hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia. In this disorder, mucocutaneous telangiectatic lesions usually develop by puberty and may involve the conjunctiva, respiratory tract, brain, liver, GI tract, and genitourinary (GU) tract. Most patients exhibit only epistaxis, yet massive hemorrhage may occur in the lung, GI tract, and GU tract. These hemorrhages can usually be managed by cautery or electrocoagulation but pulmonary and GI lesions may need excision.4

KTWS consists of the triad of cutaneous vascular malformations of the capillary, venous and lymphatic systems, bony and soft tissue hypertrophy, and venous varicosities in association with AVMs. The name Weber is added when patients have AVMs that are clinically significant; otherwise, it is simply known as Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome. The most common cutaneous vascular lesion is a capillary hemangioma known as a nevus flammeus. The distribution of the nevus flammeus usually indicates underlying vascular malformations that may extend as deep as the bone, causing limb or digit hypertrophy, as seen in this patient.5 Delineation of the extent of vascular abnormalities is accomplished by noninvasive methods such as color ultrasonography, magnetic resonance imaging, and computer‐aided angiography. Symptomatic GI or GU involvement is rare (1%), but can cause significant hemorrhage.6 Surgical correction is often difficult and the lesions tend to recur.

In the largest published series of Klippel‐Trenaunay patients, followed over 30 years at the Mayo Clinic, most patients were treated conservatively, with surgery limited to epiphysiodesis to prevent excessive leg length in the affected limbs and selected superficial vein stripping in patients with large venous varicosities with preserved deep venous systems.7, 8 For the treatment of AVMs, nonsurgical measures such as foam embolization and radiotherapy are increasingly being used due to their safety and precise application.9, 10

References
  1. Berry SA,Peterson C,Mize W, et al.Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome.Am J Med Genet.1998;79(4):319326.
  2. Andersen JM.Blue rubber bleb nevus syndrome.Curr Treat Options Gastroenterol.2001;4(5):433440.
  3. Lewis RJ,Ketcham AS.Maffucci's syndrome, functional and neoplastic significance. Case report and review of the literature.J Bone Joint Surg Am.1973;55:14651479.
  4. Begbie ME,Wallace GM,Shovlin CL.Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia (Osler‐Weber‐Rendu syndrome): a view from the 21st century.Postgrad Med J.2003;79:1824.
  5. Maari C,Freiden IL.Klippel Trenaunay syndrome: the importance of “geographic stains” in identifying lymphatic disease and risk of complications.J Am Acad Dermatol.2004;51(3):391398.
  6. Mussack T,Siveke JT,Pfeifer KJ,Folwaczny C.Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome with involvement of cecum and rectum: a rare cause of lower gastrointestinal bleeding.Eur J Med Res.2004;9(11):515517.
  7. Jacob AG,Driscoll DJ,Shaughnessy WJ.Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome: spectrum and management.Mayo Clinic Proc.1998;73:2836.
  8. Noel AA,Gloviczki P,Cherry KJ,Rooke TW,Stanson AW,Driscoll DJ.Surgical treatment of venous malformations in Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome.J Vasc Surg.2000;32:840847.
  9. Yildiz F.Radiotherapy in the management of Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber syndrome: report of two cases.Ann Vasc Surg.2005;19(4):566571.
  10. Pascarella L,Bergan JJ,Yamada C.Venous angiomata: treatment with sclerosant foam.Ann Vasc Surg.2005;19:457464.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
Page Number
E25-E27
Legacy Keywords
Blue rubber bleb nevus syndrome, Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber syndrome, KTWS, Maffucci syndrome, nevus flammeus, Osler‐Weber‐Rendu syndrome
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A 24‐year‐old man presented to the emergency room with a 3‐month history of bright red blood per rectum and increasing fatigue. Review of systems was significant for intermittent hematuria, swelling, and pain in his lower extremities. He denied abdominal pain, nausea, or vomiting, and was otherwise asymptomatic. He was not taking any medicines. He said that he has had this bleeding problem on and off since he was a child. The chronic intermittent rectal bleeding usually resolved spontaneously. Previous treatments have consisted of blood transfusions, small bowel resections, and a partial colectomy.

Physical exam demonstrates a thin and well‐nourished African American male in no distress. Temperature 36.7C, blood pressure while sitting was 111/65 mmHg, with a pulse of 117 beats per minute; on standing his blood pressure was 103/54 mmHg, with a pulse of 137 beats per minute, and respirations were 18 breaths per minute. Abdominal examination revealed splenomegaly. Rectal exam revealed the presence of bright red blood. Other significant findings include unilateral limb skeletal asymmetry with the right upper and lower extremity being longer than the left side. There was significant hypertrophy of several digits of the hands and feet bilaterally (Figure 1). Notable was the presence of raised, hyperpigmented irregular linear plaques, extending from his right medial forearm to his chest and also from his abdomen to right medial thigh. Additional skin examination was remarkable for well‐demarcated, raised vascular areas on the lateral thighs and knees bilaterally (Figure 2), as well as the dorsum of both the feet. Laboratory workup was notable for hemoglobin of 2.7gm/dl, a hematocrit of 9%, and mean corpuscular volume (MCV) of 58 fl. Normal coagulation parameters, and profound iron deficiency (iron level 16 mcg/dl and ferritin <20 ng/ml).

Figure 1
Hypertrophy of finger of the left hand.
Figure 2
Capillary hemangioma presenting as a nevus flammeus of the right leg.

Other routine laboratory results including coagulation parameters were unremarkable.

Discussion

Based on the classic examination findings and history of gastrointestinal bleeding, this patient has Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber syndrome (KTWS), which is characterized by cutaneous malformations of the capillary and venous systems, bony and soft tissue hypertrophy, and arteriovenous malformations (AVMs).1 Many patients with KTWS suffer recurrent bleeding from gastrointestinal AVMs.

Although involvement is usually unilateral, this patient had bilateral limb hypertrophy and hemangiomas. His nevus flammeus was unilateral and incidentally was present over the lower abdomen and posterior thigh and buttock, with significant underlying varices in the pelvis and rectum. His hematuria was secondary to AVMs in the bladder and resolved by itself. The size and extent of his pelvic and rectal varices presented a therapeutic challenge. With blood transfusions and a conservative approach, his bleeding diminished spontaneously. A rectal artery was thought to be contributing to the problem, so a prophylactic embolization was performed by interventional radiology. Follow‐up at 2 months revealed no further bleeding.

Hospitalists treat common causes of gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding such as ulcers, polyps, malignancies, varices, inflammatory bowel disease, AVMs, and, rarely, mucosal Kaposi sarcoma. However, they may occasionally encounter an adult with skin manifestations of a congenital cause of GI bleeding. The 4 most common congenital disorders with primary cutaneous manifestations that also involve the GI tract are reviewed below (also see Table 1).

Vascular Malformation Syndromes and Their Characteristics
Vascular Malformation Syndromes Characteristics
Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber Soft tissue; bony, vascular lesions; and varices
Mafucci Enchondromas, subcutaneous visceral lesions
Blue rubber bleb nevus Bluish black sessile venous malformations
Osler‐Maffuci‐Weber‐Rendu Mucocutaneous telangiectasias

Blue rubber bleb nevus syndrome, also known as Bean syndrome, is the rarest of these disorders, characterized by cutaneous and intestinal cavernous hemangiomas that may occasionally be painful and tender.2 Hemangiomas may measure from a few millimeters to approximately 5 cm and are raised, blue‐purple, and rubbery in consistency, with a wrinkled surface. They are usually located on the trunk, extremities, face, and any part of the GI tract, with the small intestine and distal colon being the most common sites involved. Given that the lesions may involve the full thickness of the bowel wall, surgery is often required, as less invasive measures such as endoscopic laser coagulation may be inadequate. Orthopedic problems such as scoliosis arise from pressure exerted by large vascular malformations.

Maffucci syndrome is characterized by skeletal and vascular malformations manifested as enchondromas in the metaphyseal and diaphyseal portion of long bones. The vascular lesions, which may involve mucous membranes or viscera, are compressible blue‐purple hemangiomas that follow the rate of the growth of the child. Limb deformities, pathological fractures, and malignant transformation into chondrosarcomas are common complications.3

Osler‐Weber‐Rendu syndrome is also known as hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia. In this disorder, mucocutaneous telangiectatic lesions usually develop by puberty and may involve the conjunctiva, respiratory tract, brain, liver, GI tract, and genitourinary (GU) tract. Most patients exhibit only epistaxis, yet massive hemorrhage may occur in the lung, GI tract, and GU tract. These hemorrhages can usually be managed by cautery or electrocoagulation but pulmonary and GI lesions may need excision.4

KTWS consists of the triad of cutaneous vascular malformations of the capillary, venous and lymphatic systems, bony and soft tissue hypertrophy, and venous varicosities in association with AVMs. The name Weber is added when patients have AVMs that are clinically significant; otherwise, it is simply known as Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome. The most common cutaneous vascular lesion is a capillary hemangioma known as a nevus flammeus. The distribution of the nevus flammeus usually indicates underlying vascular malformations that may extend as deep as the bone, causing limb or digit hypertrophy, as seen in this patient.5 Delineation of the extent of vascular abnormalities is accomplished by noninvasive methods such as color ultrasonography, magnetic resonance imaging, and computer‐aided angiography. Symptomatic GI or GU involvement is rare (1%), but can cause significant hemorrhage.6 Surgical correction is often difficult and the lesions tend to recur.

In the largest published series of Klippel‐Trenaunay patients, followed over 30 years at the Mayo Clinic, most patients were treated conservatively, with surgery limited to epiphysiodesis to prevent excessive leg length in the affected limbs and selected superficial vein stripping in patients with large venous varicosities with preserved deep venous systems.7, 8 For the treatment of AVMs, nonsurgical measures such as foam embolization and radiotherapy are increasingly being used due to their safety and precise application.9, 10

A 24‐year‐old man presented to the emergency room with a 3‐month history of bright red blood per rectum and increasing fatigue. Review of systems was significant for intermittent hematuria, swelling, and pain in his lower extremities. He denied abdominal pain, nausea, or vomiting, and was otherwise asymptomatic. He was not taking any medicines. He said that he has had this bleeding problem on and off since he was a child. The chronic intermittent rectal bleeding usually resolved spontaneously. Previous treatments have consisted of blood transfusions, small bowel resections, and a partial colectomy.

Physical exam demonstrates a thin and well‐nourished African American male in no distress. Temperature 36.7C, blood pressure while sitting was 111/65 mmHg, with a pulse of 117 beats per minute; on standing his blood pressure was 103/54 mmHg, with a pulse of 137 beats per minute, and respirations were 18 breaths per minute. Abdominal examination revealed splenomegaly. Rectal exam revealed the presence of bright red blood. Other significant findings include unilateral limb skeletal asymmetry with the right upper and lower extremity being longer than the left side. There was significant hypertrophy of several digits of the hands and feet bilaterally (Figure 1). Notable was the presence of raised, hyperpigmented irregular linear plaques, extending from his right medial forearm to his chest and also from his abdomen to right medial thigh. Additional skin examination was remarkable for well‐demarcated, raised vascular areas on the lateral thighs and knees bilaterally (Figure 2), as well as the dorsum of both the feet. Laboratory workup was notable for hemoglobin of 2.7gm/dl, a hematocrit of 9%, and mean corpuscular volume (MCV) of 58 fl. Normal coagulation parameters, and profound iron deficiency (iron level 16 mcg/dl and ferritin <20 ng/ml).

Figure 1
Hypertrophy of finger of the left hand.
Figure 2
Capillary hemangioma presenting as a nevus flammeus of the right leg.

Other routine laboratory results including coagulation parameters were unremarkable.

Discussion

Based on the classic examination findings and history of gastrointestinal bleeding, this patient has Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber syndrome (KTWS), which is characterized by cutaneous malformations of the capillary and venous systems, bony and soft tissue hypertrophy, and arteriovenous malformations (AVMs).1 Many patients with KTWS suffer recurrent bleeding from gastrointestinal AVMs.

Although involvement is usually unilateral, this patient had bilateral limb hypertrophy and hemangiomas. His nevus flammeus was unilateral and incidentally was present over the lower abdomen and posterior thigh and buttock, with significant underlying varices in the pelvis and rectum. His hematuria was secondary to AVMs in the bladder and resolved by itself. The size and extent of his pelvic and rectal varices presented a therapeutic challenge. With blood transfusions and a conservative approach, his bleeding diminished spontaneously. A rectal artery was thought to be contributing to the problem, so a prophylactic embolization was performed by interventional radiology. Follow‐up at 2 months revealed no further bleeding.

Hospitalists treat common causes of gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding such as ulcers, polyps, malignancies, varices, inflammatory bowel disease, AVMs, and, rarely, mucosal Kaposi sarcoma. However, they may occasionally encounter an adult with skin manifestations of a congenital cause of GI bleeding. The 4 most common congenital disorders with primary cutaneous manifestations that also involve the GI tract are reviewed below (also see Table 1).

Vascular Malformation Syndromes and Their Characteristics
Vascular Malformation Syndromes Characteristics
Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber Soft tissue; bony, vascular lesions; and varices
Mafucci Enchondromas, subcutaneous visceral lesions
Blue rubber bleb nevus Bluish black sessile venous malformations
Osler‐Maffuci‐Weber‐Rendu Mucocutaneous telangiectasias

Blue rubber bleb nevus syndrome, also known as Bean syndrome, is the rarest of these disorders, characterized by cutaneous and intestinal cavernous hemangiomas that may occasionally be painful and tender.2 Hemangiomas may measure from a few millimeters to approximately 5 cm and are raised, blue‐purple, and rubbery in consistency, with a wrinkled surface. They are usually located on the trunk, extremities, face, and any part of the GI tract, with the small intestine and distal colon being the most common sites involved. Given that the lesions may involve the full thickness of the bowel wall, surgery is often required, as less invasive measures such as endoscopic laser coagulation may be inadequate. Orthopedic problems such as scoliosis arise from pressure exerted by large vascular malformations.

Maffucci syndrome is characterized by skeletal and vascular malformations manifested as enchondromas in the metaphyseal and diaphyseal portion of long bones. The vascular lesions, which may involve mucous membranes or viscera, are compressible blue‐purple hemangiomas that follow the rate of the growth of the child. Limb deformities, pathological fractures, and malignant transformation into chondrosarcomas are common complications.3

Osler‐Weber‐Rendu syndrome is also known as hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia. In this disorder, mucocutaneous telangiectatic lesions usually develop by puberty and may involve the conjunctiva, respiratory tract, brain, liver, GI tract, and genitourinary (GU) tract. Most patients exhibit only epistaxis, yet massive hemorrhage may occur in the lung, GI tract, and GU tract. These hemorrhages can usually be managed by cautery or electrocoagulation but pulmonary and GI lesions may need excision.4

KTWS consists of the triad of cutaneous vascular malformations of the capillary, venous and lymphatic systems, bony and soft tissue hypertrophy, and venous varicosities in association with AVMs. The name Weber is added when patients have AVMs that are clinically significant; otherwise, it is simply known as Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome. The most common cutaneous vascular lesion is a capillary hemangioma known as a nevus flammeus. The distribution of the nevus flammeus usually indicates underlying vascular malformations that may extend as deep as the bone, causing limb or digit hypertrophy, as seen in this patient.5 Delineation of the extent of vascular abnormalities is accomplished by noninvasive methods such as color ultrasonography, magnetic resonance imaging, and computer‐aided angiography. Symptomatic GI or GU involvement is rare (1%), but can cause significant hemorrhage.6 Surgical correction is often difficult and the lesions tend to recur.

In the largest published series of Klippel‐Trenaunay patients, followed over 30 years at the Mayo Clinic, most patients were treated conservatively, with surgery limited to epiphysiodesis to prevent excessive leg length in the affected limbs and selected superficial vein stripping in patients with large venous varicosities with preserved deep venous systems.7, 8 For the treatment of AVMs, nonsurgical measures such as foam embolization and radiotherapy are increasingly being used due to their safety and precise application.9, 10

References
  1. Berry SA,Peterson C,Mize W, et al.Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome.Am J Med Genet.1998;79(4):319326.
  2. Andersen JM.Blue rubber bleb nevus syndrome.Curr Treat Options Gastroenterol.2001;4(5):433440.
  3. Lewis RJ,Ketcham AS.Maffucci's syndrome, functional and neoplastic significance. Case report and review of the literature.J Bone Joint Surg Am.1973;55:14651479.
  4. Begbie ME,Wallace GM,Shovlin CL.Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia (Osler‐Weber‐Rendu syndrome): a view from the 21st century.Postgrad Med J.2003;79:1824.
  5. Maari C,Freiden IL.Klippel Trenaunay syndrome: the importance of “geographic stains” in identifying lymphatic disease and risk of complications.J Am Acad Dermatol.2004;51(3):391398.
  6. Mussack T,Siveke JT,Pfeifer KJ,Folwaczny C.Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome with involvement of cecum and rectum: a rare cause of lower gastrointestinal bleeding.Eur J Med Res.2004;9(11):515517.
  7. Jacob AG,Driscoll DJ,Shaughnessy WJ.Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome: spectrum and management.Mayo Clinic Proc.1998;73:2836.
  8. Noel AA,Gloviczki P,Cherry KJ,Rooke TW,Stanson AW,Driscoll DJ.Surgical treatment of venous malformations in Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome.J Vasc Surg.2000;32:840847.
  9. Yildiz F.Radiotherapy in the management of Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber syndrome: report of two cases.Ann Vasc Surg.2005;19(4):566571.
  10. Pascarella L,Bergan JJ,Yamada C.Venous angiomata: treatment with sclerosant foam.Ann Vasc Surg.2005;19:457464.
References
  1. Berry SA,Peterson C,Mize W, et al.Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome.Am J Med Genet.1998;79(4):319326.
  2. Andersen JM.Blue rubber bleb nevus syndrome.Curr Treat Options Gastroenterol.2001;4(5):433440.
  3. Lewis RJ,Ketcham AS.Maffucci's syndrome, functional and neoplastic significance. Case report and review of the literature.J Bone Joint Surg Am.1973;55:14651479.
  4. Begbie ME,Wallace GM,Shovlin CL.Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia (Osler‐Weber‐Rendu syndrome): a view from the 21st century.Postgrad Med J.2003;79:1824.
  5. Maari C,Freiden IL.Klippel Trenaunay syndrome: the importance of “geographic stains” in identifying lymphatic disease and risk of complications.J Am Acad Dermatol.2004;51(3):391398.
  6. Mussack T,Siveke JT,Pfeifer KJ,Folwaczny C.Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome with involvement of cecum and rectum: a rare cause of lower gastrointestinal bleeding.Eur J Med Res.2004;9(11):515517.
  7. Jacob AG,Driscoll DJ,Shaughnessy WJ.Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome: spectrum and management.Mayo Clinic Proc.1998;73:2836.
  8. Noel AA,Gloviczki P,Cherry KJ,Rooke TW,Stanson AW,Driscoll DJ.Surgical treatment of venous malformations in Klippel‐Trenaunay syndrome.J Vasc Surg.2000;32:840847.
  9. Yildiz F.Radiotherapy in the management of Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber syndrome: report of two cases.Ann Vasc Surg.2005;19(4):566571.
  10. Pascarella L,Bergan JJ,Yamada C.Venous angiomata: treatment with sclerosant foam.Ann Vasc Surg.2005;19:457464.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
Page Number
E25-E27
Page Number
E25-E27
Article Type
Display Headline
The finger points to the diagnosis
Display Headline
The finger points to the diagnosis
Legacy Keywords
Blue rubber bleb nevus syndrome, Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber syndrome, KTWS, Maffucci syndrome, nevus flammeus, Osler‐Weber‐Rendu syndrome
Legacy Keywords
Blue rubber bleb nevus syndrome, Klippel‐Trenaunay‐Weber syndrome, KTWS, Maffucci syndrome, nevus flammeus, Osler‐Weber‐Rendu syndrome
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Section of Hospital Medicine, Division of General Medicine, Suite A 4321, 1365 Clifton Road NE, Atlanta, GA 30322
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Incisional Iliac Hernia

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Incisional iliac hernia

A 61‐year‐old woman presented with 1 month of abdominal pain and bowel irregularity. Physical examination was normal. Computed tomography of the abdomen demonstrated a nonincarcerated hernia of the ascending colon through a 25‐mm bony defect in the superior aspect of the right iliac crest (Figure 1)a defect created 16 years prior when iliac crest bone graft harvest was performed during subtalar fusion. An open surgical approach was employed to reduce the hernia and close the defect with mesh. Her postoperative course was unremarkable. Her symptoms resolved entirely.

Figure 1
Computed tomography of the abdomen with arrows denoting colonic herniation through full‐thickness defect of right iliac crest.

The iliac crest is the site utilized most frequently in orthopedic surgery for bone graft harvest. The literature suggests that up to 5% of these procedures may be complicated by symptomatic herniation of abdominal contents.1 Other procedural complications include: donor site pain, nerve injury (commonly the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, manifesting as meralgia paresthetica), vascular disruption (including superior gluteal and lumbar arteries), hematoma, visible deformity, abnormal gait, and stress fracture.2, 3 Advanced age, obesity, muscular weakness, larger defect size, and full‐thickness harvest have been identified as risk factors.4 The hernia often presents as a soft‐tissue mass originating at the defect site, which may become more pronounced with cough. Auscultation over the area may reveal bowel sounds. The spectrum of associated abdominal symptoms ranges from mild discomfort to colicky pain and distention;3 up to 16% of patients present with acute signs of intestinal obstruction.1 Iliac herniation may be prevented by harvest of a partial thickness graft, whenever possible. Selective removal of bone from the anterior or posterior crest, rather than the middle, may also decrease the risk.4 Clinicians caring for patients with a history of iliac crest bone graft harvest should be familiar with this complication and consider prompt radiologic imaging when investigating new or unexplained abdominal symptoms.

References
  1. Auleda J,Bianchi A,Tibau R,Rodriguez‐Cano O.Hernia through iliac crest defects.Int Orthop.1995;19:367369.
  2. Kurz LT,Garfin SR,Booth RE.Harvesting autogenous iliac bone grafts: a review of complications and techniques.Spine.1989;14:13241331.
  3. Velchuru VR,Satish SG,Petri GJ,Sturzaker HG.Hernia through an iliac crest bone graft site: report of a case and review of the literature.Bull Hosp Jt Dis.2006;63:166168.
  4. Hamad MM,Majeed SA.Incisional hernia through iliac crest defects.Arch Orthop Trauma Surg.1989;108:383385.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
Page Number
E31-E31
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A 61‐year‐old woman presented with 1 month of abdominal pain and bowel irregularity. Physical examination was normal. Computed tomography of the abdomen demonstrated a nonincarcerated hernia of the ascending colon through a 25‐mm bony defect in the superior aspect of the right iliac crest (Figure 1)a defect created 16 years prior when iliac crest bone graft harvest was performed during subtalar fusion. An open surgical approach was employed to reduce the hernia and close the defect with mesh. Her postoperative course was unremarkable. Her symptoms resolved entirely.

Figure 1
Computed tomography of the abdomen with arrows denoting colonic herniation through full‐thickness defect of right iliac crest.

The iliac crest is the site utilized most frequently in orthopedic surgery for bone graft harvest. The literature suggests that up to 5% of these procedures may be complicated by symptomatic herniation of abdominal contents.1 Other procedural complications include: donor site pain, nerve injury (commonly the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, manifesting as meralgia paresthetica), vascular disruption (including superior gluteal and lumbar arteries), hematoma, visible deformity, abnormal gait, and stress fracture.2, 3 Advanced age, obesity, muscular weakness, larger defect size, and full‐thickness harvest have been identified as risk factors.4 The hernia often presents as a soft‐tissue mass originating at the defect site, which may become more pronounced with cough. Auscultation over the area may reveal bowel sounds. The spectrum of associated abdominal symptoms ranges from mild discomfort to colicky pain and distention;3 up to 16% of patients present with acute signs of intestinal obstruction.1 Iliac herniation may be prevented by harvest of a partial thickness graft, whenever possible. Selective removal of bone from the anterior or posterior crest, rather than the middle, may also decrease the risk.4 Clinicians caring for patients with a history of iliac crest bone graft harvest should be familiar with this complication and consider prompt radiologic imaging when investigating new or unexplained abdominal symptoms.

A 61‐year‐old woman presented with 1 month of abdominal pain and bowel irregularity. Physical examination was normal. Computed tomography of the abdomen demonstrated a nonincarcerated hernia of the ascending colon through a 25‐mm bony defect in the superior aspect of the right iliac crest (Figure 1)a defect created 16 years prior when iliac crest bone graft harvest was performed during subtalar fusion. An open surgical approach was employed to reduce the hernia and close the defect with mesh. Her postoperative course was unremarkable. Her symptoms resolved entirely.

Figure 1
Computed tomography of the abdomen with arrows denoting colonic herniation through full‐thickness defect of right iliac crest.

The iliac crest is the site utilized most frequently in orthopedic surgery for bone graft harvest. The literature suggests that up to 5% of these procedures may be complicated by symptomatic herniation of abdominal contents.1 Other procedural complications include: donor site pain, nerve injury (commonly the lateral femoral cutaneous nerve, manifesting as meralgia paresthetica), vascular disruption (including superior gluteal and lumbar arteries), hematoma, visible deformity, abnormal gait, and stress fracture.2, 3 Advanced age, obesity, muscular weakness, larger defect size, and full‐thickness harvest have been identified as risk factors.4 The hernia often presents as a soft‐tissue mass originating at the defect site, which may become more pronounced with cough. Auscultation over the area may reveal bowel sounds. The spectrum of associated abdominal symptoms ranges from mild discomfort to colicky pain and distention;3 up to 16% of patients present with acute signs of intestinal obstruction.1 Iliac herniation may be prevented by harvest of a partial thickness graft, whenever possible. Selective removal of bone from the anterior or posterior crest, rather than the middle, may also decrease the risk.4 Clinicians caring for patients with a history of iliac crest bone graft harvest should be familiar with this complication and consider prompt radiologic imaging when investigating new or unexplained abdominal symptoms.

References
  1. Auleda J,Bianchi A,Tibau R,Rodriguez‐Cano O.Hernia through iliac crest defects.Int Orthop.1995;19:367369.
  2. Kurz LT,Garfin SR,Booth RE.Harvesting autogenous iliac bone grafts: a review of complications and techniques.Spine.1989;14:13241331.
  3. Velchuru VR,Satish SG,Petri GJ,Sturzaker HG.Hernia through an iliac crest bone graft site: report of a case and review of the literature.Bull Hosp Jt Dis.2006;63:166168.
  4. Hamad MM,Majeed SA.Incisional hernia through iliac crest defects.Arch Orthop Trauma Surg.1989;108:383385.
References
  1. Auleda J,Bianchi A,Tibau R,Rodriguez‐Cano O.Hernia through iliac crest defects.Int Orthop.1995;19:367369.
  2. Kurz LT,Garfin SR,Booth RE.Harvesting autogenous iliac bone grafts: a review of complications and techniques.Spine.1989;14:13241331.
  3. Velchuru VR,Satish SG,Petri GJ,Sturzaker HG.Hernia through an iliac crest bone graft site: report of a case and review of the literature.Bull Hosp Jt Dis.2006;63:166168.
  4. Hamad MM,Majeed SA.Incisional hernia through iliac crest defects.Arch Orthop Trauma Surg.1989;108:383385.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
Page Number
E31-E31
Page Number
E31-E31
Article Type
Display Headline
Incisional iliac hernia
Display Headline
Incisional iliac hernia
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
University of Washington, Division of General Internal Medicine, Box 359780, 325 Ninth Avenue, Seattle, WA 98104
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Patient Whiteboards in the Hospital Setting

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Patient whiteboards as a communication tool in the hospital setting: A survey of practices and recommendations

Communication failures are a frequent cause of adverse events14; the Joint Commission (TJC) reports that such failures contributed to 65% of reported sentinel events.5 Strategies to improve communication have focused on implementing formal teamwork training programs and/or teaching specific communication skills.613 While these strategies largely address communication between healthcare providers, there is a growing emphasis on developing strategies to engage patients in their care, and improving communication with them and their families.

In 2007, TJC announced a new National Patient Safety Goal (NPSG) that encourage(s) patients' active involvement in their own care as a patient safety strategy.14 This builds upon a landmark Institute of Medicine report that highlighted patient‐centeredness as 1 of the 6 domains for delivering high‐quality care.15 Current literature on developing such patient‐centered strategies enumerates several approaches, including better access to health information, use of innovative technology solutions, and focused efforts at improving communication.1618

The placement of whiteboards in patient rooms is an increasingly common strategy to improve communication. These boards, typically placed on a wall near a patient's hospital bed, allow any number of providers to communicate a wide range of information. Both Kaiser Permanente's Nurse Knowledge Exchange program and the Institute for Healthcare Improvement's Transforming Care at the Bedside promote whiteboard use, though with little specific guidance about practical implementation.19,20 Despite their growing prevalence, there is no published literature guiding the most effective uses of whiteboards, or describing their impact on communication, teamwork, or patient satisfaction and care. We present findings from a survey of patient whiteboard use on an academic medical service, and offer a series of recommendations based on our findings and experiences.

Methods

We anonymously surveyed bedside nurses from 3 inpatient medical units, internal medicine housestaff, and faculty from the Division of Hospital Medicine at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF). We solicited experiences of physician and nursing leaders who were engaged in whiteboard interventions over the past 2 years to identify relevant topics for study. Their experiences were based on isolated unit‐based efforts to implement whiteboards through a variety of strategies (eg, whiteboard templates, simple identification of provider teams, goals for the day). Their input guided the survey development and the suggested recommendations. The topics identified were then translated into multiple‐choice questions, and further edited for clarity by the authors. A Likert scale was used that measured frequency of use, usefulness, and attitudes toward patient whiteboards. An open‐ended question seeking additional comments about patient whiteboards was also asked. The survey was administered to nurses at staff meetings and through physical mailboxes on their respective patient care units with a 1‐month collection period. The survey was administered to housestaff and attendings via e‐mail listserves using an online commercial survey administration tool.21 The nursing surveys were later entered into the same online survey administration tool, which ultimately provided summary reports and descriptive findings to meet the study objectives. Our project was reviewed and approved by the UCSF Committee on Human Research.

Results

Survey responses were collected from 104 nurse respondents (81% response rate), 118 internal medicine housestaff (74% response rate), and 31 hospitalists (86% response rate). Nurses were far more likely to write on whiteboards, read what was written on them, and find the related information useful (Figure 1A‐C). Nurses, housestaff, and attendings all believed the bedside nurse was the single most important provider name listed on a whiteboard. However, the respondents differed in their rated value of other providers listed on the whiteboard (Figure 2). Nurses gave higher ratings to the utility of having patient care assistants (PCAs) listed as compared to housestaff and attendings. Overall, respondents felt it would be less useful to list consultants and pharmacists than the nurse, attending, and housestaff. All of the respondents believed family contact information was the most useful information on a whiteboard, whereas more nurses rated a goal for the day and anticipated discharge date as more useful than housestaff and attendings (Figure 3).

Figure 1
Patient whiteboard practices. (A) How often do you write on a whiteboard in a patient's room? (B) How often do you read what is written on a whiteboard in a patient's room? (C) How useful do you find the information on a whiteboard in a patient's room? (A‐C) Percent responding to each option.
Figure 2
Utility of specific providers listed on a patient whiteboard. Percent who responded “very useful.”
Figure 3
Utility of specific information written on a patient whiteboard. Percent who responded “very useful.”

From an operational standpoint, the majority of respondents felt that nurses should be responsible for the information on a whiteboard, nurses and physicians together should create goals for the day, and the greatest barrier to using whiteboards was not having pens easily available (Figure 4A‐C). Most respondents also agreed that using templated whiteboards (with predefined fields) to guide content would increase their use (Figure 4D). All respondents believed that whiteboard use could improve teamwork and communication as well as patient care (Figure 5). Respondents also offered a variety of specific comments in response to an open‐ended question about whiteboard use (Table 1).

Figure 4
Operational aspects of patient whiteboard use. (A) Who should be responsible for the information on a patient whiteboard? (B) If writing a goal for the day on a whiteboard, who should create the goal? (C) What are the barriers to using a patient whiteboard? (D) Creating predesigned whiteboards with templates that clearly define the information to be written on them would increase their use. (A‐C) Percent responding to each option. (D) Percent who responded “agree” or “strongly agree.”
Figure 5
Role of whiteboard in improving patient care and teamwork. Percent who responded “agree” or “strongly agree” to “Use of whiteboard can improve.…”
Selected Respondent Comments About Whiteboard Use
From nurses If MDs were engaged in using (or reviewing the information on) whiteboards more, it might reduce the number of times we page them to clarify care plans
It might be helpful to have a dedicated section on the whiteboard where families can write questions that are separate from other information that the nurse writes on them
Part of the bedside nurse role is to be a patient advocate and the whiteboard can be a tool to assist in this important responsibility
Nothing is worse than a patient (or family member) asking me, What's the plan for the day?and being unable to do so because a goal (or scheduled procedure) hasn't been communicated to me by the MD or written on the whiteboard
I would use [whiteboards] more if they were clearly being used as a patient‐centered communication tool rather than trying to improve communication between us and the MDs.
From physicians The boards need to be kept simple for success.
There needs to be specific training to make this a cultural norm across care providers and reinforced on a regular basis. If it's a priority, there should be audits, tracking for performance (accuracy and updated info), and feedback to providers. I would also ask patients what info they would like to see, as [whiteboards] should be patient‐centered, not provider‐centered.
Having providers intermittently write on whiteboards should not be considered a substitute for communication. In fact, this would likely only further display our lack of cohesive communication to patients and families.
I have been skeptical that the goals for the day for an ill patient can be satisfactorily reduced to a statement that fits on a whiteboard and that forecasting a day of discharge well in advance is frequently wrong and may create more confusion than it alleviates. I am also concerned that if a goal for the day on a whiteboard is intended for the nurse, this is substituting for richer channels of communications, such as the nurse reading the progress notes, speaking with the physicians, or communicating through the charge nurse who attends our case management rounds.
Whiteboards are frequently not accurate, underused, and they require patients to have visual acuity, cognition, and speak Englishall challenges depending on your patient population.

Discussion

Our findings demonstrate the potential value of patient whiteboards, which is supported by the vast majority of respondents, who agreed their use may improve patient care and teamwork. It is also clear that whiteboard use is not achieving this potential or being used as a patient‐centered tool. This is best illustrated by findings of their low rate of use and completion among attendings and housestaff (Figure 1A, B) and the lack of consensus as to what information on the whiteboards is useful. Patient whiteboards require defined goals, thoughtful planning, regular monitoring, and ongoing evaluation. The challenges around effective adoption and implementation is perhaps more about ensuring compliance and completion rather than simply gaining buy‐in and engagement for their value.

While the differential use of whiteboards between nurses and physicians was not surprising, a few specific findings warrant further discussion. First, it is interesting that nurses rated their own names and that of PCAs as the most useful, while physicians rated the nurse's name as being of equal value to their own. This may speak to the role PCAs play for nurses in helping the latter provide bedside care, rather than a reflection of the nurses' perception of the value of PCAs for patients. Second, while all respondents rated highly the value of family contact information on the whiteboard, nurses valued a goal for the day and anticipated discharge date more highly than did physicians. These findings likely reflect that nurses desire an understanding about plans of care and if they are not communicated face‐to‐face as the most effective strategy,22 they should at least be spelled out clearly on a whiteboard. This is supported by evidence that better collaboration between nurses and physicians improves patient outcomes.23 It may also be that physicians place more value on their own progress notes (rather than whiteboards) as a vehicle for communicating daily goals and discharge planning.

Other practical considerations involve who owns it and, if we do create goals for the day, whose goals should they represent? The majority of nurse and physician responses advocated for nurses to be responsible for accurate and complete information being updated on whiteboards. A larger percentage of attendings favored shared responsibility of the whiteboard, which was reinforced by their support of having goals for the day created jointly by nurses and physicians. Interestingly, a much smaller percentage of respondents felt goals for the day should be driven by patients (or family members). These data may point to the different perspectives that each individual provider bringsphysician, nurse, pharmacist, discharge plannerwith their respective goals differing in nature. Finally, it is also interesting that while attendings and housestaff believed that whiteboards can improve patient care teamwork/communication (Figure 5), a much smaller percentage actually read what is on them (Figure 1B). This may reflect the unclear goals of whiteboards, its absence as part of daily workflow, the infrequency of updated information on them, or perhaps an institution‐specific phenomenon that we will use to drive further improvement strategies.

Selected respondent comments (Table 1) highlight important messages about whiteboard use and provide helpful context to the survey responses. We found that the goal of whiteboard use is not always clear; is it to improve communication among providers, to improve communication with patients, a tool to engage patients in their care, or some combination of the above? Without a clear goal, providers are left to wonder whether whiteboard use is simply another task or really an intervention to improve care. This may in part, or perhaps fully, explain the differences discovered in whiteboard use and practices among our surveyed providers.

If, however, one were to make clear that the goal of patient whiteboards is to engage patients in their care and help achieve an important NPSG, methods to implement their use become better guided. A limitation of our study is that we did not survey patients about their perceptions of whiteboards use, an important needs assessment that would further drive this patient‐centered intervention. Regardless, we can draw a number of lessons from our findings and devise a set of reasonable recommendations.

Recommendations

We provide the following set of recommendations for hospitals adopting patient whiteboards, drawing on our survey findings and experiences with implementation at our own institution. We also acknowledge the role that local hospital cultures may play in adopting whiteboard use, and our recommendations are simply guidelines that can be applied or used in planning efforts. We believe effective use of a patient whiteboard requires a patient‐centered approach and the following:

  • Whiteboards should be placed in clear view of patients from their hospital bed

    A simple yet critical issue as placing a whiteboard behind a patient's bed or off to the side fails to provide them with a constant visual cue to engage in the information.

  • Buy and fasten erasable pens to the whiteboards themselves

    In our institution, purchasing pens for each provider was a less effective strategy than simply affixing the pen to the whiteboard itself. A supply of erasable pens must be available at the nursing station to quickly replace those with fading ink.

  • Create whiteboard templates

    Our findings and experience suggest that structured formats for whiteboards may be more effective in ensuring both important and accurate information gets included. Blank whiteboards lead to less standardization in practice and fail to create prompts for providers to both write and review the content available. Anecdotally, we created a number of whiteboards with templated information, and this did seem to increase the consistency, standardization, and ease of use.

  • Whiteboard templates should include the following items:

    • Day and Date

      This serves to orient patients (and their families) as well as providers with the date of information written on the whiteboard. It is also an important mechanism to ensure information is updated daily.

    • Patient's name (or initials)

      With bed turnover (or patient transfers to different beds and units) commonplace in hospital care, we believe that listing the patient's name on the board prevents the potential for patients (and their families) or providers to mistakenly take information from a previous patient's care on the whiteboard for their own.

    • Bedside nurse

      This was noted as the most useful provider listed on a patient whiteboard, which is quite logical given the role bedside nurses play for hospitalized patients.

    • Primary physician(s) (attending, resident, and intern, if applicable)

      This was noted as the next most important provider(s) and perhaps increasingly important both in teaching and nonteaching settings where shift‐work and signouts are growing in frequency among physicians.

    • Goal for the day

      While this was not a consensus from our survey respondents, we believe patients (rather than providers) should ultimately guide determination of their goal for the day as this engages them directly with the planachieving a patient‐centered initiative. In our experience, an effective strategy was having the bedside nurse directly engage patients each morning to help place a goal for the day on their whiteboard.

    • Anticipated discharge date

      While understanding the potential for this date to change, we believe the benefits of having patients (and their families) thinking about discharge, rather than feeling surprised by it on the morning of discharge, serves as an important mechanism to bridge communication about the discharge process.24

    • Family member's contact information (phone number)

    • Questions for providers

      This last entry allows a space for families to engage the healthcare team and, once again, create an opportunity for clarification of treatment and discharge plans.

    • Bedside nurses should facilitate writing and updating information on the whiteboard

      Without our survey findings, this might have generated debate or controversy over whether nurses should be burdened with one more task to their responsibilities. However, our nurse respondents embraced this responsibility with spontaneous comments about their patient advocate role, and stated that whiteboards can serve as a tool to assist in that responsibility. Furthermore, not a single nurse respondent stated as barrier to use that I didn't think it was my responsibility. Nonetheless, whiteboard use must be a shared communication tool and not simply a tool between nurse and patient. Practically, we would recommend that bedside nurses facilitate updating whiteboards each morning, at a time when they are already helping patients create a goal for the day. Other providers must be trained to review information on the whiteboard, engage patients about their specific goal, and share the responsibility of keeping the information on the whiteboard updated.

    • Create a system for auditing utilization and providing feedback early during rollout

      We found that adoption was very slow at the outset. One strategy to consider is having designated auditors check whiteboards in each room, measuring weekly compliance and providing this feedback to nurse managers. This auditing process may help identify barriers that can be addressed quickly (eg, unavailability of pens).

    Finally, it is important to comment on the confidentiality concerns often raised in the context of whiteboard use. Confidentiality concerns largely arise from personal health information being used without a patient's explicit consent. If our recommendations are adopted, they require whiteboard use to be a patient‐centered and patient‐driven initiative. The type of information on the whiteboard should be determined with sensitivity but also with consent of the patient. We have not experienced any concerns by patients or providers in this regard because patients are told about the goals of the whiteboard initiative with our above principles in mind.

    Conclusions

    Patient whiteboards may improve communication among members of the healthcare team (eg, nurses, physicians, and others) and between providers and their patients (and family members). Further investigation is warranted to determine if adopting our recommendations leads to improved communication, teamwork, or patient satisfaction and care. In the meantime, as many hospitals continue to install and implement whiteboards, we hope our recommendations, accompanied by an emphasis on creating a patient‐centered communication tool, offer a roadmap for considering best practices in their use.

    Acknowledgements

    This study of patient whiteboards developed during the Triad for Optimal Patient Safety (TOPS) project, an effort focused on improving unit‐based safety culture through improved teamwork and communication. The authors thank the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation for their active support and funding of the TOPS project, which was a collaboration between the Schools of Medicine, Nursing, and Pharmacy at the University of California, San Francisco.

    References
    1. Arora V,Johnson J,Lovinger D,Humphrey HJ,Meltzer DO.Communication failures in patient sign‐out and suggestions for improvement: a critical incident analysis.Qual Saf Health Care.2005;14(6):401407.
    2. Gawande AA,Zinner MJ,Studdert DM,Brennan TA.Analysis of errors reported by surgeons at three teaching hospitals.Surgery.2003;133(6):614621.
    3. Greenberg CC,Regenbogen SE,Studdert DM, et al.Patterns of communication breakdowns resulting in injury to surgical patients.J Am Coll Surg.2007;204(4):533540.
    4. Sutcliffe KM,Lewton E,Rosenthal MM.Communication failures: an insidious contributor to medical mishaps.Acad Med.2004;79(2):186194.
    5. The Joint Commission: Sentinel Event Statistics, March 31,2009. Available at: http://www.jointcommission.org/SentinelEvents/Statistics. Accessed October 2009.
    6. Awad SS,Fagan SP,Bellows C, et al.Bridging the communication gap in the operating room with medical team training.Am J Surg.2005;190(5):770774.
    7. Morey JC,Simon R,Jay GD, et al.Error reduction and performance improvement in the emergency department through formal teamwork training: evaluation results of the MedTeams project.Health Serv Res.2002;37(6):15531581.
    8. Clancy CM,Tornberg DN.TeamSTEPPS: assuring optimal teamwork in clinical settings.Am J Med Qual.2007;22(3):214217.
    9. Dunn EJ,Mills PD,Neily J,Crittenden MD,Carmack AL,Bagian JP.Medical team training: applying crew resource management in the Veterans Health Administration.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2007;33(6):317325.
    10. Barrett J,Gifford C,Morey J,Risser D,Salisbury M.Enhancing patient safety through teamwork training.J Healthc Risk Manag.2001;21(4):5765.
    11. Leonard M,Graham S,Bonacum D.The human factor: the critical importance of effective teamwork and communication in providing safe care.Qual Saf Health Care.2004;13(suppl 1):i85i90.
    12. Haig KM,Sutton S,Whittington J.SBAR: a shared mental model for improving communication between clinicians.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2006;32(3):167175.
    13. Sehgal NL,Fox M,Vidyarthi AR, et al.A multidisciplinary teamwork training program: the Triad for Optimal Patient Safety (TOPS) experience.J Gen Intern Med.2008;23(12):20532057.
    14. The Joint Commission's National Patient Safety Goals 2007 for Hospital/Critical Access Hospital. Available at:http://www.jointcommission.org/PatientSafety/NationalPatientSafetyGoals/07_hap_cah_npsgs.htm. Accessed October 2009.
    15. Institute of Medicine (U.S.). Committee on Quality of Health Care in America.Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century.Washington, DC:National Academy Press;2001.
    16. Bergeson SC,Dean JD.A systems approach to patient‐centered care.JAMA.2006;296(23):28482851.
    17. Wasson JH,Godfrey MM,Nelson ED,Mohr JJ,Batalden PB.Microsystems in health care: Part 4. Planning patient‐centered care.Jt Comm J Qual Saf.2003;29(5):227237.
    18. Gerteis M, Edgman‐Levitan S, Daley J, Delbanco TL, eds.Through the Patient's Eyes: Understanding and Promoting Patient‐Centered Care.San Francisco, CA:Jossey‐Bass;1993.
    19. Rutherford P,Lee B,Greiner A.Transforming Care at the Bedside. IHI Innovation Series white paper. Boston, MA: Institute for Healthcare Improvement;2004. Available at: http://www.ihi.org. Accessed October 2009.
    20. Fahey L.Schilling L.Nurse Knowledge Exchange: Patient Hand Offs. American Academy of Ambulatory Care Nursing (AAACN) Viewpoint. Sep/Oct 2007. Available at: http://findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_qa4022/is_200709/ai_n21137476. Accessed October 2009.
    21. Survey Console. Available at: http://www.surveyconsole.com. Accessed October 2009.
    22. How do we communicate?Communication on Agile Software Projects. Available at: www.agilemodeling.com/essays/communication.htm. Accessed October 2009.
    23. Baggs JG,Schmitt MH,Mushlin AI, et al.Association between nurse‐physician collaboration and patient outcomes in three intensive care units.Crit Care Med.1999;27(9):19911998.
    24. Sehgal NL.Engaging patients at hospital discharge.J Hosp Med.2008;3(6):498500.
    Article PDF
    Issue
    Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
    Page Number
    234-239
    Sections
    Article PDF
    Article PDF

    Communication failures are a frequent cause of adverse events14; the Joint Commission (TJC) reports that such failures contributed to 65% of reported sentinel events.5 Strategies to improve communication have focused on implementing formal teamwork training programs and/or teaching specific communication skills.613 While these strategies largely address communication between healthcare providers, there is a growing emphasis on developing strategies to engage patients in their care, and improving communication with them and their families.

    In 2007, TJC announced a new National Patient Safety Goal (NPSG) that encourage(s) patients' active involvement in their own care as a patient safety strategy.14 This builds upon a landmark Institute of Medicine report that highlighted patient‐centeredness as 1 of the 6 domains for delivering high‐quality care.15 Current literature on developing such patient‐centered strategies enumerates several approaches, including better access to health information, use of innovative technology solutions, and focused efforts at improving communication.1618

    The placement of whiteboards in patient rooms is an increasingly common strategy to improve communication. These boards, typically placed on a wall near a patient's hospital bed, allow any number of providers to communicate a wide range of information. Both Kaiser Permanente's Nurse Knowledge Exchange program and the Institute for Healthcare Improvement's Transforming Care at the Bedside promote whiteboard use, though with little specific guidance about practical implementation.19,20 Despite their growing prevalence, there is no published literature guiding the most effective uses of whiteboards, or describing their impact on communication, teamwork, or patient satisfaction and care. We present findings from a survey of patient whiteboard use on an academic medical service, and offer a series of recommendations based on our findings and experiences.

    Methods

    We anonymously surveyed bedside nurses from 3 inpatient medical units, internal medicine housestaff, and faculty from the Division of Hospital Medicine at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF). We solicited experiences of physician and nursing leaders who were engaged in whiteboard interventions over the past 2 years to identify relevant topics for study. Their experiences were based on isolated unit‐based efforts to implement whiteboards through a variety of strategies (eg, whiteboard templates, simple identification of provider teams, goals for the day). Their input guided the survey development and the suggested recommendations. The topics identified were then translated into multiple‐choice questions, and further edited for clarity by the authors. A Likert scale was used that measured frequency of use, usefulness, and attitudes toward patient whiteboards. An open‐ended question seeking additional comments about patient whiteboards was also asked. The survey was administered to nurses at staff meetings and through physical mailboxes on their respective patient care units with a 1‐month collection period. The survey was administered to housestaff and attendings via e‐mail listserves using an online commercial survey administration tool.21 The nursing surveys were later entered into the same online survey administration tool, which ultimately provided summary reports and descriptive findings to meet the study objectives. Our project was reviewed and approved by the UCSF Committee on Human Research.

    Results

    Survey responses were collected from 104 nurse respondents (81% response rate), 118 internal medicine housestaff (74% response rate), and 31 hospitalists (86% response rate). Nurses were far more likely to write on whiteboards, read what was written on them, and find the related information useful (Figure 1A‐C). Nurses, housestaff, and attendings all believed the bedside nurse was the single most important provider name listed on a whiteboard. However, the respondents differed in their rated value of other providers listed on the whiteboard (Figure 2). Nurses gave higher ratings to the utility of having patient care assistants (PCAs) listed as compared to housestaff and attendings. Overall, respondents felt it would be less useful to list consultants and pharmacists than the nurse, attending, and housestaff. All of the respondents believed family contact information was the most useful information on a whiteboard, whereas more nurses rated a goal for the day and anticipated discharge date as more useful than housestaff and attendings (Figure 3).

    Figure 1
    Patient whiteboard practices. (A) How often do you write on a whiteboard in a patient's room? (B) How often do you read what is written on a whiteboard in a patient's room? (C) How useful do you find the information on a whiteboard in a patient's room? (A‐C) Percent responding to each option.
    Figure 2
    Utility of specific providers listed on a patient whiteboard. Percent who responded “very useful.”
    Figure 3
    Utility of specific information written on a patient whiteboard. Percent who responded “very useful.”

    From an operational standpoint, the majority of respondents felt that nurses should be responsible for the information on a whiteboard, nurses and physicians together should create goals for the day, and the greatest barrier to using whiteboards was not having pens easily available (Figure 4A‐C). Most respondents also agreed that using templated whiteboards (with predefined fields) to guide content would increase their use (Figure 4D). All respondents believed that whiteboard use could improve teamwork and communication as well as patient care (Figure 5). Respondents also offered a variety of specific comments in response to an open‐ended question about whiteboard use (Table 1).

    Figure 4
    Operational aspects of patient whiteboard use. (A) Who should be responsible for the information on a patient whiteboard? (B) If writing a goal for the day on a whiteboard, who should create the goal? (C) What are the barriers to using a patient whiteboard? (D) Creating predesigned whiteboards with templates that clearly define the information to be written on them would increase their use. (A‐C) Percent responding to each option. (D) Percent who responded “agree” or “strongly agree.”
    Figure 5
    Role of whiteboard in improving patient care and teamwork. Percent who responded “agree” or “strongly agree” to “Use of whiteboard can improve.…”
    Selected Respondent Comments About Whiteboard Use
    From nurses If MDs were engaged in using (or reviewing the information on) whiteboards more, it might reduce the number of times we page them to clarify care plans
    It might be helpful to have a dedicated section on the whiteboard where families can write questions that are separate from other information that the nurse writes on them
    Part of the bedside nurse role is to be a patient advocate and the whiteboard can be a tool to assist in this important responsibility
    Nothing is worse than a patient (or family member) asking me, What's the plan for the day?and being unable to do so because a goal (or scheduled procedure) hasn't been communicated to me by the MD or written on the whiteboard
    I would use [whiteboards] more if they were clearly being used as a patient‐centered communication tool rather than trying to improve communication between us and the MDs.
    From physicians The boards need to be kept simple for success.
    There needs to be specific training to make this a cultural norm across care providers and reinforced on a regular basis. If it's a priority, there should be audits, tracking for performance (accuracy and updated info), and feedback to providers. I would also ask patients what info they would like to see, as [whiteboards] should be patient‐centered, not provider‐centered.
    Having providers intermittently write on whiteboards should not be considered a substitute for communication. In fact, this would likely only further display our lack of cohesive communication to patients and families.
    I have been skeptical that the goals for the day for an ill patient can be satisfactorily reduced to a statement that fits on a whiteboard and that forecasting a day of discharge well in advance is frequently wrong and may create more confusion than it alleviates. I am also concerned that if a goal for the day on a whiteboard is intended for the nurse, this is substituting for richer channels of communications, such as the nurse reading the progress notes, speaking with the physicians, or communicating through the charge nurse who attends our case management rounds.
    Whiteboards are frequently not accurate, underused, and they require patients to have visual acuity, cognition, and speak Englishall challenges depending on your patient population.

    Discussion

    Our findings demonstrate the potential value of patient whiteboards, which is supported by the vast majority of respondents, who agreed their use may improve patient care and teamwork. It is also clear that whiteboard use is not achieving this potential or being used as a patient‐centered tool. This is best illustrated by findings of their low rate of use and completion among attendings and housestaff (Figure 1A, B) and the lack of consensus as to what information on the whiteboards is useful. Patient whiteboards require defined goals, thoughtful planning, regular monitoring, and ongoing evaluation. The challenges around effective adoption and implementation is perhaps more about ensuring compliance and completion rather than simply gaining buy‐in and engagement for their value.

    While the differential use of whiteboards between nurses and physicians was not surprising, a few specific findings warrant further discussion. First, it is interesting that nurses rated their own names and that of PCAs as the most useful, while physicians rated the nurse's name as being of equal value to their own. This may speak to the role PCAs play for nurses in helping the latter provide bedside care, rather than a reflection of the nurses' perception of the value of PCAs for patients. Second, while all respondents rated highly the value of family contact information on the whiteboard, nurses valued a goal for the day and anticipated discharge date more highly than did physicians. These findings likely reflect that nurses desire an understanding about plans of care and if they are not communicated face‐to‐face as the most effective strategy,22 they should at least be spelled out clearly on a whiteboard. This is supported by evidence that better collaboration between nurses and physicians improves patient outcomes.23 It may also be that physicians place more value on their own progress notes (rather than whiteboards) as a vehicle for communicating daily goals and discharge planning.

    Other practical considerations involve who owns it and, if we do create goals for the day, whose goals should they represent? The majority of nurse and physician responses advocated for nurses to be responsible for accurate and complete information being updated on whiteboards. A larger percentage of attendings favored shared responsibility of the whiteboard, which was reinforced by their support of having goals for the day created jointly by nurses and physicians. Interestingly, a much smaller percentage of respondents felt goals for the day should be driven by patients (or family members). These data may point to the different perspectives that each individual provider bringsphysician, nurse, pharmacist, discharge plannerwith their respective goals differing in nature. Finally, it is also interesting that while attendings and housestaff believed that whiteboards can improve patient care teamwork/communication (Figure 5), a much smaller percentage actually read what is on them (Figure 1B). This may reflect the unclear goals of whiteboards, its absence as part of daily workflow, the infrequency of updated information on them, or perhaps an institution‐specific phenomenon that we will use to drive further improvement strategies.

    Selected respondent comments (Table 1) highlight important messages about whiteboard use and provide helpful context to the survey responses. We found that the goal of whiteboard use is not always clear; is it to improve communication among providers, to improve communication with patients, a tool to engage patients in their care, or some combination of the above? Without a clear goal, providers are left to wonder whether whiteboard use is simply another task or really an intervention to improve care. This may in part, or perhaps fully, explain the differences discovered in whiteboard use and practices among our surveyed providers.

    If, however, one were to make clear that the goal of patient whiteboards is to engage patients in their care and help achieve an important NPSG, methods to implement their use become better guided. A limitation of our study is that we did not survey patients about their perceptions of whiteboards use, an important needs assessment that would further drive this patient‐centered intervention. Regardless, we can draw a number of lessons from our findings and devise a set of reasonable recommendations.

    Recommendations

    We provide the following set of recommendations for hospitals adopting patient whiteboards, drawing on our survey findings and experiences with implementation at our own institution. We also acknowledge the role that local hospital cultures may play in adopting whiteboard use, and our recommendations are simply guidelines that can be applied or used in planning efforts. We believe effective use of a patient whiteboard requires a patient‐centered approach and the following:

    • Whiteboards should be placed in clear view of patients from their hospital bed

      A simple yet critical issue as placing a whiteboard behind a patient's bed or off to the side fails to provide them with a constant visual cue to engage in the information.

    • Buy and fasten erasable pens to the whiteboards themselves

      In our institution, purchasing pens for each provider was a less effective strategy than simply affixing the pen to the whiteboard itself. A supply of erasable pens must be available at the nursing station to quickly replace those with fading ink.

    • Create whiteboard templates

      Our findings and experience suggest that structured formats for whiteboards may be more effective in ensuring both important and accurate information gets included. Blank whiteboards lead to less standardization in practice and fail to create prompts for providers to both write and review the content available. Anecdotally, we created a number of whiteboards with templated information, and this did seem to increase the consistency, standardization, and ease of use.

    • Whiteboard templates should include the following items:

      • Day and Date

        This serves to orient patients (and their families) as well as providers with the date of information written on the whiteboard. It is also an important mechanism to ensure information is updated daily.

      • Patient's name (or initials)

        With bed turnover (or patient transfers to different beds and units) commonplace in hospital care, we believe that listing the patient's name on the board prevents the potential for patients (and their families) or providers to mistakenly take information from a previous patient's care on the whiteboard for their own.

      • Bedside nurse

        This was noted as the most useful provider listed on a patient whiteboard, which is quite logical given the role bedside nurses play for hospitalized patients.

      • Primary physician(s) (attending, resident, and intern, if applicable)

        This was noted as the next most important provider(s) and perhaps increasingly important both in teaching and nonteaching settings where shift‐work and signouts are growing in frequency among physicians.

      • Goal for the day

        While this was not a consensus from our survey respondents, we believe patients (rather than providers) should ultimately guide determination of their goal for the day as this engages them directly with the planachieving a patient‐centered initiative. In our experience, an effective strategy was having the bedside nurse directly engage patients each morning to help place a goal for the day on their whiteboard.

      • Anticipated discharge date

        While understanding the potential for this date to change, we believe the benefits of having patients (and their families) thinking about discharge, rather than feeling surprised by it on the morning of discharge, serves as an important mechanism to bridge communication about the discharge process.24

      • Family member's contact information (phone number)

      • Questions for providers

        This last entry allows a space for families to engage the healthcare team and, once again, create an opportunity for clarification of treatment and discharge plans.

      • Bedside nurses should facilitate writing and updating information on the whiteboard

        Without our survey findings, this might have generated debate or controversy over whether nurses should be burdened with one more task to their responsibilities. However, our nurse respondents embraced this responsibility with spontaneous comments about their patient advocate role, and stated that whiteboards can serve as a tool to assist in that responsibility. Furthermore, not a single nurse respondent stated as barrier to use that I didn't think it was my responsibility. Nonetheless, whiteboard use must be a shared communication tool and not simply a tool between nurse and patient. Practically, we would recommend that bedside nurses facilitate updating whiteboards each morning, at a time when they are already helping patients create a goal for the day. Other providers must be trained to review information on the whiteboard, engage patients about their specific goal, and share the responsibility of keeping the information on the whiteboard updated.

      • Create a system for auditing utilization and providing feedback early during rollout

        We found that adoption was very slow at the outset. One strategy to consider is having designated auditors check whiteboards in each room, measuring weekly compliance and providing this feedback to nurse managers. This auditing process may help identify barriers that can be addressed quickly (eg, unavailability of pens).

      Finally, it is important to comment on the confidentiality concerns often raised in the context of whiteboard use. Confidentiality concerns largely arise from personal health information being used without a patient's explicit consent. If our recommendations are adopted, they require whiteboard use to be a patient‐centered and patient‐driven initiative. The type of information on the whiteboard should be determined with sensitivity but also with consent of the patient. We have not experienced any concerns by patients or providers in this regard because patients are told about the goals of the whiteboard initiative with our above principles in mind.

      Conclusions

      Patient whiteboards may improve communication among members of the healthcare team (eg, nurses, physicians, and others) and between providers and their patients (and family members). Further investigation is warranted to determine if adopting our recommendations leads to improved communication, teamwork, or patient satisfaction and care. In the meantime, as many hospitals continue to install and implement whiteboards, we hope our recommendations, accompanied by an emphasis on creating a patient‐centered communication tool, offer a roadmap for considering best practices in their use.

      Acknowledgements

      This study of patient whiteboards developed during the Triad for Optimal Patient Safety (TOPS) project, an effort focused on improving unit‐based safety culture through improved teamwork and communication. The authors thank the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation for their active support and funding of the TOPS project, which was a collaboration between the Schools of Medicine, Nursing, and Pharmacy at the University of California, San Francisco.

      Communication failures are a frequent cause of adverse events14; the Joint Commission (TJC) reports that such failures contributed to 65% of reported sentinel events.5 Strategies to improve communication have focused on implementing formal teamwork training programs and/or teaching specific communication skills.613 While these strategies largely address communication between healthcare providers, there is a growing emphasis on developing strategies to engage patients in their care, and improving communication with them and their families.

      In 2007, TJC announced a new National Patient Safety Goal (NPSG) that encourage(s) patients' active involvement in their own care as a patient safety strategy.14 This builds upon a landmark Institute of Medicine report that highlighted patient‐centeredness as 1 of the 6 domains for delivering high‐quality care.15 Current literature on developing such patient‐centered strategies enumerates several approaches, including better access to health information, use of innovative technology solutions, and focused efforts at improving communication.1618

      The placement of whiteboards in patient rooms is an increasingly common strategy to improve communication. These boards, typically placed on a wall near a patient's hospital bed, allow any number of providers to communicate a wide range of information. Both Kaiser Permanente's Nurse Knowledge Exchange program and the Institute for Healthcare Improvement's Transforming Care at the Bedside promote whiteboard use, though with little specific guidance about practical implementation.19,20 Despite their growing prevalence, there is no published literature guiding the most effective uses of whiteboards, or describing their impact on communication, teamwork, or patient satisfaction and care. We present findings from a survey of patient whiteboard use on an academic medical service, and offer a series of recommendations based on our findings and experiences.

      Methods

      We anonymously surveyed bedside nurses from 3 inpatient medical units, internal medicine housestaff, and faculty from the Division of Hospital Medicine at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF). We solicited experiences of physician and nursing leaders who were engaged in whiteboard interventions over the past 2 years to identify relevant topics for study. Their experiences were based on isolated unit‐based efforts to implement whiteboards through a variety of strategies (eg, whiteboard templates, simple identification of provider teams, goals for the day). Their input guided the survey development and the suggested recommendations. The topics identified were then translated into multiple‐choice questions, and further edited for clarity by the authors. A Likert scale was used that measured frequency of use, usefulness, and attitudes toward patient whiteboards. An open‐ended question seeking additional comments about patient whiteboards was also asked. The survey was administered to nurses at staff meetings and through physical mailboxes on their respective patient care units with a 1‐month collection period. The survey was administered to housestaff and attendings via e‐mail listserves using an online commercial survey administration tool.21 The nursing surveys were later entered into the same online survey administration tool, which ultimately provided summary reports and descriptive findings to meet the study objectives. Our project was reviewed and approved by the UCSF Committee on Human Research.

      Results

      Survey responses were collected from 104 nurse respondents (81% response rate), 118 internal medicine housestaff (74% response rate), and 31 hospitalists (86% response rate). Nurses were far more likely to write on whiteboards, read what was written on them, and find the related information useful (Figure 1A‐C). Nurses, housestaff, and attendings all believed the bedside nurse was the single most important provider name listed on a whiteboard. However, the respondents differed in their rated value of other providers listed on the whiteboard (Figure 2). Nurses gave higher ratings to the utility of having patient care assistants (PCAs) listed as compared to housestaff and attendings. Overall, respondents felt it would be less useful to list consultants and pharmacists than the nurse, attending, and housestaff. All of the respondents believed family contact information was the most useful information on a whiteboard, whereas more nurses rated a goal for the day and anticipated discharge date as more useful than housestaff and attendings (Figure 3).

      Figure 1
      Patient whiteboard practices. (A) How often do you write on a whiteboard in a patient's room? (B) How often do you read what is written on a whiteboard in a patient's room? (C) How useful do you find the information on a whiteboard in a patient's room? (A‐C) Percent responding to each option.
      Figure 2
      Utility of specific providers listed on a patient whiteboard. Percent who responded “very useful.”
      Figure 3
      Utility of specific information written on a patient whiteboard. Percent who responded “very useful.”

      From an operational standpoint, the majority of respondents felt that nurses should be responsible for the information on a whiteboard, nurses and physicians together should create goals for the day, and the greatest barrier to using whiteboards was not having pens easily available (Figure 4A‐C). Most respondents also agreed that using templated whiteboards (with predefined fields) to guide content would increase their use (Figure 4D). All respondents believed that whiteboard use could improve teamwork and communication as well as patient care (Figure 5). Respondents also offered a variety of specific comments in response to an open‐ended question about whiteboard use (Table 1).

      Figure 4
      Operational aspects of patient whiteboard use. (A) Who should be responsible for the information on a patient whiteboard? (B) If writing a goal for the day on a whiteboard, who should create the goal? (C) What are the barriers to using a patient whiteboard? (D) Creating predesigned whiteboards with templates that clearly define the information to be written on them would increase their use. (A‐C) Percent responding to each option. (D) Percent who responded “agree” or “strongly agree.”
      Figure 5
      Role of whiteboard in improving patient care and teamwork. Percent who responded “agree” or “strongly agree” to “Use of whiteboard can improve.…”
      Selected Respondent Comments About Whiteboard Use
      From nurses If MDs were engaged in using (or reviewing the information on) whiteboards more, it might reduce the number of times we page them to clarify care plans
      It might be helpful to have a dedicated section on the whiteboard where families can write questions that are separate from other information that the nurse writes on them
      Part of the bedside nurse role is to be a patient advocate and the whiteboard can be a tool to assist in this important responsibility
      Nothing is worse than a patient (or family member) asking me, What's the plan for the day?and being unable to do so because a goal (or scheduled procedure) hasn't been communicated to me by the MD or written on the whiteboard
      I would use [whiteboards] more if they were clearly being used as a patient‐centered communication tool rather than trying to improve communication between us and the MDs.
      From physicians The boards need to be kept simple for success.
      There needs to be specific training to make this a cultural norm across care providers and reinforced on a regular basis. If it's a priority, there should be audits, tracking for performance (accuracy and updated info), and feedback to providers. I would also ask patients what info they would like to see, as [whiteboards] should be patient‐centered, not provider‐centered.
      Having providers intermittently write on whiteboards should not be considered a substitute for communication. In fact, this would likely only further display our lack of cohesive communication to patients and families.
      I have been skeptical that the goals for the day for an ill patient can be satisfactorily reduced to a statement that fits on a whiteboard and that forecasting a day of discharge well in advance is frequently wrong and may create more confusion than it alleviates. I am also concerned that if a goal for the day on a whiteboard is intended for the nurse, this is substituting for richer channels of communications, such as the nurse reading the progress notes, speaking with the physicians, or communicating through the charge nurse who attends our case management rounds.
      Whiteboards are frequently not accurate, underused, and they require patients to have visual acuity, cognition, and speak Englishall challenges depending on your patient population.

      Discussion

      Our findings demonstrate the potential value of patient whiteboards, which is supported by the vast majority of respondents, who agreed their use may improve patient care and teamwork. It is also clear that whiteboard use is not achieving this potential or being used as a patient‐centered tool. This is best illustrated by findings of their low rate of use and completion among attendings and housestaff (Figure 1A, B) and the lack of consensus as to what information on the whiteboards is useful. Patient whiteboards require defined goals, thoughtful planning, regular monitoring, and ongoing evaluation. The challenges around effective adoption and implementation is perhaps more about ensuring compliance and completion rather than simply gaining buy‐in and engagement for their value.

      While the differential use of whiteboards between nurses and physicians was not surprising, a few specific findings warrant further discussion. First, it is interesting that nurses rated their own names and that of PCAs as the most useful, while physicians rated the nurse's name as being of equal value to their own. This may speak to the role PCAs play for nurses in helping the latter provide bedside care, rather than a reflection of the nurses' perception of the value of PCAs for patients. Second, while all respondents rated highly the value of family contact information on the whiteboard, nurses valued a goal for the day and anticipated discharge date more highly than did physicians. These findings likely reflect that nurses desire an understanding about plans of care and if they are not communicated face‐to‐face as the most effective strategy,22 they should at least be spelled out clearly on a whiteboard. This is supported by evidence that better collaboration between nurses and physicians improves patient outcomes.23 It may also be that physicians place more value on their own progress notes (rather than whiteboards) as a vehicle for communicating daily goals and discharge planning.

      Other practical considerations involve who owns it and, if we do create goals for the day, whose goals should they represent? The majority of nurse and physician responses advocated for nurses to be responsible for accurate and complete information being updated on whiteboards. A larger percentage of attendings favored shared responsibility of the whiteboard, which was reinforced by their support of having goals for the day created jointly by nurses and physicians. Interestingly, a much smaller percentage of respondents felt goals for the day should be driven by patients (or family members). These data may point to the different perspectives that each individual provider bringsphysician, nurse, pharmacist, discharge plannerwith their respective goals differing in nature. Finally, it is also interesting that while attendings and housestaff believed that whiteboards can improve patient care teamwork/communication (Figure 5), a much smaller percentage actually read what is on them (Figure 1B). This may reflect the unclear goals of whiteboards, its absence as part of daily workflow, the infrequency of updated information on them, or perhaps an institution‐specific phenomenon that we will use to drive further improvement strategies.

      Selected respondent comments (Table 1) highlight important messages about whiteboard use and provide helpful context to the survey responses. We found that the goal of whiteboard use is not always clear; is it to improve communication among providers, to improve communication with patients, a tool to engage patients in their care, or some combination of the above? Without a clear goal, providers are left to wonder whether whiteboard use is simply another task or really an intervention to improve care. This may in part, or perhaps fully, explain the differences discovered in whiteboard use and practices among our surveyed providers.

      If, however, one were to make clear that the goal of patient whiteboards is to engage patients in their care and help achieve an important NPSG, methods to implement their use become better guided. A limitation of our study is that we did not survey patients about their perceptions of whiteboards use, an important needs assessment that would further drive this patient‐centered intervention. Regardless, we can draw a number of lessons from our findings and devise a set of reasonable recommendations.

      Recommendations

      We provide the following set of recommendations for hospitals adopting patient whiteboards, drawing on our survey findings and experiences with implementation at our own institution. We also acknowledge the role that local hospital cultures may play in adopting whiteboard use, and our recommendations are simply guidelines that can be applied or used in planning efforts. We believe effective use of a patient whiteboard requires a patient‐centered approach and the following:

      • Whiteboards should be placed in clear view of patients from their hospital bed

        A simple yet critical issue as placing a whiteboard behind a patient's bed or off to the side fails to provide them with a constant visual cue to engage in the information.

      • Buy and fasten erasable pens to the whiteboards themselves

        In our institution, purchasing pens for each provider was a less effective strategy than simply affixing the pen to the whiteboard itself. A supply of erasable pens must be available at the nursing station to quickly replace those with fading ink.

      • Create whiteboard templates

        Our findings and experience suggest that structured formats for whiteboards may be more effective in ensuring both important and accurate information gets included. Blank whiteboards lead to less standardization in practice and fail to create prompts for providers to both write and review the content available. Anecdotally, we created a number of whiteboards with templated information, and this did seem to increase the consistency, standardization, and ease of use.

      • Whiteboard templates should include the following items:

        • Day and Date

          This serves to orient patients (and their families) as well as providers with the date of information written on the whiteboard. It is also an important mechanism to ensure information is updated daily.

        • Patient's name (or initials)

          With bed turnover (or patient transfers to different beds and units) commonplace in hospital care, we believe that listing the patient's name on the board prevents the potential for patients (and their families) or providers to mistakenly take information from a previous patient's care on the whiteboard for their own.

        • Bedside nurse

          This was noted as the most useful provider listed on a patient whiteboard, which is quite logical given the role bedside nurses play for hospitalized patients.

        • Primary physician(s) (attending, resident, and intern, if applicable)

          This was noted as the next most important provider(s) and perhaps increasingly important both in teaching and nonteaching settings where shift‐work and signouts are growing in frequency among physicians.

        • Goal for the day

          While this was not a consensus from our survey respondents, we believe patients (rather than providers) should ultimately guide determination of their goal for the day as this engages them directly with the planachieving a patient‐centered initiative. In our experience, an effective strategy was having the bedside nurse directly engage patients each morning to help place a goal for the day on their whiteboard.

        • Anticipated discharge date

          While understanding the potential for this date to change, we believe the benefits of having patients (and their families) thinking about discharge, rather than feeling surprised by it on the morning of discharge, serves as an important mechanism to bridge communication about the discharge process.24

        • Family member's contact information (phone number)

        • Questions for providers

          This last entry allows a space for families to engage the healthcare team and, once again, create an opportunity for clarification of treatment and discharge plans.

        • Bedside nurses should facilitate writing and updating information on the whiteboard

          Without our survey findings, this might have generated debate or controversy over whether nurses should be burdened with one more task to their responsibilities. However, our nurse respondents embraced this responsibility with spontaneous comments about their patient advocate role, and stated that whiteboards can serve as a tool to assist in that responsibility. Furthermore, not a single nurse respondent stated as barrier to use that I didn't think it was my responsibility. Nonetheless, whiteboard use must be a shared communication tool and not simply a tool between nurse and patient. Practically, we would recommend that bedside nurses facilitate updating whiteboards each morning, at a time when they are already helping patients create a goal for the day. Other providers must be trained to review information on the whiteboard, engage patients about their specific goal, and share the responsibility of keeping the information on the whiteboard updated.

        • Create a system for auditing utilization and providing feedback early during rollout

          We found that adoption was very slow at the outset. One strategy to consider is having designated auditors check whiteboards in each room, measuring weekly compliance and providing this feedback to nurse managers. This auditing process may help identify barriers that can be addressed quickly (eg, unavailability of pens).

        Finally, it is important to comment on the confidentiality concerns often raised in the context of whiteboard use. Confidentiality concerns largely arise from personal health information being used without a patient's explicit consent. If our recommendations are adopted, they require whiteboard use to be a patient‐centered and patient‐driven initiative. The type of information on the whiteboard should be determined with sensitivity but also with consent of the patient. We have not experienced any concerns by patients or providers in this regard because patients are told about the goals of the whiteboard initiative with our above principles in mind.

        Conclusions

        Patient whiteboards may improve communication among members of the healthcare team (eg, nurses, physicians, and others) and between providers and their patients (and family members). Further investigation is warranted to determine if adopting our recommendations leads to improved communication, teamwork, or patient satisfaction and care. In the meantime, as many hospitals continue to install and implement whiteboards, we hope our recommendations, accompanied by an emphasis on creating a patient‐centered communication tool, offer a roadmap for considering best practices in their use.

        Acknowledgements

        This study of patient whiteboards developed during the Triad for Optimal Patient Safety (TOPS) project, an effort focused on improving unit‐based safety culture through improved teamwork and communication. The authors thank the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation for their active support and funding of the TOPS project, which was a collaboration between the Schools of Medicine, Nursing, and Pharmacy at the University of California, San Francisco.

        References
        1. Arora V,Johnson J,Lovinger D,Humphrey HJ,Meltzer DO.Communication failures in patient sign‐out and suggestions for improvement: a critical incident analysis.Qual Saf Health Care.2005;14(6):401407.
        2. Gawande AA,Zinner MJ,Studdert DM,Brennan TA.Analysis of errors reported by surgeons at three teaching hospitals.Surgery.2003;133(6):614621.
        3. Greenberg CC,Regenbogen SE,Studdert DM, et al.Patterns of communication breakdowns resulting in injury to surgical patients.J Am Coll Surg.2007;204(4):533540.
        4. Sutcliffe KM,Lewton E,Rosenthal MM.Communication failures: an insidious contributor to medical mishaps.Acad Med.2004;79(2):186194.
        5. The Joint Commission: Sentinel Event Statistics, March 31,2009. Available at: http://www.jointcommission.org/SentinelEvents/Statistics. Accessed October 2009.
        6. Awad SS,Fagan SP,Bellows C, et al.Bridging the communication gap in the operating room with medical team training.Am J Surg.2005;190(5):770774.
        7. Morey JC,Simon R,Jay GD, et al.Error reduction and performance improvement in the emergency department through formal teamwork training: evaluation results of the MedTeams project.Health Serv Res.2002;37(6):15531581.
        8. Clancy CM,Tornberg DN.TeamSTEPPS: assuring optimal teamwork in clinical settings.Am J Med Qual.2007;22(3):214217.
        9. Dunn EJ,Mills PD,Neily J,Crittenden MD,Carmack AL,Bagian JP.Medical team training: applying crew resource management in the Veterans Health Administration.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2007;33(6):317325.
        10. Barrett J,Gifford C,Morey J,Risser D,Salisbury M.Enhancing patient safety through teamwork training.J Healthc Risk Manag.2001;21(4):5765.
        11. Leonard M,Graham S,Bonacum D.The human factor: the critical importance of effective teamwork and communication in providing safe care.Qual Saf Health Care.2004;13(suppl 1):i85i90.
        12. Haig KM,Sutton S,Whittington J.SBAR: a shared mental model for improving communication between clinicians.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2006;32(3):167175.
        13. Sehgal NL,Fox M,Vidyarthi AR, et al.A multidisciplinary teamwork training program: the Triad for Optimal Patient Safety (TOPS) experience.J Gen Intern Med.2008;23(12):20532057.
        14. The Joint Commission's National Patient Safety Goals 2007 for Hospital/Critical Access Hospital. Available at:http://www.jointcommission.org/PatientSafety/NationalPatientSafetyGoals/07_hap_cah_npsgs.htm. Accessed October 2009.
        15. Institute of Medicine (U.S.). Committee on Quality of Health Care in America.Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century.Washington, DC:National Academy Press;2001.
        16. Bergeson SC,Dean JD.A systems approach to patient‐centered care.JAMA.2006;296(23):28482851.
        17. Wasson JH,Godfrey MM,Nelson ED,Mohr JJ,Batalden PB.Microsystems in health care: Part 4. Planning patient‐centered care.Jt Comm J Qual Saf.2003;29(5):227237.
        18. Gerteis M, Edgman‐Levitan S, Daley J, Delbanco TL, eds.Through the Patient's Eyes: Understanding and Promoting Patient‐Centered Care.San Francisco, CA:Jossey‐Bass;1993.
        19. Rutherford P,Lee B,Greiner A.Transforming Care at the Bedside. IHI Innovation Series white paper. Boston, MA: Institute for Healthcare Improvement;2004. Available at: http://www.ihi.org. Accessed October 2009.
        20. Fahey L.Schilling L.Nurse Knowledge Exchange: Patient Hand Offs. American Academy of Ambulatory Care Nursing (AAACN) Viewpoint. Sep/Oct 2007. Available at: http://findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_qa4022/is_200709/ai_n21137476. Accessed October 2009.
        21. Survey Console. Available at: http://www.surveyconsole.com. Accessed October 2009.
        22. How do we communicate?Communication on Agile Software Projects. Available at: www.agilemodeling.com/essays/communication.htm. Accessed October 2009.
        23. Baggs JG,Schmitt MH,Mushlin AI, et al.Association between nurse‐physician collaboration and patient outcomes in three intensive care units.Crit Care Med.1999;27(9):19911998.
        24. Sehgal NL.Engaging patients at hospital discharge.J Hosp Med.2008;3(6):498500.
        References
        1. Arora V,Johnson J,Lovinger D,Humphrey HJ,Meltzer DO.Communication failures in patient sign‐out and suggestions for improvement: a critical incident analysis.Qual Saf Health Care.2005;14(6):401407.
        2. Gawande AA,Zinner MJ,Studdert DM,Brennan TA.Analysis of errors reported by surgeons at three teaching hospitals.Surgery.2003;133(6):614621.
        3. Greenberg CC,Regenbogen SE,Studdert DM, et al.Patterns of communication breakdowns resulting in injury to surgical patients.J Am Coll Surg.2007;204(4):533540.
        4. Sutcliffe KM,Lewton E,Rosenthal MM.Communication failures: an insidious contributor to medical mishaps.Acad Med.2004;79(2):186194.
        5. The Joint Commission: Sentinel Event Statistics, March 31,2009. Available at: http://www.jointcommission.org/SentinelEvents/Statistics. Accessed October 2009.
        6. Awad SS,Fagan SP,Bellows C, et al.Bridging the communication gap in the operating room with medical team training.Am J Surg.2005;190(5):770774.
        7. Morey JC,Simon R,Jay GD, et al.Error reduction and performance improvement in the emergency department through formal teamwork training: evaluation results of the MedTeams project.Health Serv Res.2002;37(6):15531581.
        8. Clancy CM,Tornberg DN.TeamSTEPPS: assuring optimal teamwork in clinical settings.Am J Med Qual.2007;22(3):214217.
        9. Dunn EJ,Mills PD,Neily J,Crittenden MD,Carmack AL,Bagian JP.Medical team training: applying crew resource management in the Veterans Health Administration.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2007;33(6):317325.
        10. Barrett J,Gifford C,Morey J,Risser D,Salisbury M.Enhancing patient safety through teamwork training.J Healthc Risk Manag.2001;21(4):5765.
        11. Leonard M,Graham S,Bonacum D.The human factor: the critical importance of effective teamwork and communication in providing safe care.Qual Saf Health Care.2004;13(suppl 1):i85i90.
        12. Haig KM,Sutton S,Whittington J.SBAR: a shared mental model for improving communication between clinicians.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2006;32(3):167175.
        13. Sehgal NL,Fox M,Vidyarthi AR, et al.A multidisciplinary teamwork training program: the Triad for Optimal Patient Safety (TOPS) experience.J Gen Intern Med.2008;23(12):20532057.
        14. The Joint Commission's National Patient Safety Goals 2007 for Hospital/Critical Access Hospital. Available at:http://www.jointcommission.org/PatientSafety/NationalPatientSafetyGoals/07_hap_cah_npsgs.htm. Accessed October 2009.
        15. Institute of Medicine (U.S.). Committee on Quality of Health Care in America.Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century.Washington, DC:National Academy Press;2001.
        16. Bergeson SC,Dean JD.A systems approach to patient‐centered care.JAMA.2006;296(23):28482851.
        17. Wasson JH,Godfrey MM,Nelson ED,Mohr JJ,Batalden PB.Microsystems in health care: Part 4. Planning patient‐centered care.Jt Comm J Qual Saf.2003;29(5):227237.
        18. Gerteis M, Edgman‐Levitan S, Daley J, Delbanco TL, eds.Through the Patient's Eyes: Understanding and Promoting Patient‐Centered Care.San Francisco, CA:Jossey‐Bass;1993.
        19. Rutherford P,Lee B,Greiner A.Transforming Care at the Bedside. IHI Innovation Series white paper. Boston, MA: Institute for Healthcare Improvement;2004. Available at: http://www.ihi.org. Accessed October 2009.
        20. Fahey L.Schilling L.Nurse Knowledge Exchange: Patient Hand Offs. American Academy of Ambulatory Care Nursing (AAACN) Viewpoint. Sep/Oct 2007. Available at: http://findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_qa4022/is_200709/ai_n21137476. Accessed October 2009.
        21. Survey Console. Available at: http://www.surveyconsole.com. Accessed October 2009.
        22. How do we communicate?Communication on Agile Software Projects. Available at: www.agilemodeling.com/essays/communication.htm. Accessed October 2009.
        23. Baggs JG,Schmitt MH,Mushlin AI, et al.Association between nurse‐physician collaboration and patient outcomes in three intensive care units.Crit Care Med.1999;27(9):19911998.
        24. Sehgal NL.Engaging patients at hospital discharge.J Hosp Med.2008;3(6):498500.
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        234-239
        Page Number
        234-239
        Article Type
        Display Headline
        Patient whiteboards as a communication tool in the hospital setting: A survey of practices and recommendations
        Display Headline
        Patient whiteboards as a communication tool in the hospital setting: A survey of practices and recommendations
        Sections
        Article Source
        Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine
        Disallow All Ads
        Correspondence Location
        Division of Hospital Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, 533 Parnassus Avenue, Box 0131, San Francisco, CA 94143
        Content Gating
        Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
        Gating Strategy
        First Peek Free
        Article PDF Media

        Acute Pancreatitis

        Article Type
        Changed
        Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
        Display Headline
        Acute pancreatitis

        Acute pancreatitis accounts for more than 220,000 hospital admissions in the United States annually.1 In the following review, we outline the etiology of acute pancreatitis, discuss its complications, and provide an updated review on its management for the hospitalized patient.

        Etiology

        Gallstone disease and excess alcohol ingestion are the most common causes of acute pancreatitis in the United States. Gallstones account for roughly 45% of all cases, and the pathogenesis is due to transient obstruction of the pancreatic duct orifice to the flow of pancreatic exocrine secretions.2 Excess alcohol ingestion accounts for approximately 35% of all cases, yet the pathogenesis here is less understood.3 Most theories suggest a direct toxic effect of the ethanol upon the pancreatic parenchyma or its neurovascular supply.4

        There are many other less common causes of acute pancreatitis including toxins, drugs, infections, trauma, vascular insults, anatomic abnormalities, and metabolic derangements. Hypertriglyceridemia and hypercalcemia are both implicated in acute pancreatitis. Serum triglyceride levels >1000 mg/dL can precipitate an attack of acute pancreatitis though the pathogenesis is not clearly understood.5 Hypercalcemia is also an uncommon cause of acute pancreatitis, and is thought to result from deposition of calcium in the pancreatic duct and calcium activation of trypsinogen.6

        Idiopathic pancreatitis occurs in up to 20% of patients with acute pancreatitis, and by definition, the cause is not established by history, physical examination, routine laboratory tests, or imaging. The majority of idiopathic cases of pancreatitis are thought to have a biliary source. In patients with gallbladder in situ, it is estimated that up to 75% acquire pancreatitis from microlithiasis, or biliary sludge and stone debris, that causes obstruction of the distal common bile and main pancreatic ducts. Conversely, sphincter of Oddi dysfunction (SOD) resulting in transient pancreatic ductal obstruction is felt to be the most common cause in those patients who have undergone a previous cholecystectomy.7

        An emerging entity, autoimmune pancreatitis (AIP), is more commonly associated with chronic pancreatitis but may cause episodes of acute pancreatitis or mimic pancreatic carcinoma. Typically, the diagnosis is based on elevated levels of serum gammaglobulin subgroup 4 (IgG4) populations, along with characteristic findings on computed tomography (CT) scan (eg, narrowed or wispy main pancreatic duct and an enlarged pancreatic parenchyma). Core‐needle biopsy may confirm the diagnosis of AIP with lymphoplasmacytic infiltration and dense fibrosis.8 Since AIP can mimic pancreatic cancer, the diagnosis may not be made until the time of surgical resection.

        Diagnosis

        Along with characteristic symptoms, the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis is often based on elevated serum levels of pancreatic enzymes that are at least twice the normal level. Amylase and lipase are the most frequently used serum markers for acute pancreatitis, though their elevation is not pathognomonic for the presence of disease. These enzymes may not always be significantly elevated during times of acute inflammation, and elevation of the enzymes can come from nonpancreatic origins as well (Table 1). Although there is no gold standard for the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis, using serum lipase (>250 IU/L) in conjunction with amylase (>160 IU/L) improves the overall diagnostic sensitivity from 81% to 94%.9 Isoamylase levels can be used to distinguish among pancreatic, salivary, and macroamylasemia though this is not often used if pancreatitis is suspected clinically. Similarly, serum isolipase can be measured, though this is not readily available.

        Nonpancreatic Causes of Hyperamylasemia/Hyperlipasemia
        • NOTE: From Refs.9 and101.

        • Abbreviation: ERCP, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography.

        Nonpancreatic causes of hyperamylasemia
        Abdominal/pelvic Pancreatic pseudocyst, biliary tract disorders, gastritis, peptic ulcer disease, intestinal obstruction, intestinal infarction, perforation, mesenteric thrombosis, pancreatic cancer, appendicitis, peritonitis, pyelonephritis, renal insufficiency, liver disease, pregnancy, ruptured ectopic pregnancy, aortic aneurysm dissection, prostatic disease, ovarian neoplasm
        Thoracic Esophagitis, myocardial infarction, pulmonary embolism, pneumonia, metastatic carcinoma of lung, breast cancer
        Procedural Abdominal operations, nonabdominal operations, post‐ERCP
        Trauma Brain trauma, burns, and traumatic shock
        Metabolic Diabetic ketoacidosis
        Drugs Opiate administration, oxyphenbutazone, phenylbutazone, aminosalicylic acid, aspirin, atovaquone, bethanecol, estrogens, lamivudine, meperidine, metoclopramide, ranitidine, thiazides, valproic acid, sulfonamides
        Other Parotitis, renal transplantation, alcoholism, human immunodeficiency virus, macroamylasemia
        Nonpancreatic causes of hyperlipasemia
        Abdominal/pelvic Pancreatic pseudocyst, biliary tract disorders, gastritis, peptic ulcer disease, spontaneous bacterial peritonitis, liver disease, pancreatic carcinoma, intestinal obstruction, ischemia, perforation, appendicitis, celiac disease
        Thoracic Esophagitis
        Drugs Furosemide, thiazides, metronidazole, valproic acid, bethanecol, oral contraceptives, indomethacin
        Other Renal insufficiency, macrolipasemia

        In order to improve the sensitivity and specificity of diagnosis, other tests have been studied to help predict disease presence and severity. Previously, serum tests for trypsin, elastase, phospholipase A2, and carboxylester lipase have all been evaluated but shown to have no significant improvement in diagnostic capability.1014 More recently, trypsinogen (a pancreatic proteinase) has proven to be a useful aid in the accurate diagnosis of acute disease. Trypsinogen undergoes activation into trypsin during acute pancreatic inflammation.3 It is comprised of 2 main isoenzymes (trypsinogen‐1 and trypsinogen‐2) that are secreted into the pancreatic fluid with a small proportion escaping into the circulation.15 Higher concentrations of trypsinogen‐1 are seen in healthy people, while higher concentrations of trypsinogen‐2 are seen in those with acute pancreatitis.16 Urinary trypsinogen‐2 dipstick tests detect acute pancreatitis more accurately than quantitative serum or urinary amylase, with a sensitivity as high as 94%, and a specificity of 95%.17 Studies have shown that in post‐endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP) pancreatitis, serum trypsinogen‐2 levels begin to rise as early as 1 hour and peak at 6 hours.17 The Actim Pancreatitis (Medix Biomedica, Kauniainen, Finland) urine test strips measure concentrations of trypsinogen‐2 as low as 50 g/L, but is not a quantitative test and, thus, it does not predict severity. Some studies have advocated the use of urinary trypsinogen‐2 as a screening tool, with a positive result indicating a need for further evaluation of acute pancreatitis.1820 Urinary trypsinogen‐2 is less costly than serum tests, plus may result in additional cost savings with earlier patient discharge. Unfortunately, this test is not widely available for clinical use. Urinary trypsinogen activation peptide (TAP) is another test that has been studied in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis, but may signify disease severity rather than the presence or absence of disease.21 Currently urinary assays for TAP are not widely available in the United States.

        Choosing the Appropriate Imaging Modality

        Along with the measurement of pancreatic release enzymes, abdominal imaging is often used, though not always necessary to confirm the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis. Imaging techniques such as CT, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and transabdominal ultrasonography may be used to rule out other causes of abdominal pain or elucidate the cause of the pancreatitis itself. Ultrasound may show pancreatic enlargement, diminished echogenicity, and possible adjacent fluid collections.22 In searching for evidence of gallstone pancreatitis, transabdominal ultrasound has a sensitivity of 67% and a specificity of 100%.23 However, it may be insensitive for detecting stones in the distal common bile duct near the ampulla due to acoustic interference from gas within the small bowel.24 Furthermore, ultrasound itself is operator‐dependent.

        Contrast‐enhanced CT is the standard mode of imaging for diagnosing acute pancreatitis and provides superior imaging of the pancreas. Unfortunately it is more costly than ultrasound, involves radiation exposure, and requires intravenous contrast medium.25 Findings of acute pancreatitis frequently seen on CT include diffuse or segmental enlargement of the gland, irregular pancreatic contour, obliteration of peripancreatic fat planes, parenchymal heterogeneity, and ill‐defined fluid collections within the pancreas or in the lesser sac and pararenal spaces.26 CT scan may also be used to detect pancreatic necrosis, an important finding for the management and prognosis of this disease.27 Despite this, normal CT findings have been reported in patients with acute pancreatitis, and certain CT findings may be related to disease severity.25

        Although MRI is less commonly used in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis, it may provide a useful alternative to CT, especially in cases of renal failure or intravenous contrast hypersensitivity. When combined with magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography (MRCP) imaging, MRI may even be able to detect a local area of pancreatic duct disruption.27 MRCP allows for a noninvasive cholangiogram and is frequently used to stratify patients who may benefit from ERCP. It can accurately identify common bile duct stones, with a higher sensitivity for choledocholithiasis than ultrasound or CT.2830 MRCP can also assist in the diagnosis of other disorders of the intrahepatic and extrahepatic biliary tree that may be related to the cause of pancreatitis. Overall, unless a patient has a contraindication, or the goal of the study is to diagnose choledocholithiasis, a contrast‐enhanced CT scan remains the imaging procedure of choice due to improved accessibility, lower cost, ease of performance, and increased sensitivity in the detection of gas bubbles (potentially indicating pancreatic infection).3133 Ordering a CT scan or other imaging at admission is not necessary in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis if the patient's presentation is classic. At admission, however, a CT scan may be reasonable to exclude other serious causes of abdominal pain, such as a perforated ulcer. Imaging may also be ordered to define the cause of the episode of pancreatitis and to exclude occult malignancy. In addition, CT scan should be strongly considered in patients who do not improve within 2 to 3 days to assess for complications such as pancreatic necrosis, pseudocysts, or other complications.34

        Most recently, endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) has risen to the forefront as a leader in accurate imaging of the pancreas and biliary tree. EUS is more sensitive than transabdominal ultrasound in detecting biliary stones,35 and it has been shown to have equivalent, and in some cases superior, sensitivity to ERCP and MRCP. Because EUS is able to detect smaller stones or sludge, it may have a role in those patients diagnosed with idiopathic pancreatitis.36 Like MRCP, EUS can also help stratify patients into those that are likely to benefit most from ERCP.37 Figure 1 reviews the evaluation of acute pancreatitis.

        Figure 1
        Approach to the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis. Abbreviations: 6‐MP, 6‐mercaptopurine; ANA, antinuclear antibody; AZA, azathioprine; CFTR, cystic fibrosis transmembrane; CT, computed tomography; DDI, didanosine; ERCP, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography; EUS, endoscopic ultrasound; IgG, immunoglobulin G; IPMN, intrapapillary mucinous neoplasm; MRI/MRCP, magnetic resonance imaging/magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography; SPINK1, serine peptidase inhibitor Kazal type 1; PRSS1, proteinase serine 1.

        Prognosis

        For the majority of patients with acute pancreatitis, the clinical course is mild and self‐limiting. In approximately 20% to 25% of patients, however, it is severe and associated with organ failure and significant morbidity and mortality.38, 39 Determining the severity of acute pancreatitis is critical, as patients at high‐risk for severe disease require closer monitoring and possible intervention. Several validated scoring systems are available that aim to predict the severity of acute pancreatitis including Ranson's criteria, the Imrie scoring system, the Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation (APACHE II) scale, and the CT Severity Index (CTSI) (Table 2).4043

        Scoring Systems for Acute Pancreatitis
        Ranson's Criteria
        • NOTE: From Refs.4044.

        • Abbreviations: ALT, alanine transaminase; APACE II, Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation; AST, aspartate transaminase; CT, computed tomography; PaO2, partial arterial oxygen tension; WBC, white blood cell.

        At admission or diagnosis
        Age >55 years
        WBC >16,000/mm3
        Blood glucose >200 mg/dL
        Lactate dehydrogenase >350 IU/L
        AST >250 IU/L
        Within 48 hours after presentation
        Hematocrit decrease >10%
        Blood urea nitrogen increase >5 mg/dL
        Serum calcium <8 mg/dL
        Base deficit >4 mEq/L
        Fluid sequestration >6 L
        PaO2 <60 mmHg
        Scoring 1 point for each criterion
        APACHE II Scale
        Equation includes these factors: age, rectal temperature, mean arterial pressure, heart rate, PaO2, arterial pH, serum potassium, sodium, creatinine, hematocrit, WBC count, Glasgow coma scale score, chronic health status
        Scoring calculation available at http://www.sfar.org/subores2/apache22l. Accessed June 2009.
        CT Severity Index (Balthazar Score)
        Grade of pancreatitis on CT
        A Normal pancreas (0 points)
        B Pancreatic enlargement (1 point)
        C Pancreatic enlargement with peripancreatic inflammation (2 points)
        D Extrapancreatic changes plus 1 fluid collection (3 points)
        E More than 1 fluid collection (4 points)
        Necrosis score
        None 0 points
        One‐third 2 points
        >One‐third but less than one‐half 4 points
        >One‐half 6 points
        Scoring CT grade plus necrosis score
        Imrie Scoring System
        Age >55 years
        WBC >15,000/mm3
        Blood glucose >180 mg/dL (absence of diabetes)
        Lactate dehydrogenase >600 IU/L
        AST or ALT >100 IU/L
        Serum calcium <8 mg/dl
        PaO2 <60 mm Hg
        Serum albumin <3.2 g/dL
        Serum urea >45 mg/dL
        Scoring 1 point for each criterion met after 48 hours of admission
        Atlanta Criteria
        Ranson's score 3
        APACHE II score 8
        Presence of 1 or more organ failures:
        Shock Blood pressure of <90 mmHg
        Pulmonary insufficiency PaO2<60 mmHg
        Renal failure Creatinine level >2 mg/dL after hydration
        Gastrointestinal bleeding Estimated >500‐mL blood loss/24 hours
        Disseminated intravascular coagulation Thrombocytopenia, hypofibrinogenemia, fibrin split products
        Severe hypocalcemia Calcium level 7.5 mg/dL
        Presence of 1 or more local complications
        Pancreatic necrosis
        Pancreatic abscess
        Pancreatic pseudocyst
        Scoring Severe pancreatitis indicated by any positive factor listed

        In 1992, the Atlanta Classification of acute pancreatitis was developed to provide a rational approach in predicting disease severity, thus allowing for comparison between clinical trials. It defines severe acute pancreatitis (SAP) on the basis of standard clinical manifestations, a Ranson's score 3, an APACHE II score 8, and evidence of organ failure and intrapancreatic pathological findings.44 Serum markers such as C‐reactive protein (CRP), interleukin‐6, and phospholipase A2 have all been studied to predict severity; however, only CRP is widely available. A cutoff level of 150 mg/L at 48 hours distinguishes mild disease from SAP.45 Clinical findings such as thirst, poor urine output, progressive tachycardia, tachypnea, hypoxemia, confusion, and a lack of improvement in symptoms within the first 48 hours are warning signs of impending severe disease, and thus warrant consideration of admission to an intensive care unit (ICU).34

        Natural History and Complications

        Despite initial aggressive intensive care treatment, 30% to 50% of patients with SAP do not respond promptly to ICU treatment and develop persistent multisystem organ failure.39 Severe organ failure in the first week of onset of acute pancreatitis is closely linked to the development of pancreatic infection occurring within 2 weeks of the initiation of symptoms.46 Early multiorgan dysfunction triggers additional mechanisms that render bacterial translocation into clinically manifested sepsis and septic shock.39 In most studied series, infection (including bacteremia, fungemia, and pancreatic abscess) remains the leading cause of death in patients with acute pancreatitis, accounting for up to 80% of fatal cases.4749 While sepsis is the more frequent cause of death in patients surviving beyond 7 days, death occurring early in the course of disease is more likely to be from respiratory complications such as pulmonary edema.50

        In the spectrum of acute pancreatitis, ongoing pancreatic injury can lead to pancreatic necrosis, fluid collections, pseudocyst formation, and pancreatic duct disruption (Figures 24).51 In patients hospitalized with acute pancreatitis, up to 57% will have peripancreatic fluid collections that are initially ill‐defined.44, 52 Typically, these fluid collections may be managed conservatively; however, if they continue to enlarge, cause persistent abdominal pain, become infected, or compress adjacent organs, they may require further intervention.53 Ductal disruption may be diagnosed when fluid collections have high levels of pancreatic amylase, and their presence may lead to the formation of pseudocysts, persistent ascites, or pleural effusions.54 Pancreatic pseudocysts usually require 4 weeks for complete formation, and they classically contain fluid only without significant solid debris.55 Formation typically occurs as a result of limited pancreatic necrosis causing a pancreatic duct leak with subsequent organization, or from areas of necrosis that liquefy over time.56 Both pancreatic pseudocysts and necrotic pancreatic tissue may become infected leading to abscess formation.51

        Figure 2
        Large pseudocyst in head of pancreas on abdominal CT. Abbreviation: CT, computed tomography.
        Figure 3
        Large pseudocyst in head of pancreas on abdominal MRI. Abbreviation: MRI, magnetic resonance imaging.
        Figure 4
        Pancreatic necrosis on abdominal CT. Abbreviation: CT, computed tomography.

        Pancreatic necrosis is defined as diffuse or focal areas of nonviable pancreatic parenchyma, and it is seen in approximately 20% of patients with acute pancreatitis.44, 57 While pseudocyst formation takes approximately 1 month to occur, pancreatic necrosis can occur within the first few days of initial symptoms and is associated with an increase in complications leading to an increased risk of morbidity and mortality.58 More than 80% of deaths in acute pancreatitis are associated with the presence of pancreatic necrosis.39 Patients at highest risk for complications are those with necrosis involving more than 50% of the gland based on MRI or contrast‐enhanced CT scan.59, 60

        Patients with pancreatic infection may have infected necrosis, pancreatic abscess, and/or infected pseudocysts.39 The microbes most frequently involved are gram‐negative organisms including Escherichia coli, Enterococcus, and Klebsiella.61 Recently, gram‐positive bacteria have been implicated in pancreatic infection.62 Fungal infection with Candida species is seen in up to 15% of patients with infected necrosis and is associated with more serious systemic complications.63 The use of prophylactic antibiotics may increase the risk of fungal infection. It may be challenging to distinguish between infected and sterile pancreatic necrosis; hence, needle aspiration under EUS or radiologic guidance may be required.61, 64

        Management

        Supportive Care and Nutrition

        The majority (80%) of cases of acute pancreatitis respond well to supportive care with fluid replacement, pain control, and controlled initiation of regular food intake.39 Aggressive intravenous fluid resuscitation is needed to overcome hypovolemia caused by intravascular fluid loss.65 Currently there is a paucity of data to support clinical recommendations regarding rate of fluid resuscitation, but previous studies have suggested a rate of at least 250 to 300 mL/hour for the first 48 hours if fluid status permits.65, 66 Typically, a diet is reintroduced when abdominal tenderness improves and appetite returns.34 Traditionally patients are started on a clear liquid diet and advanced either to a full‐liquid or lowfat diet as toleratedthough there is little data on this subject.67 A recent study randomized 121 subjects to initiate either a clear liquid diet or a lowfat solid diet once recovering from acute pancreatitis and found that the lowfat solid diet was as safe as the clear liquid diet and resulted in improved caloric intake.68

        In patients with SAP or complicated disease, nutritional support is critical. In an effort to achieve pancreatic rest, total parenteral nutrition (TPN) has historically been used as the primary means of nutritional support in those patients who require it. TPN, however, carries significant risks of infection and metabolic disturbance,69 and recent studies have shown that enteral nutrition may improve outcomes by decreasing the rates of infection, need for surgical intervention, hospital length of stay, and overall total cost of care.7074 Research has shown that enteral nutrition prevents intestinal atrophy and improves the barrier function of the gut mucosa.75 Typically enteral feeds are given via the nasojejunal (NJ) route, though some data suggest that nasogastric (NG) feeding is also acceptable.76, 77 Despite good intentions by physicians to provide postpyloric feeding, often NJ tubes migrate back into the stomach, yet anecdotal reports showed patients continued to tolerate enteral feeding, prompting further studies. One randomized controlled trial of 49 patients showed NG feeds to be as good as NJ feeds in patients with SAP, plus they were less costly and easier to perform.78 Similarly, this was demonstrated in 16 patients receiving NJ feeds and 15 patients receiving NG feeds with no worsening of SAP in either group.77 In the 2 previous studies, patients with objective evidence of SAP were included and semielemental feeds were started within 24 to 72 hours after onset of pain. Presumably, NG feeds were given over oral feeds as semielemental feeds are not palatable. These are small studies and further research is needed comparing NG to NJ feeds. However, patients who have severe acute pancreatitis with prolonged pain and significant pancreatic necrosis on imaging may benefit from a trial of NJ feeds before advancing to oral feeds.79 TPN may be necessary in those patients who do not tolerate enteral feeding, or do not reach an adequate infusion rate within 2 to 4 days.80

        When utilizing enteral feeding, the question of semielemental formula vs. polymeric formula frequently arises. Semielemental formulas seem to pose the advantage of less pancreatic stimulation while not requiring the presence of pancreatic enzymes for absorption.81, 82 Studies, however, have not uniformly supported this hypothesis.83

        Antibiotics

        Antibiotics do not have a role in mild acute pancreatitis. In SAP, the role of antibiotics is more controversial. Pancreatic or peripancreatic infection develops in a significant number of patients with acute pancreatitis and is associated with substantial morbidity and mortality, particularly in patients with pancreatic necrosis.84 Prophylactic antibiotics have been attempted to reduce infectious complications, but their role in SAP is not entirely clear. Two recent meta‐analyses showed that antibiotic prophylaxis had no significant effect on infection of pancreatic necrosis and mortality, though this did contradict earlier meta‐analyses.8587 Current American College of Gastroenterology guidelines recommend against the use of prophylactic antibiotics to prevent pancreatic infection.88 Though prophylactic antibiotics are not recommended, antibiotics may be given empirically for fever, leukocytosis, and/or sepsis while a possible infectious source is investigated, including fine needle aspiration of pancreatic necrosis.88 Imipenem, meropenem, and a combination of a quinolone and metronidazole have adequate penetration into pancreatic necrotic material and are the antibiotics of choice. Use of antibiotics may increase the risk of resistant organisms and possibly fungal infections.

        Endoscopy

        Urgent endoscopic therapy for acute pancreatitis is only indicated in gallstone, or biliary pancreatitis. Approximately 5% of patients with symptomatic gallstones will develop acute biliary pancreatitis.89 The risk of a recurrent attack is approximately 30% to 50% if definitive therapy is not sought.90, 91 Multiple studies have demonstrated that ERCP significantly reduces morbidity and mortality in acute biliary pancreatitis.92 Urgent ERCP (within 48 hours of symptom onset) should be considered in cases of cholangitis, or in the setting of severe symptoms of disease with ongoing biliary obstruction. Elective ERCP is indicated in patients with jaundice and imaging studies demonstrating choledocholithiasis, as well as those surgical patients with abnormal intraoperative cholangiography. ERCP should also be considered for suspected pancreatic duct disruption and for biliary sphincterotomy as primary therapy in poor operative candidates, or as temporary therapy during pregnancy.93 ERCP may also have a role in recurrent idiopathic acute pancreatitis if pancreas divisum or SOD is suspected. Sphincter of Oddi manometry may be performed, and if a diagnosis is confirmed, endoscopic sphincterotomy should be performed.94 For pancreas divisum, minor sphincterotomy and/or pancreatic duct stent may be performed.95 ERCP typically does not have a role in those patients with a single attack of acute pancreatitis, as significant complications may occur due to the ERCP itself. EUS, however, can be considered in a single attack of idiopathic pancreatitis in order to further investigate possible causes of the disease.7

        Cholecystectomy

        Cholecystectomy is indicated for appropriate operative candidates with resolving gallstone pancreatitis. Recurrent pancreatitis can be seen in up to 30% of patients if cholecystectomy is not performed.96, 97 Based on the American Gastroenterological Association (AGA) guidelines, definitive surgical management should be performed in the same hospitalization if possible, but no later than 2 to 4 weeks after discharge.98 In most patients with mild gallstone pancreatitis and no evidence of cholangitis, routine ERCP prior to cholecystectomy is not indicated, as long as pancreatitis is resolving and liver function abnormalities have normalized.88 As mentioned previously, for patients who are not candidates for surgery, endoscopic sphincterotomy should be considered. Cholecystectomy may also be indicated for those with 2 or more episodes of idiopathic pancreatitis, particularly if biliary pancreatitis is suspected.

        Failure to Improve

        In patients who fail to improve, contrast‐enhanced CT scan should be performed to evaluate for fluid collections, pancreatic necrosis, or other complications that may require intervention. Antibiotic therapy may need to be considered, and in any patient without rapid improvement, nutritional support should be addressed.34 The diagnosis of infected necrosis is typically made by fine‐needle aspiration of the necrotic area under EUS, CT, or transabdominal ultrasound guidance.64

        Indications for Drainage of Pseudocysts

        The indications for drainage of pancreatic pseudocysts are limited, but drainage is typically performed in those patients that are symptomatic, including abdominal pain, weight loss, gastric outlet obstruction, obstructive jaundice, pancreatic duct leakage, or infectious complications.55 Depending on the location of the pseudocyst and whether it communicates with the pancreatic duct, pseudocysts may be drained by transpapillary means (endoprosthesis placed in the pancreatic duct), or by transmural means (percutaneous, surgical, or endoscopic cyst‐gastrostomy, or endoscopic cyst‐duodenostomy).55 Prior to drainage the pseudocyst wall needs to be mature, which may require up to 4 to 6 weeks. Pancreatic duct leaks may occur as a result of acute or chronic pancreatitis, and they can arise from the head, tail, or body of the gland. Fluid may ultimately track into the mediastinum or peritoneum causing effusions or ascites.55 Treatment for such pancreatic duct leaks includes transpapillary therapy to cross, or bridge, the disrupted duct.

        Management of Pancreatic Necrosis

        Sterile pancreatic necrosis is typically managed conservatively without drainage. Generally, CT scans are repeated every 7 to 10 days to assess the necrosis and to evaluate for further complications.32 Patients who are clinically unstable with fever, tachycardia, leukocytosis, or organ failure may require percutaneous sampling to evaluate for infected necrosis.33 If the pancreatic tissue is sterile, the patient is determined to have sterile necrosis. If the patient with sterile necrosis is clinically unstable then prophylactic antibiotics may be indicated. If the pancreatic tissue is infected, the patient is deemed to have infected necrosis and treatment with antibiotics and necrosectomy is often indicated, especially in those with a poor clinical state. The antibiotic chosen should have adequate penetration into the necrotic material, such as imipenem, meropenem, or a combination of quinolone and metronidazole.99

        It may be challenging to distinguish between sterile and infected pancreatic necrosis. A CT scan is unable to differentiate them with certainty; though, intrapancreatic, retroperitoneal, or lesser sac gas may indicate infection.31 In addition, inducing infection within a previously sterile collection is a potential risk of percutaneous sampling. As a result, sampling should not be performed unless completely indicated.31

        In patients with sterile pancreatic necrosis who are symptomatic with refractory abdominal pain, gastric outlet obstruction, or failure to thrive at 4 or more weeks following the onset of acute pancreatitis, drainage and/or debridement is usually indicated. Pancreatic necrosectomy for sterile pancreatic necrosis may be accomplished endoscopically, or more traditionally by a surgical approach.55 Although endoscopic drainage is less invasive, it is technically difficult and has a higher rate of complication in the hands of inexperienced operators.100 Careful selection and evaluation of patients undergoing endoscopic drainage procedures is necessary. Bleeding, perforation, infection, pancreatitis, aspiration, stent migration, and pancreatic ductal damage are all possible complications during the drainage of necrotic pancreatic fluid collections.55 If pancreatic necrosis is infected, surgical necrosectomy should be performed as this is the gold standard for infected necrosis when debridement is necessary.55 Figure 5 reviews the management of acute pancreatitis.

        Figure 5
        Management of acute pancreatitis.

        Conclusion

        Acute pancreatitis is a common disease frequently caused by choledocholithiasis or excess alcohol ingestion. In idiopathic acute pancreatitis, microlithiasis and SOD should be considered. Though CT scan remains the imaging modality of choice, newer methods such as MRCP and EUS may help to provide additional and improved diagnostic information.

        The management of acute pancreatitis is frequently challenging, and severity scales help to predict the likelihood of complications, determine necessary interventions, and guide the appropriate level of care. Nutrition is critical in patients with SAP, and enteral feeding is clearly preferred over TPN. Currently, prophylactic antibiotics do not appear to have a role in SAP. Finally, though not always straightforward, recommendations do exist to guide the management of many of the complications of acute pancreatitis, such as pseudocyst formation and necrotizing disease. A multidisciplinary approach should be used in managing patients with severe disease, and the primary inpatient physician should not hesitate to involve specialists, including gastroenterologists, radiologists, and surgeons.

        References
        1. DeFrances CJ,Hall MJ.2005 National hospital discharge survey.Adv Data.2007;385:119.
        2. Sanders G,Kingsnorth AN.Gallstones.BMJ.2007;335:295299.
        3. Steinberg W,Tenner S.Acute pancreatitis.N Engl J Med.1994;330:11981210.
        4. Pandol SJ,Raraty M.Pathobiology of alcoholic pancreatitis.Pancreatology.2007;7:105114.
        5. Toskes PP.Hyperlipidemic pancreatitis.Gastroenterol Clin North Am.1990;19:783791.
        6. Mithofer K,Fernandez‐del Castillo C,Frick TW,Lewandrowski KB,Rattner DW,Warshaw AL.Acute hypercalcemia causes acute pancreatitis and ectopic trypsinogen activation in the rat.Gastroenterology.1995;109:239246.
        7. Wilcox CM,Varadarajulu S,Eloubeidi M.Role of endoscopic evaluation in idiopathic pancreatitis: a systematic review.Gastrointest Endosc.2006;63:10371045.
        8. Zandieh I,Byrne MF.Autoimmune pancreatitis: a review.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:63276332.
        9. Clavien PA,Robert J,Meyer P, et al.Acute pancreatitis and normoamylasemia. not an uncommon combination.Ann Surg.1989;210:614620.
        10. Orebaugh SL.Normal amylase levels in the presentation of acute pancreatitis.Am J Emerg Med.1994;12:2124.
        11. Ranson JH.Diagnostic standards for acute pancreatitis.World J Surg.1997;21:136142.
        12. Tietz NW.Support of the diagnosis of pancreatitis by enzyme tests — old problems, new techniques.Clinica Chimica Acta.1997;257:8598.
        13. Sternby B,O'Brien JF,Zinsmeister AR,DiMagno EP.What is the best biochemical test to diagnose acute pancreatitis? A prospective clinical study.Mayo Clin Proc.1996;71:11381144.
        14. Lott JA.The value of clinical laboratory studies in acute pancreatitis.Arch Pathol Lab Med.1991;115:325326.
        15. Rinderknecht H,Geokas MC.Anionic and cationic trypsinogens (trypsins) in mammalian pancreas.Enzyme.1972/73;14:116130.
        16. Itkonen O,Koivunen E,Hurme M,Alfthan H,Schroder T,Stenman UH.Time‐resolved immunofluorometric assays for trypsinogen‐1 and 2 in serum reveal preferential elevation of trypsinogen‐2 in pancreatitis.J Lab Clin Med.1990;115:712718.
        17. Kemppainen EA,Hedstrom JI,Puolakkainen PA, et al.Rapid measurement of urinary trypsinogen‐2 as a screening test for acute pancreatitis.N Engl J Med.1997;336:17881793.
        18. Chen YT,Chen CC,Wang SS,Chang FY,Lee SD.Rapid urinary trypsinogen‐2 test strip in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis.Pancreas.2005;30:243247.
        19. Saez J,Martinez J,Trigo C, et al.Clinical value of rapid urine trypsinogen‐2 test strip, urinary trypsinogen activation peptide, and serum and urinary activation peptide of carboxypeptidase B in acute pancreatitis.World J Gastroenterol.2005;11:72617265.
        20. Sankaralingam S,Wesen C,Barawi M,Galera R,Lloyd L.Use of the urinary trypsinogen‐2 dip stick test in early diagnosis of pancreatitis after endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography.Surg Endosc.2007;21:13121315.
        21. Neoptolemos J,Kemppainen E,Mayer J, et al.Early prediction of severity in acute pancreatitis by urinary trypsinogen activation peptide: a multicentre study.Lancet.2000;355:19551960.
        22. Sarti D,King W.The ultrasonic findings in inflammatory pancreatic disease.Semin Ultrasound.1980;1:178.
        23. Neoptolemos JP,Hall AW,Finlay DF,Berry JM,Carr‐Locke DL,Fossard DP.The urgent diagnosis of gallstones in acute pancreatitis: a prospective study of three methods.Br J Surg.1984;71:230233.
        24. Chwistek M,Roberts I,Amoateng‐Adjepong Y.Gallstone pancreatitis: a community teaching hospital experience.J Clin Gastroenterol.2001;33:4144.
        25. Silverstein W,Isikoff M,Hill M,Barkin J.Diagnostic imaging of acute pancreatitis: prospective study using CT and sonography.AJR Am J Roentgenol.1981;137:497502.
        26. Clavien P,Hauser H,Meyer P,Rohner A.Value of contrast‐enhanced computerized tomography in the early diagnosis and prognosis of acute pancreatitis: a prospective study of 202 patients.Am J Surg.1988;155:457466.
        27. Arvanitakis M,Delhaye M,De Maertelaere V, et al.Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging in the assessment of acute pancreatitis.Gastroenterology.2004;126:715723.
        28. Makary MA,Duncan MD,Harmon JW, et al.The role of magnetic resonance cholangiography in the management of patients with gallstone pancreatitis.Ann Surg.2005;241:119124.
        29. Gosset J,Deviere J,Matos C.Magnetic resonance imaging of acute pancreatitis: the pancreatogram.JOP.2004;5:4850.
        30. Barish MA,Yucel EK,Ferrucci JT.Magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography.N Engl J Med.1999;341(4):258264.
        31. Shankar S,vanSonnenberg E,Silverman SG,Tuncali K,Banks PA.Imaging and percutaneous management of acute complicated pancreatitis.Cardiovasc Intervent Radiol.2004;27:567580.
        32. Mortele KJ,Banks PA,Silverman SG.State‐of‐the‐art imaging of acute pancreatitis.JBR‐BTR.2003;86:193208.
        33. Segal D,Mortele KJ,Banks PA,Silverman SG.Acute necrotizing pancreatitis: Role of CT‐guided percutaneous catheter drainage.Abdom Imaging.2007;32:351361.
        34. Whitcomb DC.Acute pancreatitis.N Engl J Med.2006;354:21422150.
        35. Liu C,Lo C,Chan JK, et al.Detection of choledocholithiasis by EUS in acute pancreatitis: a prospective evaluation in 100 consecutive patients.Gastrointest Endosc.2001;54:325330.
        36. Norton SA,Alderson D.Endoscopic ultrasonography in the evaluation of idiopathic acute pancreatitis.Br J Surg.2000;87:16501655.
        37. Romagnuolo J,Currie G; theCalgary Advanced Therapeutic Endoscopy Center (ATEC) Study Group.Noninvasive vs. selective invasive biliary imaging for acute biliary pancreatitis: an economic evaluation by using decision tree analysis.Gastrointest Endosc.2005;61:8697.
        38. Triester SL,Kowdley KV.Prognostic factors in acute pancreatitis.J Clin Gastroenterol.2002;34:167176.
        39. Beger HG,Rau BM.Severe acute pancreatitis: clinical course and management.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:50435051.
        40. Ranson JH.Etiological and prognostic factors in human acute pancreatitis: a review.Am J Gastroenterol.1982;77:633638.
        41. Blamey SL,Imrie CW,O'Neill J,Gilmour WH,Carter DC.Prognostic factors in acute pancreatitis.Gut.1984;25:13401346.
        42. Knaus WA,Zimmerman JE,Wagner DP,Draper EA,Lawrence DE.APACHE‐acute physiology and chronic health evaluation: a physiologically based classification system.Crit Care Med.1981;9:591597.
        43. Balthazar E,Robinson D,Megibow A,Ranson J.Acute pancreatitis: value of CT in establishing prognosis.Radiology.1990;174:331336.
        44. Bradley EL.A clinically based classification system for acute pancreatitis. summary of the international symposium on acute pancreatitis, Atlanta, GA, September 11 through 13, 1992.Arch Surg.1993;128:586590.
        45. Dervenis C,Johnson CD,Bassi C, et al.Diagnosis, objective assessment of severity, and management of acute pancreatitis. Santorini Consensus Conference.Int J Pancreatol.1999;25:195210.
        46. Rau BM,Bothe A,Kron M,Beger HG.Role of early multisystem organ failure as major risk factor for pancreatic infections and death in severe acute pancreatitis.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2006;4:10531061.
        47. Buggy BP,Nostrant TT.Lethal pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.1983;78:810814.
        48. Pederzoli P,Bassi C,Vesentini S,Campedelli A.A randomized multicenter clinical trial of antibiotic prophylaxis of septic complications in acute necrotizing pancreatitis with imipenem.Surg Gynecol Obstet.1993;176:480483.
        49. Ranson JH,Spencer FC.Prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of pancreatic abscess.Surgery.1977;82:99106.
        50. Renner IG,Savage WT,Pantoja JL,Renner VJ.Death due to acute pancreatitis. a retrospective analysis of 405 autopsy cases.Dig Dis Sci.1985;30:10051018.
        51. Baron TH.Endoscopic drainage of pancreatic fluid collections and pancreatic necrosis.Gastrointest Endosc Clin North Am.2003;13:743764.
        52. Robert JH,Frossard JL,Mermillod B, et al.Early prediction of acute pancreatitis: prospective study comparing computed tomography scans, Ranson, Glascow, Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation II scores, and various serum markers.World J Surg.2002;26:612619.
        53. Jacobson BC,Baron TH,Adler DG, et al.ASGE guideline: the role of endoscopy in the diagnosis and the management of cystic lesions and inflammatory fluid collections of the pancreas.Gastrointest Endosc.2005;61:363370.
        54. Kozarek RA.Endoscopic therapy of complete and partial pancreatic duct disruptions.Gastrointest Endosc Clin N Am.1998;8:3953.
        55. Baron TH.Treatment of pancreatic pseudocysts, pancreatic necrosis, and pancreatic duct leaks.Gastrointest Endosc Clin North Am.2007;17:559579.
        56. Kloppel G.Pathology of severe acute pancreatitis. In: Bradley EL III, ed.Acute Pancreatitis: Diagnosis and Therapy.New York, NY:Raven Press;1994:3546.
        57. Block S,Maier W,Bittner R,Buchler M,Malfertheiner P,Beger HG.Identification of pancreas necrosis in severe acute pancreatitis: imaging procedures versus clinical staging.Gut.1986;27:10351042.
        58. Beger HG,Krautzberger W,Bittner R,Block S,Buchler .Results of surgical treatment of necrotizing pancreatitis.World J Surg.1985;9:972979.
        59. Rau B,Pralle U,Uhl W,Schoenberg MH,Beger HG.Management of sterile necrosis in instances of severe acute pancreatitis.J Am Coll Surg.1995;181:279288.
        60. Karimgani I,Porter KA,Langevin RE,Banks PA.Prognostic factors in sterile pancreatic necrosis.Gastroenterology.1992;103:16361640.
        61. Beger HG,Bittner R,Block S,Buchler M.Bacterial contamination of pancreatic necrosis. A prospective clinical study.Gastroenterology.1986;91:433438.
        62. Rau B,Bothe A,Beger HG.Surgical treatment of necrotizing pancreatitis by necrosectomy and closed lavage: changing patient characteristics and outcome in a 19‐year, single‐center series.Surgery.2005;138:2839.
        63. Isenmann R,Schwarz M,Rau B,Trautmann M,Schober W,Beger HG.Characteristics of infection with Candida species in patients with necrotizing pancreatitis.World J Surg.2002;26:372376.
        64. Banks PA,Gerzof SG,Langevin RE,Silverman SG,Sica GT,Hughes MD.CT‐guided aspiration of suspected pancreatic infection: bacteriology and clinical outcome.Int J Pancreatol.1995;18:265270.
        65. Tenner S.Initial management of acute pancreatitis: critical issues during the first 72 hours.Am J Gastroenterol.2004;99:24892494.
        66. Gardner TB,Vege SS,Pearson RK,Chari ST.Fluid resuscitation in acute pancreatitis.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2008;6:10701076.
        67. Meier R,Beglinger C,Layer P, et al.ESPEN guidelines on nutrition in acute pancreatitis.Clin Nutr.2002;21:173183.
        68. Jacobson BC,Vander Vliet MB,Hughes MD,Maurer R,McManus K,Banks PA.A prospective, randomized trial of clear liquids versus low‐fat solid diet as the initial meal in mild acute pancreatitis.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2007;5:946951.
        69. Kalfarentzos FE,Karavias DD,Karatzas TM,Alevizatos BA,Androulakis JA.Total parenteral nutrition in severe acute pancreatitis.J Am Coll Nutr.1991;10:156162.
        70. Al‐Omran M,Groof A,Wilke D.Enteral versus parenteral nutrition for acute pancreatitis.Cochrane Database Syst Rev.2003; (1):CD002837.
        71. Marik PE,Zaloga GP.Meta‐analysis of parenteral nutrition versus enteral nutrition in patients with acute pancreatitis.BMJ.2004;328:1407.
        72. Mayerle J,Hlouschek V,Lerch MM.Current management of acute pancreatitis.Nat Clin Pract Gastroenterol Hepatol.2005;2:473483.
        73. Windsor ACJ,Kanwar S,Li AGK, et al.Compared with parenteral nutrition, enteral feeding attenuates the acute phase response and improves disease severity in acute pancreatitis.Gut.1998;42:431435.
        74. Kalfarentzos F,Kehagias J,Mead N,Kokkinis K,Gogos CA.Enteral nutrition is superior to parenteral nutrition in severe acute pancreatitis: Results of a randomized prospective trial.Br J Surg.1997;84:16651669.
        75. Dejong CH,Greve JW,Soeters PB.Nutrition in patients with acute pancreatitis.Curr Opin Crit Care.2001;7:251256.
        76. Jiang K,Chen XZ,Xia Q,Tang WF,Wang L.Early nasogastric enteral nutrition for severe acute pancreatitis: a systematic review.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:52535260.
        77. Kumar A,Singh N,Prakash S,Saraya A,Joshi YK.Early enteral nutrition in severe acute pancreatitis: a prospective randomized controlled trial comparing nasojejunal and nasogastric routes.J Clin Gastroenterol.2006;40:431434.
        78. Eatock FC,Chong P,Menezes N, et al.A randomized study of early nasogastric versus nasojejunal feeding in severe acute pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.2005;100:432439.
        79. McClave SA,Chang W,Dhaliwal R,Heyland DK.Nutrition support in acute pancreatitis: a systematic review of the literature.JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr.2006;30:143156.
        80. McClave SA,Dryden GW.Issues of nutritional support for the patient with acute pancreatitis.Semin Gastrointest Dis.2002;13:154160.
        81. Vison N,Hecketsweiler P,Butel J,Bernier JJ.Effect of continuous jejunal perfusion of elemental and complex nutritional solutions on pancreatic enzyme secretion in human subjects.Gut.1978;19:194198.
        82. Ziegler F,Ollivier JM,Cynober L, et al.Efficiency of enteral nitrogen support in surgical patients: small peptides v non‐degraded proteins.Gut.1990;31:12771283.
        83. Tiengou LE,Gloro R,Pouzoulet J, et al.Semi‐elemental formula or polymeric formula: Is there a better choice for enteral nutrition in acute pancreatitis? randomized comparative study.JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr.2006;30:15.
        84. Uhl W,Warshaw A,Imrie C, et al.IAP guidelines for the surgical management of acute pancreatitis.Pancreatology.2002;2:565573.
        85. de Vries AC,Besselink MG,Buskens E, et al.Randomized controlled trials of antibiotic prophylaxis in severe acute pancreatitis: relationship between methodological quality and outcome.Pancreatology.2007;7:531538.
        86. Bai Y,Gao J,Zou DW,Li ZS.Prophylactic antibiotics cannot reduce infected pancreatic necrosis and mortality in acute necrotizing pancreatitis: evidence from a meta‐analysis of randomized controlled trials.Am J Gastroenterol.2008;103:104110.
        87. Sharma VK,Howden CW.Prophylactic antibiotic administration reduces sepsis and mortality in acute necrotizing pancreatitis: a meta‐analysis.Pancreas.2001;22:2831.
        88. Banks PA,Freeman ML,Practice Parameters Committee of the American College of Gastroenterology. Practice guidelines in acute pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.2006;101:23792400.
        89. Curran FT,Neoptolemos JP.Acute biliary pancreatitis.Ann Ital Chir.1995;66:197202.
        90. Ranson JH.The timing of biliary surgery in acute pancreatitis.Ann Surg.1979;189:654663.
        91. DeIorio AV,Vitale GC,Reynolds M,Larson GM.Acute biliary pancreatitis. The roles of laparoscopic cholecystectomy and endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography.Surg Endosc.1995;9:392396.
        92. Sharma VK,Howden CW.Metaanalysis of randomized controlled trials of endoscopic retrograde cholangiography and endoscopic sphincterotomy for the treatment of acute biliary pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.1999;94:32113214.
        93. Tarnasky PR,Linder JD.Endoscopic management of acute pancreatitis.Gastrointest Endosc Clin N Am.2007;17:307322.
        94. Lee JK,Enns R.Review of idiopathic pancreatitis.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:62966313.
        95. Fogel EL,Toth TG,Lehman GA,DiMagno MJ,DiMagno EP.Does endoscopic therapy favorably affect the outcome of patients who have recurrent acute pancreatitis and pancreas divisum?Pancreas.2007;34:2145.
        96. Elfstrom J.The timing of cholecystectomy in patients with gallstone pancreatitis. A retrospective analysis of 89 patients.Acta Chir Scand.1978;144:487490.
        97. Hernandez V,Pascual I,Almela P, et al.Recurrence of acute gallstone pancreatitis and relationship with cholecystectomy or endoscopic sphincterotomy.Am J Gastroenterol.2004;99:24172423.
        98. American Gastroenterological Association (AGA) Institute on “Management of Acute Pancreatitis” Clinical Practice and Economics Committee, AGA Institute Governing Board.AGA institute medical position statement on acute pancreatitis.Gastroenterology.2007;132:20192021.
        99. Forsmark CE,Baillie J;AGA Institute Clinical Practice and Economics Committee, AGA Institute Governing Board. AGA institute technical review on acute pancreatitis.Gastroenterology.2007;132:20222044.
        100. Kozarek RA.Endoscopic management of pancreatic necrosis: not for the uncommitted.Gastrointest Endosc.2005;62:101104.
        101. Chase CW,Barker DE,Russell WL,Burns RP.Serum amylase and lipase in the evaluation of acute abdominal pain.Am Surg.1996;62:10281033.
        Article PDF
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        241-250
        Legacy Keywords
        acute abdominal emergencies, nutrition, sepsis, shock
        Sections
        Article PDF
        Article PDF

        Acute pancreatitis accounts for more than 220,000 hospital admissions in the United States annually.1 In the following review, we outline the etiology of acute pancreatitis, discuss its complications, and provide an updated review on its management for the hospitalized patient.

        Etiology

        Gallstone disease and excess alcohol ingestion are the most common causes of acute pancreatitis in the United States. Gallstones account for roughly 45% of all cases, and the pathogenesis is due to transient obstruction of the pancreatic duct orifice to the flow of pancreatic exocrine secretions.2 Excess alcohol ingestion accounts for approximately 35% of all cases, yet the pathogenesis here is less understood.3 Most theories suggest a direct toxic effect of the ethanol upon the pancreatic parenchyma or its neurovascular supply.4

        There are many other less common causes of acute pancreatitis including toxins, drugs, infections, trauma, vascular insults, anatomic abnormalities, and metabolic derangements. Hypertriglyceridemia and hypercalcemia are both implicated in acute pancreatitis. Serum triglyceride levels >1000 mg/dL can precipitate an attack of acute pancreatitis though the pathogenesis is not clearly understood.5 Hypercalcemia is also an uncommon cause of acute pancreatitis, and is thought to result from deposition of calcium in the pancreatic duct and calcium activation of trypsinogen.6

        Idiopathic pancreatitis occurs in up to 20% of patients with acute pancreatitis, and by definition, the cause is not established by history, physical examination, routine laboratory tests, or imaging. The majority of idiopathic cases of pancreatitis are thought to have a biliary source. In patients with gallbladder in situ, it is estimated that up to 75% acquire pancreatitis from microlithiasis, or biliary sludge and stone debris, that causes obstruction of the distal common bile and main pancreatic ducts. Conversely, sphincter of Oddi dysfunction (SOD) resulting in transient pancreatic ductal obstruction is felt to be the most common cause in those patients who have undergone a previous cholecystectomy.7

        An emerging entity, autoimmune pancreatitis (AIP), is more commonly associated with chronic pancreatitis but may cause episodes of acute pancreatitis or mimic pancreatic carcinoma. Typically, the diagnosis is based on elevated levels of serum gammaglobulin subgroup 4 (IgG4) populations, along with characteristic findings on computed tomography (CT) scan (eg, narrowed or wispy main pancreatic duct and an enlarged pancreatic parenchyma). Core‐needle biopsy may confirm the diagnosis of AIP with lymphoplasmacytic infiltration and dense fibrosis.8 Since AIP can mimic pancreatic cancer, the diagnosis may not be made until the time of surgical resection.

        Diagnosis

        Along with characteristic symptoms, the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis is often based on elevated serum levels of pancreatic enzymes that are at least twice the normal level. Amylase and lipase are the most frequently used serum markers for acute pancreatitis, though their elevation is not pathognomonic for the presence of disease. These enzymes may not always be significantly elevated during times of acute inflammation, and elevation of the enzymes can come from nonpancreatic origins as well (Table 1). Although there is no gold standard for the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis, using serum lipase (>250 IU/L) in conjunction with amylase (>160 IU/L) improves the overall diagnostic sensitivity from 81% to 94%.9 Isoamylase levels can be used to distinguish among pancreatic, salivary, and macroamylasemia though this is not often used if pancreatitis is suspected clinically. Similarly, serum isolipase can be measured, though this is not readily available.

        Nonpancreatic Causes of Hyperamylasemia/Hyperlipasemia
        • NOTE: From Refs.9 and101.

        • Abbreviation: ERCP, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography.

        Nonpancreatic causes of hyperamylasemia
        Abdominal/pelvic Pancreatic pseudocyst, biliary tract disorders, gastritis, peptic ulcer disease, intestinal obstruction, intestinal infarction, perforation, mesenteric thrombosis, pancreatic cancer, appendicitis, peritonitis, pyelonephritis, renal insufficiency, liver disease, pregnancy, ruptured ectopic pregnancy, aortic aneurysm dissection, prostatic disease, ovarian neoplasm
        Thoracic Esophagitis, myocardial infarction, pulmonary embolism, pneumonia, metastatic carcinoma of lung, breast cancer
        Procedural Abdominal operations, nonabdominal operations, post‐ERCP
        Trauma Brain trauma, burns, and traumatic shock
        Metabolic Diabetic ketoacidosis
        Drugs Opiate administration, oxyphenbutazone, phenylbutazone, aminosalicylic acid, aspirin, atovaquone, bethanecol, estrogens, lamivudine, meperidine, metoclopramide, ranitidine, thiazides, valproic acid, sulfonamides
        Other Parotitis, renal transplantation, alcoholism, human immunodeficiency virus, macroamylasemia
        Nonpancreatic causes of hyperlipasemia
        Abdominal/pelvic Pancreatic pseudocyst, biliary tract disorders, gastritis, peptic ulcer disease, spontaneous bacterial peritonitis, liver disease, pancreatic carcinoma, intestinal obstruction, ischemia, perforation, appendicitis, celiac disease
        Thoracic Esophagitis
        Drugs Furosemide, thiazides, metronidazole, valproic acid, bethanecol, oral contraceptives, indomethacin
        Other Renal insufficiency, macrolipasemia

        In order to improve the sensitivity and specificity of diagnosis, other tests have been studied to help predict disease presence and severity. Previously, serum tests for trypsin, elastase, phospholipase A2, and carboxylester lipase have all been evaluated but shown to have no significant improvement in diagnostic capability.1014 More recently, trypsinogen (a pancreatic proteinase) has proven to be a useful aid in the accurate diagnosis of acute disease. Trypsinogen undergoes activation into trypsin during acute pancreatic inflammation.3 It is comprised of 2 main isoenzymes (trypsinogen‐1 and trypsinogen‐2) that are secreted into the pancreatic fluid with a small proportion escaping into the circulation.15 Higher concentrations of trypsinogen‐1 are seen in healthy people, while higher concentrations of trypsinogen‐2 are seen in those with acute pancreatitis.16 Urinary trypsinogen‐2 dipstick tests detect acute pancreatitis more accurately than quantitative serum or urinary amylase, with a sensitivity as high as 94%, and a specificity of 95%.17 Studies have shown that in post‐endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP) pancreatitis, serum trypsinogen‐2 levels begin to rise as early as 1 hour and peak at 6 hours.17 The Actim Pancreatitis (Medix Biomedica, Kauniainen, Finland) urine test strips measure concentrations of trypsinogen‐2 as low as 50 g/L, but is not a quantitative test and, thus, it does not predict severity. Some studies have advocated the use of urinary trypsinogen‐2 as a screening tool, with a positive result indicating a need for further evaluation of acute pancreatitis.1820 Urinary trypsinogen‐2 is less costly than serum tests, plus may result in additional cost savings with earlier patient discharge. Unfortunately, this test is not widely available for clinical use. Urinary trypsinogen activation peptide (TAP) is another test that has been studied in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis, but may signify disease severity rather than the presence or absence of disease.21 Currently urinary assays for TAP are not widely available in the United States.

        Choosing the Appropriate Imaging Modality

        Along with the measurement of pancreatic release enzymes, abdominal imaging is often used, though not always necessary to confirm the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis. Imaging techniques such as CT, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and transabdominal ultrasonography may be used to rule out other causes of abdominal pain or elucidate the cause of the pancreatitis itself. Ultrasound may show pancreatic enlargement, diminished echogenicity, and possible adjacent fluid collections.22 In searching for evidence of gallstone pancreatitis, transabdominal ultrasound has a sensitivity of 67% and a specificity of 100%.23 However, it may be insensitive for detecting stones in the distal common bile duct near the ampulla due to acoustic interference from gas within the small bowel.24 Furthermore, ultrasound itself is operator‐dependent.

        Contrast‐enhanced CT is the standard mode of imaging for diagnosing acute pancreatitis and provides superior imaging of the pancreas. Unfortunately it is more costly than ultrasound, involves radiation exposure, and requires intravenous contrast medium.25 Findings of acute pancreatitis frequently seen on CT include diffuse or segmental enlargement of the gland, irregular pancreatic contour, obliteration of peripancreatic fat planes, parenchymal heterogeneity, and ill‐defined fluid collections within the pancreas or in the lesser sac and pararenal spaces.26 CT scan may also be used to detect pancreatic necrosis, an important finding for the management and prognosis of this disease.27 Despite this, normal CT findings have been reported in patients with acute pancreatitis, and certain CT findings may be related to disease severity.25

        Although MRI is less commonly used in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis, it may provide a useful alternative to CT, especially in cases of renal failure or intravenous contrast hypersensitivity. When combined with magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography (MRCP) imaging, MRI may even be able to detect a local area of pancreatic duct disruption.27 MRCP allows for a noninvasive cholangiogram and is frequently used to stratify patients who may benefit from ERCP. It can accurately identify common bile duct stones, with a higher sensitivity for choledocholithiasis than ultrasound or CT.2830 MRCP can also assist in the diagnosis of other disorders of the intrahepatic and extrahepatic biliary tree that may be related to the cause of pancreatitis. Overall, unless a patient has a contraindication, or the goal of the study is to diagnose choledocholithiasis, a contrast‐enhanced CT scan remains the imaging procedure of choice due to improved accessibility, lower cost, ease of performance, and increased sensitivity in the detection of gas bubbles (potentially indicating pancreatic infection).3133 Ordering a CT scan or other imaging at admission is not necessary in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis if the patient's presentation is classic. At admission, however, a CT scan may be reasonable to exclude other serious causes of abdominal pain, such as a perforated ulcer. Imaging may also be ordered to define the cause of the episode of pancreatitis and to exclude occult malignancy. In addition, CT scan should be strongly considered in patients who do not improve within 2 to 3 days to assess for complications such as pancreatic necrosis, pseudocysts, or other complications.34

        Most recently, endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) has risen to the forefront as a leader in accurate imaging of the pancreas and biliary tree. EUS is more sensitive than transabdominal ultrasound in detecting biliary stones,35 and it has been shown to have equivalent, and in some cases superior, sensitivity to ERCP and MRCP. Because EUS is able to detect smaller stones or sludge, it may have a role in those patients diagnosed with idiopathic pancreatitis.36 Like MRCP, EUS can also help stratify patients into those that are likely to benefit most from ERCP.37 Figure 1 reviews the evaluation of acute pancreatitis.

        Figure 1
        Approach to the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis. Abbreviations: 6‐MP, 6‐mercaptopurine; ANA, antinuclear antibody; AZA, azathioprine; CFTR, cystic fibrosis transmembrane; CT, computed tomography; DDI, didanosine; ERCP, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography; EUS, endoscopic ultrasound; IgG, immunoglobulin G; IPMN, intrapapillary mucinous neoplasm; MRI/MRCP, magnetic resonance imaging/magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography; SPINK1, serine peptidase inhibitor Kazal type 1; PRSS1, proteinase serine 1.

        Prognosis

        For the majority of patients with acute pancreatitis, the clinical course is mild and self‐limiting. In approximately 20% to 25% of patients, however, it is severe and associated with organ failure and significant morbidity and mortality.38, 39 Determining the severity of acute pancreatitis is critical, as patients at high‐risk for severe disease require closer monitoring and possible intervention. Several validated scoring systems are available that aim to predict the severity of acute pancreatitis including Ranson's criteria, the Imrie scoring system, the Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation (APACHE II) scale, and the CT Severity Index (CTSI) (Table 2).4043

        Scoring Systems for Acute Pancreatitis
        Ranson's Criteria
        • NOTE: From Refs.4044.

        • Abbreviations: ALT, alanine transaminase; APACE II, Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation; AST, aspartate transaminase; CT, computed tomography; PaO2, partial arterial oxygen tension; WBC, white blood cell.

        At admission or diagnosis
        Age >55 years
        WBC >16,000/mm3
        Blood glucose >200 mg/dL
        Lactate dehydrogenase >350 IU/L
        AST >250 IU/L
        Within 48 hours after presentation
        Hematocrit decrease >10%
        Blood urea nitrogen increase >5 mg/dL
        Serum calcium <8 mg/dL
        Base deficit >4 mEq/L
        Fluid sequestration >6 L
        PaO2 <60 mmHg
        Scoring 1 point for each criterion
        APACHE II Scale
        Equation includes these factors: age, rectal temperature, mean arterial pressure, heart rate, PaO2, arterial pH, serum potassium, sodium, creatinine, hematocrit, WBC count, Glasgow coma scale score, chronic health status
        Scoring calculation available at http://www.sfar.org/subores2/apache22l. Accessed June 2009.
        CT Severity Index (Balthazar Score)
        Grade of pancreatitis on CT
        A Normal pancreas (0 points)
        B Pancreatic enlargement (1 point)
        C Pancreatic enlargement with peripancreatic inflammation (2 points)
        D Extrapancreatic changes plus 1 fluid collection (3 points)
        E More than 1 fluid collection (4 points)
        Necrosis score
        None 0 points
        One‐third 2 points
        >One‐third but less than one‐half 4 points
        >One‐half 6 points
        Scoring CT grade plus necrosis score
        Imrie Scoring System
        Age >55 years
        WBC >15,000/mm3
        Blood glucose >180 mg/dL (absence of diabetes)
        Lactate dehydrogenase >600 IU/L
        AST or ALT >100 IU/L
        Serum calcium <8 mg/dl
        PaO2 <60 mm Hg
        Serum albumin <3.2 g/dL
        Serum urea >45 mg/dL
        Scoring 1 point for each criterion met after 48 hours of admission
        Atlanta Criteria
        Ranson's score 3
        APACHE II score 8
        Presence of 1 or more organ failures:
        Shock Blood pressure of <90 mmHg
        Pulmonary insufficiency PaO2<60 mmHg
        Renal failure Creatinine level >2 mg/dL after hydration
        Gastrointestinal bleeding Estimated >500‐mL blood loss/24 hours
        Disseminated intravascular coagulation Thrombocytopenia, hypofibrinogenemia, fibrin split products
        Severe hypocalcemia Calcium level 7.5 mg/dL
        Presence of 1 or more local complications
        Pancreatic necrosis
        Pancreatic abscess
        Pancreatic pseudocyst
        Scoring Severe pancreatitis indicated by any positive factor listed

        In 1992, the Atlanta Classification of acute pancreatitis was developed to provide a rational approach in predicting disease severity, thus allowing for comparison between clinical trials. It defines severe acute pancreatitis (SAP) on the basis of standard clinical manifestations, a Ranson's score 3, an APACHE II score 8, and evidence of organ failure and intrapancreatic pathological findings.44 Serum markers such as C‐reactive protein (CRP), interleukin‐6, and phospholipase A2 have all been studied to predict severity; however, only CRP is widely available. A cutoff level of 150 mg/L at 48 hours distinguishes mild disease from SAP.45 Clinical findings such as thirst, poor urine output, progressive tachycardia, tachypnea, hypoxemia, confusion, and a lack of improvement in symptoms within the first 48 hours are warning signs of impending severe disease, and thus warrant consideration of admission to an intensive care unit (ICU).34

        Natural History and Complications

        Despite initial aggressive intensive care treatment, 30% to 50% of patients with SAP do not respond promptly to ICU treatment and develop persistent multisystem organ failure.39 Severe organ failure in the first week of onset of acute pancreatitis is closely linked to the development of pancreatic infection occurring within 2 weeks of the initiation of symptoms.46 Early multiorgan dysfunction triggers additional mechanisms that render bacterial translocation into clinically manifested sepsis and septic shock.39 In most studied series, infection (including bacteremia, fungemia, and pancreatic abscess) remains the leading cause of death in patients with acute pancreatitis, accounting for up to 80% of fatal cases.4749 While sepsis is the more frequent cause of death in patients surviving beyond 7 days, death occurring early in the course of disease is more likely to be from respiratory complications such as pulmonary edema.50

        In the spectrum of acute pancreatitis, ongoing pancreatic injury can lead to pancreatic necrosis, fluid collections, pseudocyst formation, and pancreatic duct disruption (Figures 24).51 In patients hospitalized with acute pancreatitis, up to 57% will have peripancreatic fluid collections that are initially ill‐defined.44, 52 Typically, these fluid collections may be managed conservatively; however, if they continue to enlarge, cause persistent abdominal pain, become infected, or compress adjacent organs, they may require further intervention.53 Ductal disruption may be diagnosed when fluid collections have high levels of pancreatic amylase, and their presence may lead to the formation of pseudocysts, persistent ascites, or pleural effusions.54 Pancreatic pseudocysts usually require 4 weeks for complete formation, and they classically contain fluid only without significant solid debris.55 Formation typically occurs as a result of limited pancreatic necrosis causing a pancreatic duct leak with subsequent organization, or from areas of necrosis that liquefy over time.56 Both pancreatic pseudocysts and necrotic pancreatic tissue may become infected leading to abscess formation.51

        Figure 2
        Large pseudocyst in head of pancreas on abdominal CT. Abbreviation: CT, computed tomography.
        Figure 3
        Large pseudocyst in head of pancreas on abdominal MRI. Abbreviation: MRI, magnetic resonance imaging.
        Figure 4
        Pancreatic necrosis on abdominal CT. Abbreviation: CT, computed tomography.

        Pancreatic necrosis is defined as diffuse or focal areas of nonviable pancreatic parenchyma, and it is seen in approximately 20% of patients with acute pancreatitis.44, 57 While pseudocyst formation takes approximately 1 month to occur, pancreatic necrosis can occur within the first few days of initial symptoms and is associated with an increase in complications leading to an increased risk of morbidity and mortality.58 More than 80% of deaths in acute pancreatitis are associated with the presence of pancreatic necrosis.39 Patients at highest risk for complications are those with necrosis involving more than 50% of the gland based on MRI or contrast‐enhanced CT scan.59, 60

        Patients with pancreatic infection may have infected necrosis, pancreatic abscess, and/or infected pseudocysts.39 The microbes most frequently involved are gram‐negative organisms including Escherichia coli, Enterococcus, and Klebsiella.61 Recently, gram‐positive bacteria have been implicated in pancreatic infection.62 Fungal infection with Candida species is seen in up to 15% of patients with infected necrosis and is associated with more serious systemic complications.63 The use of prophylactic antibiotics may increase the risk of fungal infection. It may be challenging to distinguish between infected and sterile pancreatic necrosis; hence, needle aspiration under EUS or radiologic guidance may be required.61, 64

        Management

        Supportive Care and Nutrition

        The majority (80%) of cases of acute pancreatitis respond well to supportive care with fluid replacement, pain control, and controlled initiation of regular food intake.39 Aggressive intravenous fluid resuscitation is needed to overcome hypovolemia caused by intravascular fluid loss.65 Currently there is a paucity of data to support clinical recommendations regarding rate of fluid resuscitation, but previous studies have suggested a rate of at least 250 to 300 mL/hour for the first 48 hours if fluid status permits.65, 66 Typically, a diet is reintroduced when abdominal tenderness improves and appetite returns.34 Traditionally patients are started on a clear liquid diet and advanced either to a full‐liquid or lowfat diet as toleratedthough there is little data on this subject.67 A recent study randomized 121 subjects to initiate either a clear liquid diet or a lowfat solid diet once recovering from acute pancreatitis and found that the lowfat solid diet was as safe as the clear liquid diet and resulted in improved caloric intake.68

        In patients with SAP or complicated disease, nutritional support is critical. In an effort to achieve pancreatic rest, total parenteral nutrition (TPN) has historically been used as the primary means of nutritional support in those patients who require it. TPN, however, carries significant risks of infection and metabolic disturbance,69 and recent studies have shown that enteral nutrition may improve outcomes by decreasing the rates of infection, need for surgical intervention, hospital length of stay, and overall total cost of care.7074 Research has shown that enteral nutrition prevents intestinal atrophy and improves the barrier function of the gut mucosa.75 Typically enteral feeds are given via the nasojejunal (NJ) route, though some data suggest that nasogastric (NG) feeding is also acceptable.76, 77 Despite good intentions by physicians to provide postpyloric feeding, often NJ tubes migrate back into the stomach, yet anecdotal reports showed patients continued to tolerate enteral feeding, prompting further studies. One randomized controlled trial of 49 patients showed NG feeds to be as good as NJ feeds in patients with SAP, plus they were less costly and easier to perform.78 Similarly, this was demonstrated in 16 patients receiving NJ feeds and 15 patients receiving NG feeds with no worsening of SAP in either group.77 In the 2 previous studies, patients with objective evidence of SAP were included and semielemental feeds were started within 24 to 72 hours after onset of pain. Presumably, NG feeds were given over oral feeds as semielemental feeds are not palatable. These are small studies and further research is needed comparing NG to NJ feeds. However, patients who have severe acute pancreatitis with prolonged pain and significant pancreatic necrosis on imaging may benefit from a trial of NJ feeds before advancing to oral feeds.79 TPN may be necessary in those patients who do not tolerate enteral feeding, or do not reach an adequate infusion rate within 2 to 4 days.80

        When utilizing enteral feeding, the question of semielemental formula vs. polymeric formula frequently arises. Semielemental formulas seem to pose the advantage of less pancreatic stimulation while not requiring the presence of pancreatic enzymes for absorption.81, 82 Studies, however, have not uniformly supported this hypothesis.83

        Antibiotics

        Antibiotics do not have a role in mild acute pancreatitis. In SAP, the role of antibiotics is more controversial. Pancreatic or peripancreatic infection develops in a significant number of patients with acute pancreatitis and is associated with substantial morbidity and mortality, particularly in patients with pancreatic necrosis.84 Prophylactic antibiotics have been attempted to reduce infectious complications, but their role in SAP is not entirely clear. Two recent meta‐analyses showed that antibiotic prophylaxis had no significant effect on infection of pancreatic necrosis and mortality, though this did contradict earlier meta‐analyses.8587 Current American College of Gastroenterology guidelines recommend against the use of prophylactic antibiotics to prevent pancreatic infection.88 Though prophylactic antibiotics are not recommended, antibiotics may be given empirically for fever, leukocytosis, and/or sepsis while a possible infectious source is investigated, including fine needle aspiration of pancreatic necrosis.88 Imipenem, meropenem, and a combination of a quinolone and metronidazole have adequate penetration into pancreatic necrotic material and are the antibiotics of choice. Use of antibiotics may increase the risk of resistant organisms and possibly fungal infections.

        Endoscopy

        Urgent endoscopic therapy for acute pancreatitis is only indicated in gallstone, or biliary pancreatitis. Approximately 5% of patients with symptomatic gallstones will develop acute biliary pancreatitis.89 The risk of a recurrent attack is approximately 30% to 50% if definitive therapy is not sought.90, 91 Multiple studies have demonstrated that ERCP significantly reduces morbidity and mortality in acute biliary pancreatitis.92 Urgent ERCP (within 48 hours of symptom onset) should be considered in cases of cholangitis, or in the setting of severe symptoms of disease with ongoing biliary obstruction. Elective ERCP is indicated in patients with jaundice and imaging studies demonstrating choledocholithiasis, as well as those surgical patients with abnormal intraoperative cholangiography. ERCP should also be considered for suspected pancreatic duct disruption and for biliary sphincterotomy as primary therapy in poor operative candidates, or as temporary therapy during pregnancy.93 ERCP may also have a role in recurrent idiopathic acute pancreatitis if pancreas divisum or SOD is suspected. Sphincter of Oddi manometry may be performed, and if a diagnosis is confirmed, endoscopic sphincterotomy should be performed.94 For pancreas divisum, minor sphincterotomy and/or pancreatic duct stent may be performed.95 ERCP typically does not have a role in those patients with a single attack of acute pancreatitis, as significant complications may occur due to the ERCP itself. EUS, however, can be considered in a single attack of idiopathic pancreatitis in order to further investigate possible causes of the disease.7

        Cholecystectomy

        Cholecystectomy is indicated for appropriate operative candidates with resolving gallstone pancreatitis. Recurrent pancreatitis can be seen in up to 30% of patients if cholecystectomy is not performed.96, 97 Based on the American Gastroenterological Association (AGA) guidelines, definitive surgical management should be performed in the same hospitalization if possible, but no later than 2 to 4 weeks after discharge.98 In most patients with mild gallstone pancreatitis and no evidence of cholangitis, routine ERCP prior to cholecystectomy is not indicated, as long as pancreatitis is resolving and liver function abnormalities have normalized.88 As mentioned previously, for patients who are not candidates for surgery, endoscopic sphincterotomy should be considered. Cholecystectomy may also be indicated for those with 2 or more episodes of idiopathic pancreatitis, particularly if biliary pancreatitis is suspected.

        Failure to Improve

        In patients who fail to improve, contrast‐enhanced CT scan should be performed to evaluate for fluid collections, pancreatic necrosis, or other complications that may require intervention. Antibiotic therapy may need to be considered, and in any patient without rapid improvement, nutritional support should be addressed.34 The diagnosis of infected necrosis is typically made by fine‐needle aspiration of the necrotic area under EUS, CT, or transabdominal ultrasound guidance.64

        Indications for Drainage of Pseudocysts

        The indications for drainage of pancreatic pseudocysts are limited, but drainage is typically performed in those patients that are symptomatic, including abdominal pain, weight loss, gastric outlet obstruction, obstructive jaundice, pancreatic duct leakage, or infectious complications.55 Depending on the location of the pseudocyst and whether it communicates with the pancreatic duct, pseudocysts may be drained by transpapillary means (endoprosthesis placed in the pancreatic duct), or by transmural means (percutaneous, surgical, or endoscopic cyst‐gastrostomy, or endoscopic cyst‐duodenostomy).55 Prior to drainage the pseudocyst wall needs to be mature, which may require up to 4 to 6 weeks. Pancreatic duct leaks may occur as a result of acute or chronic pancreatitis, and they can arise from the head, tail, or body of the gland. Fluid may ultimately track into the mediastinum or peritoneum causing effusions or ascites.55 Treatment for such pancreatic duct leaks includes transpapillary therapy to cross, or bridge, the disrupted duct.

        Management of Pancreatic Necrosis

        Sterile pancreatic necrosis is typically managed conservatively without drainage. Generally, CT scans are repeated every 7 to 10 days to assess the necrosis and to evaluate for further complications.32 Patients who are clinically unstable with fever, tachycardia, leukocytosis, or organ failure may require percutaneous sampling to evaluate for infected necrosis.33 If the pancreatic tissue is sterile, the patient is determined to have sterile necrosis. If the patient with sterile necrosis is clinically unstable then prophylactic antibiotics may be indicated. If the pancreatic tissue is infected, the patient is deemed to have infected necrosis and treatment with antibiotics and necrosectomy is often indicated, especially in those with a poor clinical state. The antibiotic chosen should have adequate penetration into the necrotic material, such as imipenem, meropenem, or a combination of quinolone and metronidazole.99

        It may be challenging to distinguish between sterile and infected pancreatic necrosis. A CT scan is unable to differentiate them with certainty; though, intrapancreatic, retroperitoneal, or lesser sac gas may indicate infection.31 In addition, inducing infection within a previously sterile collection is a potential risk of percutaneous sampling. As a result, sampling should not be performed unless completely indicated.31

        In patients with sterile pancreatic necrosis who are symptomatic with refractory abdominal pain, gastric outlet obstruction, or failure to thrive at 4 or more weeks following the onset of acute pancreatitis, drainage and/or debridement is usually indicated. Pancreatic necrosectomy for sterile pancreatic necrosis may be accomplished endoscopically, or more traditionally by a surgical approach.55 Although endoscopic drainage is less invasive, it is technically difficult and has a higher rate of complication in the hands of inexperienced operators.100 Careful selection and evaluation of patients undergoing endoscopic drainage procedures is necessary. Bleeding, perforation, infection, pancreatitis, aspiration, stent migration, and pancreatic ductal damage are all possible complications during the drainage of necrotic pancreatic fluid collections.55 If pancreatic necrosis is infected, surgical necrosectomy should be performed as this is the gold standard for infected necrosis when debridement is necessary.55 Figure 5 reviews the management of acute pancreatitis.

        Figure 5
        Management of acute pancreatitis.

        Conclusion

        Acute pancreatitis is a common disease frequently caused by choledocholithiasis or excess alcohol ingestion. In idiopathic acute pancreatitis, microlithiasis and SOD should be considered. Though CT scan remains the imaging modality of choice, newer methods such as MRCP and EUS may help to provide additional and improved diagnostic information.

        The management of acute pancreatitis is frequently challenging, and severity scales help to predict the likelihood of complications, determine necessary interventions, and guide the appropriate level of care. Nutrition is critical in patients with SAP, and enteral feeding is clearly preferred over TPN. Currently, prophylactic antibiotics do not appear to have a role in SAP. Finally, though not always straightforward, recommendations do exist to guide the management of many of the complications of acute pancreatitis, such as pseudocyst formation and necrotizing disease. A multidisciplinary approach should be used in managing patients with severe disease, and the primary inpatient physician should not hesitate to involve specialists, including gastroenterologists, radiologists, and surgeons.

        Acute pancreatitis accounts for more than 220,000 hospital admissions in the United States annually.1 In the following review, we outline the etiology of acute pancreatitis, discuss its complications, and provide an updated review on its management for the hospitalized patient.

        Etiology

        Gallstone disease and excess alcohol ingestion are the most common causes of acute pancreatitis in the United States. Gallstones account for roughly 45% of all cases, and the pathogenesis is due to transient obstruction of the pancreatic duct orifice to the flow of pancreatic exocrine secretions.2 Excess alcohol ingestion accounts for approximately 35% of all cases, yet the pathogenesis here is less understood.3 Most theories suggest a direct toxic effect of the ethanol upon the pancreatic parenchyma or its neurovascular supply.4

        There are many other less common causes of acute pancreatitis including toxins, drugs, infections, trauma, vascular insults, anatomic abnormalities, and metabolic derangements. Hypertriglyceridemia and hypercalcemia are both implicated in acute pancreatitis. Serum triglyceride levels >1000 mg/dL can precipitate an attack of acute pancreatitis though the pathogenesis is not clearly understood.5 Hypercalcemia is also an uncommon cause of acute pancreatitis, and is thought to result from deposition of calcium in the pancreatic duct and calcium activation of trypsinogen.6

        Idiopathic pancreatitis occurs in up to 20% of patients with acute pancreatitis, and by definition, the cause is not established by history, physical examination, routine laboratory tests, or imaging. The majority of idiopathic cases of pancreatitis are thought to have a biliary source. In patients with gallbladder in situ, it is estimated that up to 75% acquire pancreatitis from microlithiasis, or biliary sludge and stone debris, that causes obstruction of the distal common bile and main pancreatic ducts. Conversely, sphincter of Oddi dysfunction (SOD) resulting in transient pancreatic ductal obstruction is felt to be the most common cause in those patients who have undergone a previous cholecystectomy.7

        An emerging entity, autoimmune pancreatitis (AIP), is more commonly associated with chronic pancreatitis but may cause episodes of acute pancreatitis or mimic pancreatic carcinoma. Typically, the diagnosis is based on elevated levels of serum gammaglobulin subgroup 4 (IgG4) populations, along with characteristic findings on computed tomography (CT) scan (eg, narrowed or wispy main pancreatic duct and an enlarged pancreatic parenchyma). Core‐needle biopsy may confirm the diagnosis of AIP with lymphoplasmacytic infiltration and dense fibrosis.8 Since AIP can mimic pancreatic cancer, the diagnosis may not be made until the time of surgical resection.

        Diagnosis

        Along with characteristic symptoms, the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis is often based on elevated serum levels of pancreatic enzymes that are at least twice the normal level. Amylase and lipase are the most frequently used serum markers for acute pancreatitis, though their elevation is not pathognomonic for the presence of disease. These enzymes may not always be significantly elevated during times of acute inflammation, and elevation of the enzymes can come from nonpancreatic origins as well (Table 1). Although there is no gold standard for the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis, using serum lipase (>250 IU/L) in conjunction with amylase (>160 IU/L) improves the overall diagnostic sensitivity from 81% to 94%.9 Isoamylase levels can be used to distinguish among pancreatic, salivary, and macroamylasemia though this is not often used if pancreatitis is suspected clinically. Similarly, serum isolipase can be measured, though this is not readily available.

        Nonpancreatic Causes of Hyperamylasemia/Hyperlipasemia
        • NOTE: From Refs.9 and101.

        • Abbreviation: ERCP, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography.

        Nonpancreatic causes of hyperamylasemia
        Abdominal/pelvic Pancreatic pseudocyst, biliary tract disorders, gastritis, peptic ulcer disease, intestinal obstruction, intestinal infarction, perforation, mesenteric thrombosis, pancreatic cancer, appendicitis, peritonitis, pyelonephritis, renal insufficiency, liver disease, pregnancy, ruptured ectopic pregnancy, aortic aneurysm dissection, prostatic disease, ovarian neoplasm
        Thoracic Esophagitis, myocardial infarction, pulmonary embolism, pneumonia, metastatic carcinoma of lung, breast cancer
        Procedural Abdominal operations, nonabdominal operations, post‐ERCP
        Trauma Brain trauma, burns, and traumatic shock
        Metabolic Diabetic ketoacidosis
        Drugs Opiate administration, oxyphenbutazone, phenylbutazone, aminosalicylic acid, aspirin, atovaquone, bethanecol, estrogens, lamivudine, meperidine, metoclopramide, ranitidine, thiazides, valproic acid, sulfonamides
        Other Parotitis, renal transplantation, alcoholism, human immunodeficiency virus, macroamylasemia
        Nonpancreatic causes of hyperlipasemia
        Abdominal/pelvic Pancreatic pseudocyst, biliary tract disorders, gastritis, peptic ulcer disease, spontaneous bacterial peritonitis, liver disease, pancreatic carcinoma, intestinal obstruction, ischemia, perforation, appendicitis, celiac disease
        Thoracic Esophagitis
        Drugs Furosemide, thiazides, metronidazole, valproic acid, bethanecol, oral contraceptives, indomethacin
        Other Renal insufficiency, macrolipasemia

        In order to improve the sensitivity and specificity of diagnosis, other tests have been studied to help predict disease presence and severity. Previously, serum tests for trypsin, elastase, phospholipase A2, and carboxylester lipase have all been evaluated but shown to have no significant improvement in diagnostic capability.1014 More recently, trypsinogen (a pancreatic proteinase) has proven to be a useful aid in the accurate diagnosis of acute disease. Trypsinogen undergoes activation into trypsin during acute pancreatic inflammation.3 It is comprised of 2 main isoenzymes (trypsinogen‐1 and trypsinogen‐2) that are secreted into the pancreatic fluid with a small proportion escaping into the circulation.15 Higher concentrations of trypsinogen‐1 are seen in healthy people, while higher concentrations of trypsinogen‐2 are seen in those with acute pancreatitis.16 Urinary trypsinogen‐2 dipstick tests detect acute pancreatitis more accurately than quantitative serum or urinary amylase, with a sensitivity as high as 94%, and a specificity of 95%.17 Studies have shown that in post‐endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP) pancreatitis, serum trypsinogen‐2 levels begin to rise as early as 1 hour and peak at 6 hours.17 The Actim Pancreatitis (Medix Biomedica, Kauniainen, Finland) urine test strips measure concentrations of trypsinogen‐2 as low as 50 g/L, but is not a quantitative test and, thus, it does not predict severity. Some studies have advocated the use of urinary trypsinogen‐2 as a screening tool, with a positive result indicating a need for further evaluation of acute pancreatitis.1820 Urinary trypsinogen‐2 is less costly than serum tests, plus may result in additional cost savings with earlier patient discharge. Unfortunately, this test is not widely available for clinical use. Urinary trypsinogen activation peptide (TAP) is another test that has been studied in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis, but may signify disease severity rather than the presence or absence of disease.21 Currently urinary assays for TAP are not widely available in the United States.

        Choosing the Appropriate Imaging Modality

        Along with the measurement of pancreatic release enzymes, abdominal imaging is often used, though not always necessary to confirm the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis. Imaging techniques such as CT, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and transabdominal ultrasonography may be used to rule out other causes of abdominal pain or elucidate the cause of the pancreatitis itself. Ultrasound may show pancreatic enlargement, diminished echogenicity, and possible adjacent fluid collections.22 In searching for evidence of gallstone pancreatitis, transabdominal ultrasound has a sensitivity of 67% and a specificity of 100%.23 However, it may be insensitive for detecting stones in the distal common bile duct near the ampulla due to acoustic interference from gas within the small bowel.24 Furthermore, ultrasound itself is operator‐dependent.

        Contrast‐enhanced CT is the standard mode of imaging for diagnosing acute pancreatitis and provides superior imaging of the pancreas. Unfortunately it is more costly than ultrasound, involves radiation exposure, and requires intravenous contrast medium.25 Findings of acute pancreatitis frequently seen on CT include diffuse or segmental enlargement of the gland, irregular pancreatic contour, obliteration of peripancreatic fat planes, parenchymal heterogeneity, and ill‐defined fluid collections within the pancreas or in the lesser sac and pararenal spaces.26 CT scan may also be used to detect pancreatic necrosis, an important finding for the management and prognosis of this disease.27 Despite this, normal CT findings have been reported in patients with acute pancreatitis, and certain CT findings may be related to disease severity.25

        Although MRI is less commonly used in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis, it may provide a useful alternative to CT, especially in cases of renal failure or intravenous contrast hypersensitivity. When combined with magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography (MRCP) imaging, MRI may even be able to detect a local area of pancreatic duct disruption.27 MRCP allows for a noninvasive cholangiogram and is frequently used to stratify patients who may benefit from ERCP. It can accurately identify common bile duct stones, with a higher sensitivity for choledocholithiasis than ultrasound or CT.2830 MRCP can also assist in the diagnosis of other disorders of the intrahepatic and extrahepatic biliary tree that may be related to the cause of pancreatitis. Overall, unless a patient has a contraindication, or the goal of the study is to diagnose choledocholithiasis, a contrast‐enhanced CT scan remains the imaging procedure of choice due to improved accessibility, lower cost, ease of performance, and increased sensitivity in the detection of gas bubbles (potentially indicating pancreatic infection).3133 Ordering a CT scan or other imaging at admission is not necessary in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis if the patient's presentation is classic. At admission, however, a CT scan may be reasonable to exclude other serious causes of abdominal pain, such as a perforated ulcer. Imaging may also be ordered to define the cause of the episode of pancreatitis and to exclude occult malignancy. In addition, CT scan should be strongly considered in patients who do not improve within 2 to 3 days to assess for complications such as pancreatic necrosis, pseudocysts, or other complications.34

        Most recently, endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) has risen to the forefront as a leader in accurate imaging of the pancreas and biliary tree. EUS is more sensitive than transabdominal ultrasound in detecting biliary stones,35 and it has been shown to have equivalent, and in some cases superior, sensitivity to ERCP and MRCP. Because EUS is able to detect smaller stones or sludge, it may have a role in those patients diagnosed with idiopathic pancreatitis.36 Like MRCP, EUS can also help stratify patients into those that are likely to benefit most from ERCP.37 Figure 1 reviews the evaluation of acute pancreatitis.

        Figure 1
        Approach to the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis. Abbreviations: 6‐MP, 6‐mercaptopurine; ANA, antinuclear antibody; AZA, azathioprine; CFTR, cystic fibrosis transmembrane; CT, computed tomography; DDI, didanosine; ERCP, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography; EUS, endoscopic ultrasound; IgG, immunoglobulin G; IPMN, intrapapillary mucinous neoplasm; MRI/MRCP, magnetic resonance imaging/magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography; SPINK1, serine peptidase inhibitor Kazal type 1; PRSS1, proteinase serine 1.

        Prognosis

        For the majority of patients with acute pancreatitis, the clinical course is mild and self‐limiting. In approximately 20% to 25% of patients, however, it is severe and associated with organ failure and significant morbidity and mortality.38, 39 Determining the severity of acute pancreatitis is critical, as patients at high‐risk for severe disease require closer monitoring and possible intervention. Several validated scoring systems are available that aim to predict the severity of acute pancreatitis including Ranson's criteria, the Imrie scoring system, the Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation (APACHE II) scale, and the CT Severity Index (CTSI) (Table 2).4043

        Scoring Systems for Acute Pancreatitis
        Ranson's Criteria
        • NOTE: From Refs.4044.

        • Abbreviations: ALT, alanine transaminase; APACE II, Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation; AST, aspartate transaminase; CT, computed tomography; PaO2, partial arterial oxygen tension; WBC, white blood cell.

        At admission or diagnosis
        Age >55 years
        WBC >16,000/mm3
        Blood glucose >200 mg/dL
        Lactate dehydrogenase >350 IU/L
        AST >250 IU/L
        Within 48 hours after presentation
        Hematocrit decrease >10%
        Blood urea nitrogen increase >5 mg/dL
        Serum calcium <8 mg/dL
        Base deficit >4 mEq/L
        Fluid sequestration >6 L
        PaO2 <60 mmHg
        Scoring 1 point for each criterion
        APACHE II Scale
        Equation includes these factors: age, rectal temperature, mean arterial pressure, heart rate, PaO2, arterial pH, serum potassium, sodium, creatinine, hematocrit, WBC count, Glasgow coma scale score, chronic health status
        Scoring calculation available at http://www.sfar.org/subores2/apache22l. Accessed June 2009.
        CT Severity Index (Balthazar Score)
        Grade of pancreatitis on CT
        A Normal pancreas (0 points)
        B Pancreatic enlargement (1 point)
        C Pancreatic enlargement with peripancreatic inflammation (2 points)
        D Extrapancreatic changes plus 1 fluid collection (3 points)
        E More than 1 fluid collection (4 points)
        Necrosis score
        None 0 points
        One‐third 2 points
        >One‐third but less than one‐half 4 points
        >One‐half 6 points
        Scoring CT grade plus necrosis score
        Imrie Scoring System
        Age >55 years
        WBC >15,000/mm3
        Blood glucose >180 mg/dL (absence of diabetes)
        Lactate dehydrogenase >600 IU/L
        AST or ALT >100 IU/L
        Serum calcium <8 mg/dl
        PaO2 <60 mm Hg
        Serum albumin <3.2 g/dL
        Serum urea >45 mg/dL
        Scoring 1 point for each criterion met after 48 hours of admission
        Atlanta Criteria
        Ranson's score 3
        APACHE II score 8
        Presence of 1 or more organ failures:
        Shock Blood pressure of <90 mmHg
        Pulmonary insufficiency PaO2<60 mmHg
        Renal failure Creatinine level >2 mg/dL after hydration
        Gastrointestinal bleeding Estimated >500‐mL blood loss/24 hours
        Disseminated intravascular coagulation Thrombocytopenia, hypofibrinogenemia, fibrin split products
        Severe hypocalcemia Calcium level 7.5 mg/dL
        Presence of 1 or more local complications
        Pancreatic necrosis
        Pancreatic abscess
        Pancreatic pseudocyst
        Scoring Severe pancreatitis indicated by any positive factor listed

        In 1992, the Atlanta Classification of acute pancreatitis was developed to provide a rational approach in predicting disease severity, thus allowing for comparison between clinical trials. It defines severe acute pancreatitis (SAP) on the basis of standard clinical manifestations, a Ranson's score 3, an APACHE II score 8, and evidence of organ failure and intrapancreatic pathological findings.44 Serum markers such as C‐reactive protein (CRP), interleukin‐6, and phospholipase A2 have all been studied to predict severity; however, only CRP is widely available. A cutoff level of 150 mg/L at 48 hours distinguishes mild disease from SAP.45 Clinical findings such as thirst, poor urine output, progressive tachycardia, tachypnea, hypoxemia, confusion, and a lack of improvement in symptoms within the first 48 hours are warning signs of impending severe disease, and thus warrant consideration of admission to an intensive care unit (ICU).34

        Natural History and Complications

        Despite initial aggressive intensive care treatment, 30% to 50% of patients with SAP do not respond promptly to ICU treatment and develop persistent multisystem organ failure.39 Severe organ failure in the first week of onset of acute pancreatitis is closely linked to the development of pancreatic infection occurring within 2 weeks of the initiation of symptoms.46 Early multiorgan dysfunction triggers additional mechanisms that render bacterial translocation into clinically manifested sepsis and septic shock.39 In most studied series, infection (including bacteremia, fungemia, and pancreatic abscess) remains the leading cause of death in patients with acute pancreatitis, accounting for up to 80% of fatal cases.4749 While sepsis is the more frequent cause of death in patients surviving beyond 7 days, death occurring early in the course of disease is more likely to be from respiratory complications such as pulmonary edema.50

        In the spectrum of acute pancreatitis, ongoing pancreatic injury can lead to pancreatic necrosis, fluid collections, pseudocyst formation, and pancreatic duct disruption (Figures 24).51 In patients hospitalized with acute pancreatitis, up to 57% will have peripancreatic fluid collections that are initially ill‐defined.44, 52 Typically, these fluid collections may be managed conservatively; however, if they continue to enlarge, cause persistent abdominal pain, become infected, or compress adjacent organs, they may require further intervention.53 Ductal disruption may be diagnosed when fluid collections have high levels of pancreatic amylase, and their presence may lead to the formation of pseudocysts, persistent ascites, or pleural effusions.54 Pancreatic pseudocysts usually require 4 weeks for complete formation, and they classically contain fluid only without significant solid debris.55 Formation typically occurs as a result of limited pancreatic necrosis causing a pancreatic duct leak with subsequent organization, or from areas of necrosis that liquefy over time.56 Both pancreatic pseudocysts and necrotic pancreatic tissue may become infected leading to abscess formation.51

        Figure 2
        Large pseudocyst in head of pancreas on abdominal CT. Abbreviation: CT, computed tomography.
        Figure 3
        Large pseudocyst in head of pancreas on abdominal MRI. Abbreviation: MRI, magnetic resonance imaging.
        Figure 4
        Pancreatic necrosis on abdominal CT. Abbreviation: CT, computed tomography.

        Pancreatic necrosis is defined as diffuse or focal areas of nonviable pancreatic parenchyma, and it is seen in approximately 20% of patients with acute pancreatitis.44, 57 While pseudocyst formation takes approximately 1 month to occur, pancreatic necrosis can occur within the first few days of initial symptoms and is associated with an increase in complications leading to an increased risk of morbidity and mortality.58 More than 80% of deaths in acute pancreatitis are associated with the presence of pancreatic necrosis.39 Patients at highest risk for complications are those with necrosis involving more than 50% of the gland based on MRI or contrast‐enhanced CT scan.59, 60

        Patients with pancreatic infection may have infected necrosis, pancreatic abscess, and/or infected pseudocysts.39 The microbes most frequently involved are gram‐negative organisms including Escherichia coli, Enterococcus, and Klebsiella.61 Recently, gram‐positive bacteria have been implicated in pancreatic infection.62 Fungal infection with Candida species is seen in up to 15% of patients with infected necrosis and is associated with more serious systemic complications.63 The use of prophylactic antibiotics may increase the risk of fungal infection. It may be challenging to distinguish between infected and sterile pancreatic necrosis; hence, needle aspiration under EUS or radiologic guidance may be required.61, 64

        Management

        Supportive Care and Nutrition

        The majority (80%) of cases of acute pancreatitis respond well to supportive care with fluid replacement, pain control, and controlled initiation of regular food intake.39 Aggressive intravenous fluid resuscitation is needed to overcome hypovolemia caused by intravascular fluid loss.65 Currently there is a paucity of data to support clinical recommendations regarding rate of fluid resuscitation, but previous studies have suggested a rate of at least 250 to 300 mL/hour for the first 48 hours if fluid status permits.65, 66 Typically, a diet is reintroduced when abdominal tenderness improves and appetite returns.34 Traditionally patients are started on a clear liquid diet and advanced either to a full‐liquid or lowfat diet as toleratedthough there is little data on this subject.67 A recent study randomized 121 subjects to initiate either a clear liquid diet or a lowfat solid diet once recovering from acute pancreatitis and found that the lowfat solid diet was as safe as the clear liquid diet and resulted in improved caloric intake.68

        In patients with SAP or complicated disease, nutritional support is critical. In an effort to achieve pancreatic rest, total parenteral nutrition (TPN) has historically been used as the primary means of nutritional support in those patients who require it. TPN, however, carries significant risks of infection and metabolic disturbance,69 and recent studies have shown that enteral nutrition may improve outcomes by decreasing the rates of infection, need for surgical intervention, hospital length of stay, and overall total cost of care.7074 Research has shown that enteral nutrition prevents intestinal atrophy and improves the barrier function of the gut mucosa.75 Typically enteral feeds are given via the nasojejunal (NJ) route, though some data suggest that nasogastric (NG) feeding is also acceptable.76, 77 Despite good intentions by physicians to provide postpyloric feeding, often NJ tubes migrate back into the stomach, yet anecdotal reports showed patients continued to tolerate enteral feeding, prompting further studies. One randomized controlled trial of 49 patients showed NG feeds to be as good as NJ feeds in patients with SAP, plus they were less costly and easier to perform.78 Similarly, this was demonstrated in 16 patients receiving NJ feeds and 15 patients receiving NG feeds with no worsening of SAP in either group.77 In the 2 previous studies, patients with objective evidence of SAP were included and semielemental feeds were started within 24 to 72 hours after onset of pain. Presumably, NG feeds were given over oral feeds as semielemental feeds are not palatable. These are small studies and further research is needed comparing NG to NJ feeds. However, patients who have severe acute pancreatitis with prolonged pain and significant pancreatic necrosis on imaging may benefit from a trial of NJ feeds before advancing to oral feeds.79 TPN may be necessary in those patients who do not tolerate enteral feeding, or do not reach an adequate infusion rate within 2 to 4 days.80

        When utilizing enteral feeding, the question of semielemental formula vs. polymeric formula frequently arises. Semielemental formulas seem to pose the advantage of less pancreatic stimulation while not requiring the presence of pancreatic enzymes for absorption.81, 82 Studies, however, have not uniformly supported this hypothesis.83

        Antibiotics

        Antibiotics do not have a role in mild acute pancreatitis. In SAP, the role of antibiotics is more controversial. Pancreatic or peripancreatic infection develops in a significant number of patients with acute pancreatitis and is associated with substantial morbidity and mortality, particularly in patients with pancreatic necrosis.84 Prophylactic antibiotics have been attempted to reduce infectious complications, but their role in SAP is not entirely clear. Two recent meta‐analyses showed that antibiotic prophylaxis had no significant effect on infection of pancreatic necrosis and mortality, though this did contradict earlier meta‐analyses.8587 Current American College of Gastroenterology guidelines recommend against the use of prophylactic antibiotics to prevent pancreatic infection.88 Though prophylactic antibiotics are not recommended, antibiotics may be given empirically for fever, leukocytosis, and/or sepsis while a possible infectious source is investigated, including fine needle aspiration of pancreatic necrosis.88 Imipenem, meropenem, and a combination of a quinolone and metronidazole have adequate penetration into pancreatic necrotic material and are the antibiotics of choice. Use of antibiotics may increase the risk of resistant organisms and possibly fungal infections.

        Endoscopy

        Urgent endoscopic therapy for acute pancreatitis is only indicated in gallstone, or biliary pancreatitis. Approximately 5% of patients with symptomatic gallstones will develop acute biliary pancreatitis.89 The risk of a recurrent attack is approximately 30% to 50% if definitive therapy is not sought.90, 91 Multiple studies have demonstrated that ERCP significantly reduces morbidity and mortality in acute biliary pancreatitis.92 Urgent ERCP (within 48 hours of symptom onset) should be considered in cases of cholangitis, or in the setting of severe symptoms of disease with ongoing biliary obstruction. Elective ERCP is indicated in patients with jaundice and imaging studies demonstrating choledocholithiasis, as well as those surgical patients with abnormal intraoperative cholangiography. ERCP should also be considered for suspected pancreatic duct disruption and for biliary sphincterotomy as primary therapy in poor operative candidates, or as temporary therapy during pregnancy.93 ERCP may also have a role in recurrent idiopathic acute pancreatitis if pancreas divisum or SOD is suspected. Sphincter of Oddi manometry may be performed, and if a diagnosis is confirmed, endoscopic sphincterotomy should be performed.94 For pancreas divisum, minor sphincterotomy and/or pancreatic duct stent may be performed.95 ERCP typically does not have a role in those patients with a single attack of acute pancreatitis, as significant complications may occur due to the ERCP itself. EUS, however, can be considered in a single attack of idiopathic pancreatitis in order to further investigate possible causes of the disease.7

        Cholecystectomy

        Cholecystectomy is indicated for appropriate operative candidates with resolving gallstone pancreatitis. Recurrent pancreatitis can be seen in up to 30% of patients if cholecystectomy is not performed.96, 97 Based on the American Gastroenterological Association (AGA) guidelines, definitive surgical management should be performed in the same hospitalization if possible, but no later than 2 to 4 weeks after discharge.98 In most patients with mild gallstone pancreatitis and no evidence of cholangitis, routine ERCP prior to cholecystectomy is not indicated, as long as pancreatitis is resolving and liver function abnormalities have normalized.88 As mentioned previously, for patients who are not candidates for surgery, endoscopic sphincterotomy should be considered. Cholecystectomy may also be indicated for those with 2 or more episodes of idiopathic pancreatitis, particularly if biliary pancreatitis is suspected.

        Failure to Improve

        In patients who fail to improve, contrast‐enhanced CT scan should be performed to evaluate for fluid collections, pancreatic necrosis, or other complications that may require intervention. Antibiotic therapy may need to be considered, and in any patient without rapid improvement, nutritional support should be addressed.34 The diagnosis of infected necrosis is typically made by fine‐needle aspiration of the necrotic area under EUS, CT, or transabdominal ultrasound guidance.64

        Indications for Drainage of Pseudocysts

        The indications for drainage of pancreatic pseudocysts are limited, but drainage is typically performed in those patients that are symptomatic, including abdominal pain, weight loss, gastric outlet obstruction, obstructive jaundice, pancreatic duct leakage, or infectious complications.55 Depending on the location of the pseudocyst and whether it communicates with the pancreatic duct, pseudocysts may be drained by transpapillary means (endoprosthesis placed in the pancreatic duct), or by transmural means (percutaneous, surgical, or endoscopic cyst‐gastrostomy, or endoscopic cyst‐duodenostomy).55 Prior to drainage the pseudocyst wall needs to be mature, which may require up to 4 to 6 weeks. Pancreatic duct leaks may occur as a result of acute or chronic pancreatitis, and they can arise from the head, tail, or body of the gland. Fluid may ultimately track into the mediastinum or peritoneum causing effusions or ascites.55 Treatment for such pancreatic duct leaks includes transpapillary therapy to cross, or bridge, the disrupted duct.

        Management of Pancreatic Necrosis

        Sterile pancreatic necrosis is typically managed conservatively without drainage. Generally, CT scans are repeated every 7 to 10 days to assess the necrosis and to evaluate for further complications.32 Patients who are clinically unstable with fever, tachycardia, leukocytosis, or organ failure may require percutaneous sampling to evaluate for infected necrosis.33 If the pancreatic tissue is sterile, the patient is determined to have sterile necrosis. If the patient with sterile necrosis is clinically unstable then prophylactic antibiotics may be indicated. If the pancreatic tissue is infected, the patient is deemed to have infected necrosis and treatment with antibiotics and necrosectomy is often indicated, especially in those with a poor clinical state. The antibiotic chosen should have adequate penetration into the necrotic material, such as imipenem, meropenem, or a combination of quinolone and metronidazole.99

        It may be challenging to distinguish between sterile and infected pancreatic necrosis. A CT scan is unable to differentiate them with certainty; though, intrapancreatic, retroperitoneal, or lesser sac gas may indicate infection.31 In addition, inducing infection within a previously sterile collection is a potential risk of percutaneous sampling. As a result, sampling should not be performed unless completely indicated.31

        In patients with sterile pancreatic necrosis who are symptomatic with refractory abdominal pain, gastric outlet obstruction, or failure to thrive at 4 or more weeks following the onset of acute pancreatitis, drainage and/or debridement is usually indicated. Pancreatic necrosectomy for sterile pancreatic necrosis may be accomplished endoscopically, or more traditionally by a surgical approach.55 Although endoscopic drainage is less invasive, it is technically difficult and has a higher rate of complication in the hands of inexperienced operators.100 Careful selection and evaluation of patients undergoing endoscopic drainage procedures is necessary. Bleeding, perforation, infection, pancreatitis, aspiration, stent migration, and pancreatic ductal damage are all possible complications during the drainage of necrotic pancreatic fluid collections.55 If pancreatic necrosis is infected, surgical necrosectomy should be performed as this is the gold standard for infected necrosis when debridement is necessary.55 Figure 5 reviews the management of acute pancreatitis.

        Figure 5
        Management of acute pancreatitis.

        Conclusion

        Acute pancreatitis is a common disease frequently caused by choledocholithiasis or excess alcohol ingestion. In idiopathic acute pancreatitis, microlithiasis and SOD should be considered. Though CT scan remains the imaging modality of choice, newer methods such as MRCP and EUS may help to provide additional and improved diagnostic information.

        The management of acute pancreatitis is frequently challenging, and severity scales help to predict the likelihood of complications, determine necessary interventions, and guide the appropriate level of care. Nutrition is critical in patients with SAP, and enteral feeding is clearly preferred over TPN. Currently, prophylactic antibiotics do not appear to have a role in SAP. Finally, though not always straightforward, recommendations do exist to guide the management of many of the complications of acute pancreatitis, such as pseudocyst formation and necrotizing disease. A multidisciplinary approach should be used in managing patients with severe disease, and the primary inpatient physician should not hesitate to involve specialists, including gastroenterologists, radiologists, and surgeons.

        References
        1. DeFrances CJ,Hall MJ.2005 National hospital discharge survey.Adv Data.2007;385:119.
        2. Sanders G,Kingsnorth AN.Gallstones.BMJ.2007;335:295299.
        3. Steinberg W,Tenner S.Acute pancreatitis.N Engl J Med.1994;330:11981210.
        4. Pandol SJ,Raraty M.Pathobiology of alcoholic pancreatitis.Pancreatology.2007;7:105114.
        5. Toskes PP.Hyperlipidemic pancreatitis.Gastroenterol Clin North Am.1990;19:783791.
        6. Mithofer K,Fernandez‐del Castillo C,Frick TW,Lewandrowski KB,Rattner DW,Warshaw AL.Acute hypercalcemia causes acute pancreatitis and ectopic trypsinogen activation in the rat.Gastroenterology.1995;109:239246.
        7. Wilcox CM,Varadarajulu S,Eloubeidi M.Role of endoscopic evaluation in idiopathic pancreatitis: a systematic review.Gastrointest Endosc.2006;63:10371045.
        8. Zandieh I,Byrne MF.Autoimmune pancreatitis: a review.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:63276332.
        9. Clavien PA,Robert J,Meyer P, et al.Acute pancreatitis and normoamylasemia. not an uncommon combination.Ann Surg.1989;210:614620.
        10. Orebaugh SL.Normal amylase levels in the presentation of acute pancreatitis.Am J Emerg Med.1994;12:2124.
        11. Ranson JH.Diagnostic standards for acute pancreatitis.World J Surg.1997;21:136142.
        12. Tietz NW.Support of the diagnosis of pancreatitis by enzyme tests — old problems, new techniques.Clinica Chimica Acta.1997;257:8598.
        13. Sternby B,O'Brien JF,Zinsmeister AR,DiMagno EP.What is the best biochemical test to diagnose acute pancreatitis? A prospective clinical study.Mayo Clin Proc.1996;71:11381144.
        14. Lott JA.The value of clinical laboratory studies in acute pancreatitis.Arch Pathol Lab Med.1991;115:325326.
        15. Rinderknecht H,Geokas MC.Anionic and cationic trypsinogens (trypsins) in mammalian pancreas.Enzyme.1972/73;14:116130.
        16. Itkonen O,Koivunen E,Hurme M,Alfthan H,Schroder T,Stenman UH.Time‐resolved immunofluorometric assays for trypsinogen‐1 and 2 in serum reveal preferential elevation of trypsinogen‐2 in pancreatitis.J Lab Clin Med.1990;115:712718.
        17. Kemppainen EA,Hedstrom JI,Puolakkainen PA, et al.Rapid measurement of urinary trypsinogen‐2 as a screening test for acute pancreatitis.N Engl J Med.1997;336:17881793.
        18. Chen YT,Chen CC,Wang SS,Chang FY,Lee SD.Rapid urinary trypsinogen‐2 test strip in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis.Pancreas.2005;30:243247.
        19. Saez J,Martinez J,Trigo C, et al.Clinical value of rapid urine trypsinogen‐2 test strip, urinary trypsinogen activation peptide, and serum and urinary activation peptide of carboxypeptidase B in acute pancreatitis.World J Gastroenterol.2005;11:72617265.
        20. Sankaralingam S,Wesen C,Barawi M,Galera R,Lloyd L.Use of the urinary trypsinogen‐2 dip stick test in early diagnosis of pancreatitis after endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography.Surg Endosc.2007;21:13121315.
        21. Neoptolemos J,Kemppainen E,Mayer J, et al.Early prediction of severity in acute pancreatitis by urinary trypsinogen activation peptide: a multicentre study.Lancet.2000;355:19551960.
        22. Sarti D,King W.The ultrasonic findings in inflammatory pancreatic disease.Semin Ultrasound.1980;1:178.
        23. Neoptolemos JP,Hall AW,Finlay DF,Berry JM,Carr‐Locke DL,Fossard DP.The urgent diagnosis of gallstones in acute pancreatitis: a prospective study of three methods.Br J Surg.1984;71:230233.
        24. Chwistek M,Roberts I,Amoateng‐Adjepong Y.Gallstone pancreatitis: a community teaching hospital experience.J Clin Gastroenterol.2001;33:4144.
        25. Silverstein W,Isikoff M,Hill M,Barkin J.Diagnostic imaging of acute pancreatitis: prospective study using CT and sonography.AJR Am J Roentgenol.1981;137:497502.
        26. Clavien P,Hauser H,Meyer P,Rohner A.Value of contrast‐enhanced computerized tomography in the early diagnosis and prognosis of acute pancreatitis: a prospective study of 202 patients.Am J Surg.1988;155:457466.
        27. Arvanitakis M,Delhaye M,De Maertelaere V, et al.Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging in the assessment of acute pancreatitis.Gastroenterology.2004;126:715723.
        28. Makary MA,Duncan MD,Harmon JW, et al.The role of magnetic resonance cholangiography in the management of patients with gallstone pancreatitis.Ann Surg.2005;241:119124.
        29. Gosset J,Deviere J,Matos C.Magnetic resonance imaging of acute pancreatitis: the pancreatogram.JOP.2004;5:4850.
        30. Barish MA,Yucel EK,Ferrucci JT.Magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography.N Engl J Med.1999;341(4):258264.
        31. Shankar S,vanSonnenberg E,Silverman SG,Tuncali K,Banks PA.Imaging and percutaneous management of acute complicated pancreatitis.Cardiovasc Intervent Radiol.2004;27:567580.
        32. Mortele KJ,Banks PA,Silverman SG.State‐of‐the‐art imaging of acute pancreatitis.JBR‐BTR.2003;86:193208.
        33. Segal D,Mortele KJ,Banks PA,Silverman SG.Acute necrotizing pancreatitis: Role of CT‐guided percutaneous catheter drainage.Abdom Imaging.2007;32:351361.
        34. Whitcomb DC.Acute pancreatitis.N Engl J Med.2006;354:21422150.
        35. Liu C,Lo C,Chan JK, et al.Detection of choledocholithiasis by EUS in acute pancreatitis: a prospective evaluation in 100 consecutive patients.Gastrointest Endosc.2001;54:325330.
        36. Norton SA,Alderson D.Endoscopic ultrasonography in the evaluation of idiopathic acute pancreatitis.Br J Surg.2000;87:16501655.
        37. Romagnuolo J,Currie G; theCalgary Advanced Therapeutic Endoscopy Center (ATEC) Study Group.Noninvasive vs. selective invasive biliary imaging for acute biliary pancreatitis: an economic evaluation by using decision tree analysis.Gastrointest Endosc.2005;61:8697.
        38. Triester SL,Kowdley KV.Prognostic factors in acute pancreatitis.J Clin Gastroenterol.2002;34:167176.
        39. Beger HG,Rau BM.Severe acute pancreatitis: clinical course and management.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:50435051.
        40. Ranson JH.Etiological and prognostic factors in human acute pancreatitis: a review.Am J Gastroenterol.1982;77:633638.
        41. Blamey SL,Imrie CW,O'Neill J,Gilmour WH,Carter DC.Prognostic factors in acute pancreatitis.Gut.1984;25:13401346.
        42. Knaus WA,Zimmerman JE,Wagner DP,Draper EA,Lawrence DE.APACHE‐acute physiology and chronic health evaluation: a physiologically based classification system.Crit Care Med.1981;9:591597.
        43. Balthazar E,Robinson D,Megibow A,Ranson J.Acute pancreatitis: value of CT in establishing prognosis.Radiology.1990;174:331336.
        44. Bradley EL.A clinically based classification system for acute pancreatitis. summary of the international symposium on acute pancreatitis, Atlanta, GA, September 11 through 13, 1992.Arch Surg.1993;128:586590.
        45. Dervenis C,Johnson CD,Bassi C, et al.Diagnosis, objective assessment of severity, and management of acute pancreatitis. Santorini Consensus Conference.Int J Pancreatol.1999;25:195210.
        46. Rau BM,Bothe A,Kron M,Beger HG.Role of early multisystem organ failure as major risk factor for pancreatic infections and death in severe acute pancreatitis.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2006;4:10531061.
        47. Buggy BP,Nostrant TT.Lethal pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.1983;78:810814.
        48. Pederzoli P,Bassi C,Vesentini S,Campedelli A.A randomized multicenter clinical trial of antibiotic prophylaxis of septic complications in acute necrotizing pancreatitis with imipenem.Surg Gynecol Obstet.1993;176:480483.
        49. Ranson JH,Spencer FC.Prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of pancreatic abscess.Surgery.1977;82:99106.
        50. Renner IG,Savage WT,Pantoja JL,Renner VJ.Death due to acute pancreatitis. a retrospective analysis of 405 autopsy cases.Dig Dis Sci.1985;30:10051018.
        51. Baron TH.Endoscopic drainage of pancreatic fluid collections and pancreatic necrosis.Gastrointest Endosc Clin North Am.2003;13:743764.
        52. Robert JH,Frossard JL,Mermillod B, et al.Early prediction of acute pancreatitis: prospective study comparing computed tomography scans, Ranson, Glascow, Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation II scores, and various serum markers.World J Surg.2002;26:612619.
        53. Jacobson BC,Baron TH,Adler DG, et al.ASGE guideline: the role of endoscopy in the diagnosis and the management of cystic lesions and inflammatory fluid collections of the pancreas.Gastrointest Endosc.2005;61:363370.
        54. Kozarek RA.Endoscopic therapy of complete and partial pancreatic duct disruptions.Gastrointest Endosc Clin N Am.1998;8:3953.
        55. Baron TH.Treatment of pancreatic pseudocysts, pancreatic necrosis, and pancreatic duct leaks.Gastrointest Endosc Clin North Am.2007;17:559579.
        56. Kloppel G.Pathology of severe acute pancreatitis. In: Bradley EL III, ed.Acute Pancreatitis: Diagnosis and Therapy.New York, NY:Raven Press;1994:3546.
        57. Block S,Maier W,Bittner R,Buchler M,Malfertheiner P,Beger HG.Identification of pancreas necrosis in severe acute pancreatitis: imaging procedures versus clinical staging.Gut.1986;27:10351042.
        58. Beger HG,Krautzberger W,Bittner R,Block S,Buchler .Results of surgical treatment of necrotizing pancreatitis.World J Surg.1985;9:972979.
        59. Rau B,Pralle U,Uhl W,Schoenberg MH,Beger HG.Management of sterile necrosis in instances of severe acute pancreatitis.J Am Coll Surg.1995;181:279288.
        60. Karimgani I,Porter KA,Langevin RE,Banks PA.Prognostic factors in sterile pancreatic necrosis.Gastroenterology.1992;103:16361640.
        61. Beger HG,Bittner R,Block S,Buchler M.Bacterial contamination of pancreatic necrosis. A prospective clinical study.Gastroenterology.1986;91:433438.
        62. Rau B,Bothe A,Beger HG.Surgical treatment of necrotizing pancreatitis by necrosectomy and closed lavage: changing patient characteristics and outcome in a 19‐year, single‐center series.Surgery.2005;138:2839.
        63. Isenmann R,Schwarz M,Rau B,Trautmann M,Schober W,Beger HG.Characteristics of infection with Candida species in patients with necrotizing pancreatitis.World J Surg.2002;26:372376.
        64. Banks PA,Gerzof SG,Langevin RE,Silverman SG,Sica GT,Hughes MD.CT‐guided aspiration of suspected pancreatic infection: bacteriology and clinical outcome.Int J Pancreatol.1995;18:265270.
        65. Tenner S.Initial management of acute pancreatitis: critical issues during the first 72 hours.Am J Gastroenterol.2004;99:24892494.
        66. Gardner TB,Vege SS,Pearson RK,Chari ST.Fluid resuscitation in acute pancreatitis.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2008;6:10701076.
        67. Meier R,Beglinger C,Layer P, et al.ESPEN guidelines on nutrition in acute pancreatitis.Clin Nutr.2002;21:173183.
        68. Jacobson BC,Vander Vliet MB,Hughes MD,Maurer R,McManus K,Banks PA.A prospective, randomized trial of clear liquids versus low‐fat solid diet as the initial meal in mild acute pancreatitis.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2007;5:946951.
        69. Kalfarentzos FE,Karavias DD,Karatzas TM,Alevizatos BA,Androulakis JA.Total parenteral nutrition in severe acute pancreatitis.J Am Coll Nutr.1991;10:156162.
        70. Al‐Omran M,Groof A,Wilke D.Enteral versus parenteral nutrition for acute pancreatitis.Cochrane Database Syst Rev.2003; (1):CD002837.
        71. Marik PE,Zaloga GP.Meta‐analysis of parenteral nutrition versus enteral nutrition in patients with acute pancreatitis.BMJ.2004;328:1407.
        72. Mayerle J,Hlouschek V,Lerch MM.Current management of acute pancreatitis.Nat Clin Pract Gastroenterol Hepatol.2005;2:473483.
        73. Windsor ACJ,Kanwar S,Li AGK, et al.Compared with parenteral nutrition, enteral feeding attenuates the acute phase response and improves disease severity in acute pancreatitis.Gut.1998;42:431435.
        74. Kalfarentzos F,Kehagias J,Mead N,Kokkinis K,Gogos CA.Enteral nutrition is superior to parenteral nutrition in severe acute pancreatitis: Results of a randomized prospective trial.Br J Surg.1997;84:16651669.
        75. Dejong CH,Greve JW,Soeters PB.Nutrition in patients with acute pancreatitis.Curr Opin Crit Care.2001;7:251256.
        76. Jiang K,Chen XZ,Xia Q,Tang WF,Wang L.Early nasogastric enteral nutrition for severe acute pancreatitis: a systematic review.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:52535260.
        77. Kumar A,Singh N,Prakash S,Saraya A,Joshi YK.Early enteral nutrition in severe acute pancreatitis: a prospective randomized controlled trial comparing nasojejunal and nasogastric routes.J Clin Gastroenterol.2006;40:431434.
        78. Eatock FC,Chong P,Menezes N, et al.A randomized study of early nasogastric versus nasojejunal feeding in severe acute pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.2005;100:432439.
        79. McClave SA,Chang W,Dhaliwal R,Heyland DK.Nutrition support in acute pancreatitis: a systematic review of the literature.JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr.2006;30:143156.
        80. McClave SA,Dryden GW.Issues of nutritional support for the patient with acute pancreatitis.Semin Gastrointest Dis.2002;13:154160.
        81. Vison N,Hecketsweiler P,Butel J,Bernier JJ.Effect of continuous jejunal perfusion of elemental and complex nutritional solutions on pancreatic enzyme secretion in human subjects.Gut.1978;19:194198.
        82. Ziegler F,Ollivier JM,Cynober L, et al.Efficiency of enteral nitrogen support in surgical patients: small peptides v non‐degraded proteins.Gut.1990;31:12771283.
        83. Tiengou LE,Gloro R,Pouzoulet J, et al.Semi‐elemental formula or polymeric formula: Is there a better choice for enteral nutrition in acute pancreatitis? randomized comparative study.JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr.2006;30:15.
        84. Uhl W,Warshaw A,Imrie C, et al.IAP guidelines for the surgical management of acute pancreatitis.Pancreatology.2002;2:565573.
        85. de Vries AC,Besselink MG,Buskens E, et al.Randomized controlled trials of antibiotic prophylaxis in severe acute pancreatitis: relationship between methodological quality and outcome.Pancreatology.2007;7:531538.
        86. Bai Y,Gao J,Zou DW,Li ZS.Prophylactic antibiotics cannot reduce infected pancreatic necrosis and mortality in acute necrotizing pancreatitis: evidence from a meta‐analysis of randomized controlled trials.Am J Gastroenterol.2008;103:104110.
        87. Sharma VK,Howden CW.Prophylactic antibiotic administration reduces sepsis and mortality in acute necrotizing pancreatitis: a meta‐analysis.Pancreas.2001;22:2831.
        88. Banks PA,Freeman ML,Practice Parameters Committee of the American College of Gastroenterology. Practice guidelines in acute pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.2006;101:23792400.
        89. Curran FT,Neoptolemos JP.Acute biliary pancreatitis.Ann Ital Chir.1995;66:197202.
        90. Ranson JH.The timing of biliary surgery in acute pancreatitis.Ann Surg.1979;189:654663.
        91. DeIorio AV,Vitale GC,Reynolds M,Larson GM.Acute biliary pancreatitis. The roles of laparoscopic cholecystectomy and endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography.Surg Endosc.1995;9:392396.
        92. Sharma VK,Howden CW.Metaanalysis of randomized controlled trials of endoscopic retrograde cholangiography and endoscopic sphincterotomy for the treatment of acute biliary pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.1999;94:32113214.
        93. Tarnasky PR,Linder JD.Endoscopic management of acute pancreatitis.Gastrointest Endosc Clin N Am.2007;17:307322.
        94. Lee JK,Enns R.Review of idiopathic pancreatitis.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:62966313.
        95. Fogel EL,Toth TG,Lehman GA,DiMagno MJ,DiMagno EP.Does endoscopic therapy favorably affect the outcome of patients who have recurrent acute pancreatitis and pancreas divisum?Pancreas.2007;34:2145.
        96. Elfstrom J.The timing of cholecystectomy in patients with gallstone pancreatitis. A retrospective analysis of 89 patients.Acta Chir Scand.1978;144:487490.
        97. Hernandez V,Pascual I,Almela P, et al.Recurrence of acute gallstone pancreatitis and relationship with cholecystectomy or endoscopic sphincterotomy.Am J Gastroenterol.2004;99:24172423.
        98. American Gastroenterological Association (AGA) Institute on “Management of Acute Pancreatitis” Clinical Practice and Economics Committee, AGA Institute Governing Board.AGA institute medical position statement on acute pancreatitis.Gastroenterology.2007;132:20192021.
        99. Forsmark CE,Baillie J;AGA Institute Clinical Practice and Economics Committee, AGA Institute Governing Board. AGA institute technical review on acute pancreatitis.Gastroenterology.2007;132:20222044.
        100. Kozarek RA.Endoscopic management of pancreatic necrosis: not for the uncommitted.Gastrointest Endosc.2005;62:101104.
        101. Chase CW,Barker DE,Russell WL,Burns RP.Serum amylase and lipase in the evaluation of acute abdominal pain.Am Surg.1996;62:10281033.
        References
        1. DeFrances CJ,Hall MJ.2005 National hospital discharge survey.Adv Data.2007;385:119.
        2. Sanders G,Kingsnorth AN.Gallstones.BMJ.2007;335:295299.
        3. Steinberg W,Tenner S.Acute pancreatitis.N Engl J Med.1994;330:11981210.
        4. Pandol SJ,Raraty M.Pathobiology of alcoholic pancreatitis.Pancreatology.2007;7:105114.
        5. Toskes PP.Hyperlipidemic pancreatitis.Gastroenterol Clin North Am.1990;19:783791.
        6. Mithofer K,Fernandez‐del Castillo C,Frick TW,Lewandrowski KB,Rattner DW,Warshaw AL.Acute hypercalcemia causes acute pancreatitis and ectopic trypsinogen activation in the rat.Gastroenterology.1995;109:239246.
        7. Wilcox CM,Varadarajulu S,Eloubeidi M.Role of endoscopic evaluation in idiopathic pancreatitis: a systematic review.Gastrointest Endosc.2006;63:10371045.
        8. Zandieh I,Byrne MF.Autoimmune pancreatitis: a review.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:63276332.
        9. Clavien PA,Robert J,Meyer P, et al.Acute pancreatitis and normoamylasemia. not an uncommon combination.Ann Surg.1989;210:614620.
        10. Orebaugh SL.Normal amylase levels in the presentation of acute pancreatitis.Am J Emerg Med.1994;12:2124.
        11. Ranson JH.Diagnostic standards for acute pancreatitis.World J Surg.1997;21:136142.
        12. Tietz NW.Support of the diagnosis of pancreatitis by enzyme tests — old problems, new techniques.Clinica Chimica Acta.1997;257:8598.
        13. Sternby B,O'Brien JF,Zinsmeister AR,DiMagno EP.What is the best biochemical test to diagnose acute pancreatitis? A prospective clinical study.Mayo Clin Proc.1996;71:11381144.
        14. Lott JA.The value of clinical laboratory studies in acute pancreatitis.Arch Pathol Lab Med.1991;115:325326.
        15. Rinderknecht H,Geokas MC.Anionic and cationic trypsinogens (trypsins) in mammalian pancreas.Enzyme.1972/73;14:116130.
        16. Itkonen O,Koivunen E,Hurme M,Alfthan H,Schroder T,Stenman UH.Time‐resolved immunofluorometric assays for trypsinogen‐1 and 2 in serum reveal preferential elevation of trypsinogen‐2 in pancreatitis.J Lab Clin Med.1990;115:712718.
        17. Kemppainen EA,Hedstrom JI,Puolakkainen PA, et al.Rapid measurement of urinary trypsinogen‐2 as a screening test for acute pancreatitis.N Engl J Med.1997;336:17881793.
        18. Chen YT,Chen CC,Wang SS,Chang FY,Lee SD.Rapid urinary trypsinogen‐2 test strip in the diagnosis of acute pancreatitis.Pancreas.2005;30:243247.
        19. Saez J,Martinez J,Trigo C, et al.Clinical value of rapid urine trypsinogen‐2 test strip, urinary trypsinogen activation peptide, and serum and urinary activation peptide of carboxypeptidase B in acute pancreatitis.World J Gastroenterol.2005;11:72617265.
        20. Sankaralingam S,Wesen C,Barawi M,Galera R,Lloyd L.Use of the urinary trypsinogen‐2 dip stick test in early diagnosis of pancreatitis after endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography.Surg Endosc.2007;21:13121315.
        21. Neoptolemos J,Kemppainen E,Mayer J, et al.Early prediction of severity in acute pancreatitis by urinary trypsinogen activation peptide: a multicentre study.Lancet.2000;355:19551960.
        22. Sarti D,King W.The ultrasonic findings in inflammatory pancreatic disease.Semin Ultrasound.1980;1:178.
        23. Neoptolemos JP,Hall AW,Finlay DF,Berry JM,Carr‐Locke DL,Fossard DP.The urgent diagnosis of gallstones in acute pancreatitis: a prospective study of three methods.Br J Surg.1984;71:230233.
        24. Chwistek M,Roberts I,Amoateng‐Adjepong Y.Gallstone pancreatitis: a community teaching hospital experience.J Clin Gastroenterol.2001;33:4144.
        25. Silverstein W,Isikoff M,Hill M,Barkin J.Diagnostic imaging of acute pancreatitis: prospective study using CT and sonography.AJR Am J Roentgenol.1981;137:497502.
        26. Clavien P,Hauser H,Meyer P,Rohner A.Value of contrast‐enhanced computerized tomography in the early diagnosis and prognosis of acute pancreatitis: a prospective study of 202 patients.Am J Surg.1988;155:457466.
        27. Arvanitakis M,Delhaye M,De Maertelaere V, et al.Computed tomography and magnetic resonance imaging in the assessment of acute pancreatitis.Gastroenterology.2004;126:715723.
        28. Makary MA,Duncan MD,Harmon JW, et al.The role of magnetic resonance cholangiography in the management of patients with gallstone pancreatitis.Ann Surg.2005;241:119124.
        29. Gosset J,Deviere J,Matos C.Magnetic resonance imaging of acute pancreatitis: the pancreatogram.JOP.2004;5:4850.
        30. Barish MA,Yucel EK,Ferrucci JT.Magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography.N Engl J Med.1999;341(4):258264.
        31. Shankar S,vanSonnenberg E,Silverman SG,Tuncali K,Banks PA.Imaging and percutaneous management of acute complicated pancreatitis.Cardiovasc Intervent Radiol.2004;27:567580.
        32. Mortele KJ,Banks PA,Silverman SG.State‐of‐the‐art imaging of acute pancreatitis.JBR‐BTR.2003;86:193208.
        33. Segal D,Mortele KJ,Banks PA,Silverman SG.Acute necrotizing pancreatitis: Role of CT‐guided percutaneous catheter drainage.Abdom Imaging.2007;32:351361.
        34. Whitcomb DC.Acute pancreatitis.N Engl J Med.2006;354:21422150.
        35. Liu C,Lo C,Chan JK, et al.Detection of choledocholithiasis by EUS in acute pancreatitis: a prospective evaluation in 100 consecutive patients.Gastrointest Endosc.2001;54:325330.
        36. Norton SA,Alderson D.Endoscopic ultrasonography in the evaluation of idiopathic acute pancreatitis.Br J Surg.2000;87:16501655.
        37. Romagnuolo J,Currie G; theCalgary Advanced Therapeutic Endoscopy Center (ATEC) Study Group.Noninvasive vs. selective invasive biliary imaging for acute biliary pancreatitis: an economic evaluation by using decision tree analysis.Gastrointest Endosc.2005;61:8697.
        38. Triester SL,Kowdley KV.Prognostic factors in acute pancreatitis.J Clin Gastroenterol.2002;34:167176.
        39. Beger HG,Rau BM.Severe acute pancreatitis: clinical course and management.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:50435051.
        40. Ranson JH.Etiological and prognostic factors in human acute pancreatitis: a review.Am J Gastroenterol.1982;77:633638.
        41. Blamey SL,Imrie CW,O'Neill J,Gilmour WH,Carter DC.Prognostic factors in acute pancreatitis.Gut.1984;25:13401346.
        42. Knaus WA,Zimmerman JE,Wagner DP,Draper EA,Lawrence DE.APACHE‐acute physiology and chronic health evaluation: a physiologically based classification system.Crit Care Med.1981;9:591597.
        43. Balthazar E,Robinson D,Megibow A,Ranson J.Acute pancreatitis: value of CT in establishing prognosis.Radiology.1990;174:331336.
        44. Bradley EL.A clinically based classification system for acute pancreatitis. summary of the international symposium on acute pancreatitis, Atlanta, GA, September 11 through 13, 1992.Arch Surg.1993;128:586590.
        45. Dervenis C,Johnson CD,Bassi C, et al.Diagnosis, objective assessment of severity, and management of acute pancreatitis. Santorini Consensus Conference.Int J Pancreatol.1999;25:195210.
        46. Rau BM,Bothe A,Kron M,Beger HG.Role of early multisystem organ failure as major risk factor for pancreatic infections and death in severe acute pancreatitis.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2006;4:10531061.
        47. Buggy BP,Nostrant TT.Lethal pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.1983;78:810814.
        48. Pederzoli P,Bassi C,Vesentini S,Campedelli A.A randomized multicenter clinical trial of antibiotic prophylaxis of septic complications in acute necrotizing pancreatitis with imipenem.Surg Gynecol Obstet.1993;176:480483.
        49. Ranson JH,Spencer FC.Prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of pancreatic abscess.Surgery.1977;82:99106.
        50. Renner IG,Savage WT,Pantoja JL,Renner VJ.Death due to acute pancreatitis. a retrospective analysis of 405 autopsy cases.Dig Dis Sci.1985;30:10051018.
        51. Baron TH.Endoscopic drainage of pancreatic fluid collections and pancreatic necrosis.Gastrointest Endosc Clin North Am.2003;13:743764.
        52. Robert JH,Frossard JL,Mermillod B, et al.Early prediction of acute pancreatitis: prospective study comparing computed tomography scans, Ranson, Glascow, Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation II scores, and various serum markers.World J Surg.2002;26:612619.
        53. Jacobson BC,Baron TH,Adler DG, et al.ASGE guideline: the role of endoscopy in the diagnosis and the management of cystic lesions and inflammatory fluid collections of the pancreas.Gastrointest Endosc.2005;61:363370.
        54. Kozarek RA.Endoscopic therapy of complete and partial pancreatic duct disruptions.Gastrointest Endosc Clin N Am.1998;8:3953.
        55. Baron TH.Treatment of pancreatic pseudocysts, pancreatic necrosis, and pancreatic duct leaks.Gastrointest Endosc Clin North Am.2007;17:559579.
        56. Kloppel G.Pathology of severe acute pancreatitis. In: Bradley EL III, ed.Acute Pancreatitis: Diagnosis and Therapy.New York, NY:Raven Press;1994:3546.
        57. Block S,Maier W,Bittner R,Buchler M,Malfertheiner P,Beger HG.Identification of pancreas necrosis in severe acute pancreatitis: imaging procedures versus clinical staging.Gut.1986;27:10351042.
        58. Beger HG,Krautzberger W,Bittner R,Block S,Buchler .Results of surgical treatment of necrotizing pancreatitis.World J Surg.1985;9:972979.
        59. Rau B,Pralle U,Uhl W,Schoenberg MH,Beger HG.Management of sterile necrosis in instances of severe acute pancreatitis.J Am Coll Surg.1995;181:279288.
        60. Karimgani I,Porter KA,Langevin RE,Banks PA.Prognostic factors in sterile pancreatic necrosis.Gastroenterology.1992;103:16361640.
        61. Beger HG,Bittner R,Block S,Buchler M.Bacterial contamination of pancreatic necrosis. A prospective clinical study.Gastroenterology.1986;91:433438.
        62. Rau B,Bothe A,Beger HG.Surgical treatment of necrotizing pancreatitis by necrosectomy and closed lavage: changing patient characteristics and outcome in a 19‐year, single‐center series.Surgery.2005;138:2839.
        63. Isenmann R,Schwarz M,Rau B,Trautmann M,Schober W,Beger HG.Characteristics of infection with Candida species in patients with necrotizing pancreatitis.World J Surg.2002;26:372376.
        64. Banks PA,Gerzof SG,Langevin RE,Silverman SG,Sica GT,Hughes MD.CT‐guided aspiration of suspected pancreatic infection: bacteriology and clinical outcome.Int J Pancreatol.1995;18:265270.
        65. Tenner S.Initial management of acute pancreatitis: critical issues during the first 72 hours.Am J Gastroenterol.2004;99:24892494.
        66. Gardner TB,Vege SS,Pearson RK,Chari ST.Fluid resuscitation in acute pancreatitis.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2008;6:10701076.
        67. Meier R,Beglinger C,Layer P, et al.ESPEN guidelines on nutrition in acute pancreatitis.Clin Nutr.2002;21:173183.
        68. Jacobson BC,Vander Vliet MB,Hughes MD,Maurer R,McManus K,Banks PA.A prospective, randomized trial of clear liquids versus low‐fat solid diet as the initial meal in mild acute pancreatitis.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2007;5:946951.
        69. Kalfarentzos FE,Karavias DD,Karatzas TM,Alevizatos BA,Androulakis JA.Total parenteral nutrition in severe acute pancreatitis.J Am Coll Nutr.1991;10:156162.
        70. Al‐Omran M,Groof A,Wilke D.Enteral versus parenteral nutrition for acute pancreatitis.Cochrane Database Syst Rev.2003; (1):CD002837.
        71. Marik PE,Zaloga GP.Meta‐analysis of parenteral nutrition versus enteral nutrition in patients with acute pancreatitis.BMJ.2004;328:1407.
        72. Mayerle J,Hlouschek V,Lerch MM.Current management of acute pancreatitis.Nat Clin Pract Gastroenterol Hepatol.2005;2:473483.
        73. Windsor ACJ,Kanwar S,Li AGK, et al.Compared with parenteral nutrition, enteral feeding attenuates the acute phase response and improves disease severity in acute pancreatitis.Gut.1998;42:431435.
        74. Kalfarentzos F,Kehagias J,Mead N,Kokkinis K,Gogos CA.Enteral nutrition is superior to parenteral nutrition in severe acute pancreatitis: Results of a randomized prospective trial.Br J Surg.1997;84:16651669.
        75. Dejong CH,Greve JW,Soeters PB.Nutrition in patients with acute pancreatitis.Curr Opin Crit Care.2001;7:251256.
        76. Jiang K,Chen XZ,Xia Q,Tang WF,Wang L.Early nasogastric enteral nutrition for severe acute pancreatitis: a systematic review.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:52535260.
        77. Kumar A,Singh N,Prakash S,Saraya A,Joshi YK.Early enteral nutrition in severe acute pancreatitis: a prospective randomized controlled trial comparing nasojejunal and nasogastric routes.J Clin Gastroenterol.2006;40:431434.
        78. Eatock FC,Chong P,Menezes N, et al.A randomized study of early nasogastric versus nasojejunal feeding in severe acute pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.2005;100:432439.
        79. McClave SA,Chang W,Dhaliwal R,Heyland DK.Nutrition support in acute pancreatitis: a systematic review of the literature.JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr.2006;30:143156.
        80. McClave SA,Dryden GW.Issues of nutritional support for the patient with acute pancreatitis.Semin Gastrointest Dis.2002;13:154160.
        81. Vison N,Hecketsweiler P,Butel J,Bernier JJ.Effect of continuous jejunal perfusion of elemental and complex nutritional solutions on pancreatic enzyme secretion in human subjects.Gut.1978;19:194198.
        82. Ziegler F,Ollivier JM,Cynober L, et al.Efficiency of enteral nitrogen support in surgical patients: small peptides v non‐degraded proteins.Gut.1990;31:12771283.
        83. Tiengou LE,Gloro R,Pouzoulet J, et al.Semi‐elemental formula or polymeric formula: Is there a better choice for enteral nutrition in acute pancreatitis? randomized comparative study.JPEN J Parenter Enteral Nutr.2006;30:15.
        84. Uhl W,Warshaw A,Imrie C, et al.IAP guidelines for the surgical management of acute pancreatitis.Pancreatology.2002;2:565573.
        85. de Vries AC,Besselink MG,Buskens E, et al.Randomized controlled trials of antibiotic prophylaxis in severe acute pancreatitis: relationship between methodological quality and outcome.Pancreatology.2007;7:531538.
        86. Bai Y,Gao J,Zou DW,Li ZS.Prophylactic antibiotics cannot reduce infected pancreatic necrosis and mortality in acute necrotizing pancreatitis: evidence from a meta‐analysis of randomized controlled trials.Am J Gastroenterol.2008;103:104110.
        87. Sharma VK,Howden CW.Prophylactic antibiotic administration reduces sepsis and mortality in acute necrotizing pancreatitis: a meta‐analysis.Pancreas.2001;22:2831.
        88. Banks PA,Freeman ML,Practice Parameters Committee of the American College of Gastroenterology. Practice guidelines in acute pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.2006;101:23792400.
        89. Curran FT,Neoptolemos JP.Acute biliary pancreatitis.Ann Ital Chir.1995;66:197202.
        90. Ranson JH.The timing of biliary surgery in acute pancreatitis.Ann Surg.1979;189:654663.
        91. DeIorio AV,Vitale GC,Reynolds M,Larson GM.Acute biliary pancreatitis. The roles of laparoscopic cholecystectomy and endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography.Surg Endosc.1995;9:392396.
        92. Sharma VK,Howden CW.Metaanalysis of randomized controlled trials of endoscopic retrograde cholangiography and endoscopic sphincterotomy for the treatment of acute biliary pancreatitis.Am J Gastroenterol.1999;94:32113214.
        93. Tarnasky PR,Linder JD.Endoscopic management of acute pancreatitis.Gastrointest Endosc Clin N Am.2007;17:307322.
        94. Lee JK,Enns R.Review of idiopathic pancreatitis.World J Gastroenterol.2007;13:62966313.
        95. Fogel EL,Toth TG,Lehman GA,DiMagno MJ,DiMagno EP.Does endoscopic therapy favorably affect the outcome of patients who have recurrent acute pancreatitis and pancreas divisum?Pancreas.2007;34:2145.
        96. Elfstrom J.The timing of cholecystectomy in patients with gallstone pancreatitis. A retrospective analysis of 89 patients.Acta Chir Scand.1978;144:487490.
        97. Hernandez V,Pascual I,Almela P, et al.Recurrence of acute gallstone pancreatitis and relationship with cholecystectomy or endoscopic sphincterotomy.Am J Gastroenterol.2004;99:24172423.
        98. American Gastroenterological Association (AGA) Institute on “Management of Acute Pancreatitis” Clinical Practice and Economics Committee, AGA Institute Governing Board.AGA institute medical position statement on acute pancreatitis.Gastroenterology.2007;132:20192021.
        99. Forsmark CE,Baillie J;AGA Institute Clinical Practice and Economics Committee, AGA Institute Governing Board. AGA institute technical review on acute pancreatitis.Gastroenterology.2007;132:20222044.
        100. Kozarek RA.Endoscopic management of pancreatic necrosis: not for the uncommitted.Gastrointest Endosc.2005;62:101104.
        101. Chase CW,Barker DE,Russell WL,Burns RP.Serum amylase and lipase in the evaluation of acute abdominal pain.Am Surg.1996;62:10281033.
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        241-250
        Page Number
        241-250
        Article Type
        Display Headline
        Acute pancreatitis
        Display Headline
        Acute pancreatitis
        Legacy Keywords
        acute abdominal emergencies, nutrition, sepsis, shock
        Legacy Keywords
        acute abdominal emergencies, nutrition, sepsis, shock
        Sections
        Article Source
        Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine
        Disallow All Ads
        Correspondence Location
        Johns Hopkins Hospital, 600 North Wolfe Street, Blalock 415 Baltimore, MD 21287
        Content Gating
        Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
        Gating Strategy
        First Peek Free
        Article PDF Media

        Electrical Alternans and Pulsus Paradoxus

        Article Type
        Changed
        Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
        Display Headline
        Electrical alternans and pulsus paradoxus

        A 65‐year‐old man with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and right lung nodule presented with dyspnea. Physical examination revealed a pulse of 130 beats per minute, respiratory rate of 28 times per minute, blood pressure of 100/60 mm Hg, estimated jugular venous pressure of greater than 15 cm above the right atrium at a 45‐degree semirecumbent position, and distant heart sounds. He subsequently developed hypotension and an arterial line was placed. A single‐channel electrocardiogram (Figure 1A; upper tracing) demonstrated electrical alternans. Simultaneous arterial line (Figure 1A; lower tracing) showed decreased systolic blood pressure from 136 mm Hg (Figure 1A; arrow) to 96 mm Hg (Figure 1A; arrowhead) with inspiration, consistent with exaggerated pulsus paradoxus. A transthoracic echocardiogram confirmed a large pericardial effusion with the heart oscillating from side (Figure 1B) to side (Figure 1C) within the pericardial sac. Pericardiocentesis was performed and 1100 mL of bloody pericardial fluid was removed with prompt resolution of hypotension, tachycardia, electrical alternans, and abnormal pulsus paradoxus. Pericardial effusion (PE), right ventricle (RV), and left ventricle (LV) are depicted in Figure 1B, C.

        Figure 1
        (A; upper tracing) Single‐channel electrocardiogram showing electrical alternans. (A; lower tracing) Simultaneous arterial line showing exaggerated pulsus paradoxus (from arrow to arrowhead). Transthoracic echocardiogram showing large pericardial effusion with the heart oscillating from side (B) to side (C). Abbreviations: LV, left ventricle; PE, pericardial effusion; RV, right ventricle.

        The etiology of this patient's pericardial effusion was felt to be due to metastatic pericardial disease from lung cancer. The mechanism of electrical alternans is felt to be due to motion as the heart oscillates back and forth within the pericardial sac.1 The exaggerated pulsus paradoxus reflects decreased LV filling during inspiration as RV filling increases and compresses the LV, referred to as ventricular interdependence.

        References
        1. D'Cruz I,Rehman AU,Hancock HI.Quantitative echocardiographic assessment in pericardial disease.Echocardiography.1997;14:207214.
        Article PDF
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        253-254
        Sections
        Article PDF
        Article PDF

        A 65‐year‐old man with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and right lung nodule presented with dyspnea. Physical examination revealed a pulse of 130 beats per minute, respiratory rate of 28 times per minute, blood pressure of 100/60 mm Hg, estimated jugular venous pressure of greater than 15 cm above the right atrium at a 45‐degree semirecumbent position, and distant heart sounds. He subsequently developed hypotension and an arterial line was placed. A single‐channel electrocardiogram (Figure 1A; upper tracing) demonstrated electrical alternans. Simultaneous arterial line (Figure 1A; lower tracing) showed decreased systolic blood pressure from 136 mm Hg (Figure 1A; arrow) to 96 mm Hg (Figure 1A; arrowhead) with inspiration, consistent with exaggerated pulsus paradoxus. A transthoracic echocardiogram confirmed a large pericardial effusion with the heart oscillating from side (Figure 1B) to side (Figure 1C) within the pericardial sac. Pericardiocentesis was performed and 1100 mL of bloody pericardial fluid was removed with prompt resolution of hypotension, tachycardia, electrical alternans, and abnormal pulsus paradoxus. Pericardial effusion (PE), right ventricle (RV), and left ventricle (LV) are depicted in Figure 1B, C.

        Figure 1
        (A; upper tracing) Single‐channel electrocardiogram showing electrical alternans. (A; lower tracing) Simultaneous arterial line showing exaggerated pulsus paradoxus (from arrow to arrowhead). Transthoracic echocardiogram showing large pericardial effusion with the heart oscillating from side (B) to side (C). Abbreviations: LV, left ventricle; PE, pericardial effusion; RV, right ventricle.

        The etiology of this patient's pericardial effusion was felt to be due to metastatic pericardial disease from lung cancer. The mechanism of electrical alternans is felt to be due to motion as the heart oscillates back and forth within the pericardial sac.1 The exaggerated pulsus paradoxus reflects decreased LV filling during inspiration as RV filling increases and compresses the LV, referred to as ventricular interdependence.

        A 65‐year‐old man with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and right lung nodule presented with dyspnea. Physical examination revealed a pulse of 130 beats per minute, respiratory rate of 28 times per minute, blood pressure of 100/60 mm Hg, estimated jugular venous pressure of greater than 15 cm above the right atrium at a 45‐degree semirecumbent position, and distant heart sounds. He subsequently developed hypotension and an arterial line was placed. A single‐channel electrocardiogram (Figure 1A; upper tracing) demonstrated electrical alternans. Simultaneous arterial line (Figure 1A; lower tracing) showed decreased systolic blood pressure from 136 mm Hg (Figure 1A; arrow) to 96 mm Hg (Figure 1A; arrowhead) with inspiration, consistent with exaggerated pulsus paradoxus. A transthoracic echocardiogram confirmed a large pericardial effusion with the heart oscillating from side (Figure 1B) to side (Figure 1C) within the pericardial sac. Pericardiocentesis was performed and 1100 mL of bloody pericardial fluid was removed with prompt resolution of hypotension, tachycardia, electrical alternans, and abnormal pulsus paradoxus. Pericardial effusion (PE), right ventricle (RV), and left ventricle (LV) are depicted in Figure 1B, C.

        Figure 1
        (A; upper tracing) Single‐channel electrocardiogram showing electrical alternans. (A; lower tracing) Simultaneous arterial line showing exaggerated pulsus paradoxus (from arrow to arrowhead). Transthoracic echocardiogram showing large pericardial effusion with the heart oscillating from side (B) to side (C). Abbreviations: LV, left ventricle; PE, pericardial effusion; RV, right ventricle.

        The etiology of this patient's pericardial effusion was felt to be due to metastatic pericardial disease from lung cancer. The mechanism of electrical alternans is felt to be due to motion as the heart oscillates back and forth within the pericardial sac.1 The exaggerated pulsus paradoxus reflects decreased LV filling during inspiration as RV filling increases and compresses the LV, referred to as ventricular interdependence.

        References
        1. D'Cruz I,Rehman AU,Hancock HI.Quantitative echocardiographic assessment in pericardial disease.Echocardiography.1997;14:207214.
        References
        1. D'Cruz I,Rehman AU,Hancock HI.Quantitative echocardiographic assessment in pericardial disease.Echocardiography.1997;14:207214.
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        253-254
        Page Number
        253-254
        Article Type
        Display Headline
        Electrical alternans and pulsus paradoxus
        Display Headline
        Electrical alternans and pulsus paradoxus
        Sections
        Article Source
        Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine
        Disallow All Ads
        Correspondence Location
        Division of Cardiology, California Pacific Medical Center, 2333 Buchanan Street, San Francisco, CA 94115
        Content Gating
        Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
        Gating Strategy
        First Peek Free
        Article PDF Media

        Significance of Bacteriuria

        Article Type
        Changed
        Sun, 05/28/2017 - 20:25
        Display Headline
        Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia (SAB) with associated S. aureus bacteriuria (SABU) as a predictor of complications and mortality

        Staphylococcus aureus (SA) infection can cause a wide range of clinical syndromes, from folliculitis to life‐threatening endocarditis. Further, SA is second only to S. epidermidis as a cause of bacteremia in hospitalized patients.1, 2 Recent single‐institution studies suggests that SA could be the most frequent cause of nosocomial bacteremia,3, 4 but this needs to be validated in multicenter studies. SA bacteremia (SAB) is often complicated by hematogenous seeding into deep tissues or prosthetic material. The association of future hardware infection following SAB is well documented.5, 6 One study showed that SAB can precede and be associated with prosthetic joint infections in up to 34% of cases.6 Intravascular cardiac devices can also be infected by SAB, with rates from 28% to 75% depending on how early the bacteremia occurred in relation to the implantation of the device.5 Risk stratification for these complications is a clinical challenge. Fowler et al.7 postulated some clinical identifiers of complicated SAB; however, predicting which patients will develop a complication from SAB remains very difficult. Muder et al.8 demonstrated that the presence of SA bacteriuria (SABU) correlates with subsequent SAB, but a possible association of SABU with complicated bacteremia was not examined. A more recent study from Huggan et al.9 has suggested a possible association between SABU and poor clinical outcomes in adults with SAB.

        We hypothesized that the presence of SABU would identify those patients at increased risk of complications from SAB. SABU may be a practical, economical, and readily available predictor of complicated SAB. Those patients at higher risk for complications may require a more aggressive diagnostic and therapeutic approach.

        Methods

        We conducted a retrospective cohort study of SAB patients with and without SA in the urine to investigate the association between SABU and the outcomes of the complications and mortality.

        The study was conducted at Miami Valley Hospital (MVH, Dayton, OH), an 848‐bed, level 1 trauma center with 69 intensive care unit (ICU) beds. MVH is a community teaching hospital affiliated with Wright State University Boonshoft School of Medicine and averages 35,000 admissions per year. The same microbiology laboratory (Compunet Clinical Laboratories) processed all the blood and urine culture specimens of the patients in this study.

        The inclusion criteria were as follows: 1) admission to MVH between January 1, 2004 and December 31, 2007 with a documented episode of SAB (at least 1 positive blood culture); and 2) a documented urine culture within 7 days of the episode of SAB. Patients without a documented urine culture or with inadequate/emncomplete treatment for SAB were excluded. A total of 118 patients were included based on the presence of a positive blood culture for SA and the presence of a documented urine culture. Patient electronic and paper records were reviewed by 3 of the investigators (E.V.P.‐J., S.D.B., and W.B.B.). Patients subsequently admitted to MVH and to MVH's companion medical center in Dayton, Good Samaritan Hospital, were followed through the electronic medical record common to both institutions.

        Study patients were divided into 2 cohorts. One cohort included the patients with a urine culture that grew SA, either methicillin‐resistant SA (MRSA) or methicillin‐susceptible SA (MSSA). The other cohort included patients who had either a negative urine culture or a positive urine culture with organisms other than SA. The age, sex, date of admission, length of stay, and duration of follow‐up were recorded for each patient. Clinical variables included blood culture and urine culture results, presence of intravenous catheters, antibiotic therapy and duration, presence of comorbidities, and clinical outcomes (complications and death).

        The primary outcome was complications during hospital admission. The 8 complications investigated were as follows: endocarditis, osteomyelitis, septic arthritis, thrombophlebitis, septic shock, septic embolism/abscess, persistent SAB (lasting more than 5 days after starting adequate SA treatment), and recurrent SAB. In addition, the 2 groups were compared on: 1) any complication, 2) average complications, 3) early complications (ie, within the current hospital admission), and 4) delayed complications (ie, complications diagnosed on subsequent admissions).

        Statistical Methods

        Means standard deviations (SDs) are reported for continuous variables while frequencies and percents are reported for categorical variables. The independent samples t test for continuous variables and the chi square test or Fisher's exact test for categorical variables were used to compare the two cohorts. Inferences were made at the 0.05 level of significance with no correction for multiple comparisons. SPSS 11.0 software (SPSS, Inc., Chicago, IL) was used for all analyses.

        Results

        Of the 118 patients, 58 were female (49.2%) and 60 male (50.8%). The age of the patients was 63.3 16.7 years (mean SD). The length of hospital stay was 19.3 17.0 days, and the duration of follow up was 8.3 5.7 months. MRSA was isolated in 75 patients (63.6%) and MSSA in 43 patients (36.4%). In the 28 patients with SA in urine cultures, MRSA was found more frequently than MSSA (20 vs. 8 patients). The acquisition of SAB was equally divided among outpatient (35.6%), healthcare‐associated (30.5%), and hospital‐acquired (33.9%) settings.

        Table 1 shows that the group with SABU did not differ from the group without SABU in age (66 years vs. 62 years; P = 0.29), sex (43% male vs. 53% male; P = 0.33), length of hospital stay (18 days vs. 20 days; P = 0.59), and duration of follow‐up (6.6 months vs. 8.8 months; P = 0.064). The 2 cohorts also did not differ on the proportion with MRSA bacteremia (71% vs. 61%; P = 0.32), origin of SAB (P = 0.12), and the presence of comorbidities (diabetes mellitus, cardiomyopathy/congestive heart failure, malignancy, renal disease, and immunosuppression) (all P values > 0.30).

        Patient Demographic and Clinical Characteristics
        CharacteristicS. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 28)No S. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 90)P Value*
        • Abbreviations: CHF, congestive heart failure, DM, diabetes mellitus; ESRD, end‐stage renal disease; MRSA, methicillin‐resistant Staphylococcus aureus; MSSA, methicillin‐susceptible Staphylococcus aureus; SD, standard deviation.

        • t Test for continuous variables; chi square test or Fisher's exact test for categorical variables.

        Age (years) (mean SD)66.3 16.362.4 16.80.29
        Male sex (n [%[)12 (42.9)48 (53.3)0.33
        Length of stay (days) (mean SD)17.8 16.119.7 17.30.59
        Follow‐up (months) (mean SD)6.6 5.38.8 5.70.064
        Blood culture (n [%])   
        MRSA20 (71.4)55 (61.1)0.32
        MSSA8 (28.6)35 (38.9) 
        Origin of the bacteremia [n (%)]  0.12
        Community‐acquired13 (46.4)29 (32.2) 
        Healthcare‐acquired10 (35.7)26 (28.9) 
        Hospital‐acquired5 (17.9)35 (38.9) 
        Comorbidities (n [%])   
        DM11 (39.3)38 (42.2)0.78
        CHF5 (17.9)20 (22.2)0.62
        Cancer7 (25.0)15 (16.7)0.32
        ESRD4 (14.3)12 (13.3)1.00
        Immunosuppression6 (21.4)15 (16.7)0.58
        Patients lost to follow‐up (n [%])5 (17.8)8 (8.8)0.19

        Table 2 shows that patients in the SABU group were nearly twice as likely to have a complication as the group without SABU (64% vs. 33%; P = 0.004) and had a higher mean number of complications (0.89 vs. 0.48; P = 0.016). Patients in the SABU group also were more likely to have early complications (64% vs. 23%; P < 0.001) but no more likely to have a delayed complication (14% vs. 12%; P = 0.75). Of the 8 specific complications evaluated, the 2 groups differed only on the presence of septic shock, with the SABU group having 3 times more patients with this complication (21% vs. 7%; P = 0.035). Also, a higher proportion of patients died in the SABU group (32.1% vs. 14.4%; P = 0.036).

        Complications and Mortality Comparisons for SABU and No SABU Groups
        OutcomeS. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 28)No S. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 90)P Value*
        • Abbreviations: SABU, Staphylococcus aureus bacteriuria; SAB, Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia; SD, standard deviation.

        • t Test for continuous variables; chi square test or Fisher's exact test for categorical variables.

        Any complication (n [%])18 (64.3)30 (33.3)0.004
        Average complications (mean SD)0.89 0.830.48 0.770.016
        Timing of complication (n [%])   
        Early18 (64.3)21 (23.3)<0.001
        Delayed4 (14.3)11 (12.2)0.75
        By specific complication, n (%)   
        Endocarditis1 (3.6)5 (5.6)1.00
        Osteomyelitis3 (10.7)5 (5.6)0.39
        Septic arthritis2 (7.1)3 (3.3)0.59
        Thrombophlebitis1 (3.6)3 (3.3)1.00
        Septic shock6 (21.4)6 (6.7)0.035
        Septic embolism/abscess6 (21.4)10 (11.1)0.21
        Persistent SAB3 (10.7)3 (3.3)0.14
        Recurrent SAB3 (10.7)8 (8.9)0.72
        Death (n [%])9 (32.1)13 (14.4)0.036

        Patients with MRSA (n = 75) and those with MSSA (n = 43) did not differ on any complication, average complications, early or late complications, or 7 of the specific complications (data not shown). Only with thrombophlebitis did the 2 groups differ; the MSSA group had 4 (9.3%) patients with this complication while none in the MRSA group were affected (P = 0.016).

        Discussion

        In our retrospective analysis, SAB with concomitant SABU was associated with more severe disease, complications, and death. Compared to SAB patients without SA in the urine, those with SAB and SA in the urine had more total complications and more early complications, especially septic shock. Further, the proportion of deaths in the SABU cohort was more than twice as high (32% vs. 14%). Therefore, the presence of SABU in patients with SAB could potentially be a useful predictor of complicated SAB and death.

        The relationship between SABU and early complications and death remained after excluding the complication of septic shock/need for vasopressors from the analysis (data not shown). The lack of relationship between SABU and delayed complications might have been due to the adequacy of treatment for SAB. Appropriateness of therapy, a criterion for patient inclusion, may have lessened the likelihood of an insufficient treatment plan causing complications. Those patients with MRSA did not differ from those with MSSA on the mean number of complications or early and delayed complications. A greater proportion of MSSA patients had thrombophlebitis than MRSA patients.

        Other investigations have identified predictors of mortality or complications from SAB,7, 912 but SABU was not included as a variable in most of these studies. Fowler et al.7 proposed a prognostic model of complicated SAB using the predictors from their study; community acquisition of organisms, persistent bacteremia, persistent fever over 72 hours, and skin examination suggestive of an acute systemic infection. Muder et al.8 reported a relationship between SABU and subsequent SAB, but they did not examine the association between SABU and the risk of complicated SAB. Huggan et al.9 found that concomitant SABU is associated with ICU admission and increased in‐hospital mortality in patients with SAB.

        SAB patients with SABU may be at risk for early complications. Consequently, such patients may warrant more aggressive evaluation and treatment. Further, SABU in patients with SAB may be indicative of an endocarditis‐like condition. SA is rarely isolated from the urinary tract as a uropathogen, although it may colonize indwelling catheters and may cause catheter‐related urinary tract infections.13, 14 Thus, when present in urine, SA could be a marker of deep tissue dissemination with the potential to cause complications. Guidelines for the management of intravascular device‐associated bacteremia have been published by the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) and other organizations,15, 16 and recent studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of newer agents for the management of SAB.17 Nevertheless, there is still controversy regarding some aspects of the management of SAB (eg, duration of therapy, criteria for echocardiographic evaluation, role of combination therapy). The presence of SABU, the marker evaluated in our study, may be an additional factor to consider when deciding upon duration of therapy and whether to obtain echocardiography or other imaging.

        Our study was limited by its retrospective nature. Patient records were not always complete. For example, not all patients had echocardiography to evaluate for endocarditis or venous ultrasound to evaluate for septic thrombophlebitis. Also, the presence (or proper removal) of intravascular or urinary catheters could not be documented reliably in all patients. In addition, the 7‐day cutoff for obtaining urine cultures may have been too lenient, leading to underdiagnosis of bacteriuria. Finally, while 13 patients were lost to follow‐up, the 2 groups (SABU and No SABU) did not differ in the proportion lost.

        In conclusion, our study found that SABU may be a useful predictor of complicated SAB and death. SAB patients with SABU may be at risk for more and earlier complications. These patients may need closer monitoring due to the higher risk of septic shock and death. Additional therapeutic and management recommendations might include: 1) longer duration of therapy even if a removable source of the bacteremia is identified; 2) more frequent and better supervised follow‐up; and 3) imaging studies including either computed tomography (CT) scans or ultrasound for thorough evaluation of complications. Prospective studies including randomized controlled trials are required before implementing these suggested diagnostic and therapeutic recommendations.

        Acknowledgements

        The authors thank and acknowledge Logan McCool and Adam Woiwood for their administrative contributions to the study. E.V.P.‐J., as the principal investigator, had full access to all of the data in the study and takes responsibility for the integrity of the data and the accuracy of the data analysis.

        Files
        References
        1. Luzzaro F,Vigano EF,Fossati D, et al.Prevalence and drug susceptibility of pathogens causing bloodstream infections in northern Italy: a two‐year study in 16 hospitals.Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis.2002;21(12):849855.
        2. Suljagic V,Cobelgic M,Jankovic S, et al.Nosocomial bloodstream infections in ICU and non‐ICU patients.Am J Infec Control.2005;33(6):333340.
        3. Uslan D,Crane S,Steckelberg J, et al.Age‐ and sex‐associated trends in bloodstream infection: a population‐based study in Olmsted County, Minnesota.Arch Intern Med.2007;167(8):834839.
        4. Crane S,Uslan D,Baddour L.Bloodstream infections in a geriatric cohort: a population‐based study.Am J Med.2007;120(12):10781883.
        5. Chamis AL,Peterson GE,Cabell CH, et al.Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia in patients with permanent pacemakers or implantable cardioverter‐defibrillators.Circulation.2001;104(9):10291033.
        6. Murdoch DR,Roberts SA,Fowler VG, et al.Infection of orthopedic prostheses after Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia.Clin Infect Dis.2001;32(4):647649.
        7. Fowler VG,Olsen MK,Corey R, et al.Clinical identifiers of complicated Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia.Arch Intern Med.2003;163(17):20662072.
        8. Muder R,Brennen C,Rihs J, et al.Isolation of Staphylococcus aureus from the urinary tract: association of isolation with symptomatic UTI and subsequent staphylococcal bacteremia.Clin Infect Dis.2006;42(1):4650.
        9. Huggan P,Murdoch DR,Gallagher K, et al.Concomitant Staphylococcus aureus bacteriuria is associated with poor clinical outcome in adults with S. aureus bacteremia.J Hosp Infect.2008;69:345349.
        10. Hawkins C,Huang J,Jin N, et al.Persistent Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. An analysis of risk factors and outcomes.Arch Int Med.2007;167(17):18611867.
        11. Bader M.Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia in older adults: predictors of 7‐day mortality and infection with a methicillin‐resistant strain.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2006;27(11):12191225.
        12. Baddour L,Wilson W,Bayer A, et al.Infective endocarditis. Diagnosis, antimicrobial therapy, and management of complications: a statement for healthcare professionals from the Committee on Rheumatic Fever, Endocarditis, and Kawasaki Disease, Council on Cardiovascular Disease in the Young, and the Councils on Clinical Cardiology, Stroke, and Cardiovascular Surgery and Anesthesia, American Heart Association: endorsed by the Infectious Diseases Society of America.Circulation2005;111(23):e394e434.
        13. Barrett SP,Savage MA,Rebec MP, et al.Antibiotic sensitivity of bacteria associated with community‐acquired urinary tract infection in Britain.J Antimicrob Chemother.1999;44(3):359365.
        14. Goldstein FW.Antibiotic susceptibility of bacterial strains isolated from patients with community‐acquired urinary tract infections in France.Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis.2000;19(2):112117.
        15. Cosgrove SE,Fowler VG.Management of methicillin‐resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia.Clin Infect Dis.2008;46(suppl 5):S386S393.
        16. Mermel L,Farr B,Sherertz R, et al.Guidelines for the management of intravascular catheter‐related infections.Clin Infect Dis.2001;32(9):12491272.
        17. Fowler VG,Boucher HW,Corey R.Daptomycin versus standard therapy for bacteremia and endocarditis caused by Staphylococcus aureus.N Engl J Med.2006;355(7):653665.
        Article PDF
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        208-211
        Legacy Keywords
        complications from bacteremia, predictor of complications and mortality, bacteremia, bacteriuria
        Sections
        Files
        Files
        Article PDF
        Article PDF

        Staphylococcus aureus (SA) infection can cause a wide range of clinical syndromes, from folliculitis to life‐threatening endocarditis. Further, SA is second only to S. epidermidis as a cause of bacteremia in hospitalized patients.1, 2 Recent single‐institution studies suggests that SA could be the most frequent cause of nosocomial bacteremia,3, 4 but this needs to be validated in multicenter studies. SA bacteremia (SAB) is often complicated by hematogenous seeding into deep tissues or prosthetic material. The association of future hardware infection following SAB is well documented.5, 6 One study showed that SAB can precede and be associated with prosthetic joint infections in up to 34% of cases.6 Intravascular cardiac devices can also be infected by SAB, with rates from 28% to 75% depending on how early the bacteremia occurred in relation to the implantation of the device.5 Risk stratification for these complications is a clinical challenge. Fowler et al.7 postulated some clinical identifiers of complicated SAB; however, predicting which patients will develop a complication from SAB remains very difficult. Muder et al.8 demonstrated that the presence of SA bacteriuria (SABU) correlates with subsequent SAB, but a possible association of SABU with complicated bacteremia was not examined. A more recent study from Huggan et al.9 has suggested a possible association between SABU and poor clinical outcomes in adults with SAB.

        We hypothesized that the presence of SABU would identify those patients at increased risk of complications from SAB. SABU may be a practical, economical, and readily available predictor of complicated SAB. Those patients at higher risk for complications may require a more aggressive diagnostic and therapeutic approach.

        Methods

        We conducted a retrospective cohort study of SAB patients with and without SA in the urine to investigate the association between SABU and the outcomes of the complications and mortality.

        The study was conducted at Miami Valley Hospital (MVH, Dayton, OH), an 848‐bed, level 1 trauma center with 69 intensive care unit (ICU) beds. MVH is a community teaching hospital affiliated with Wright State University Boonshoft School of Medicine and averages 35,000 admissions per year. The same microbiology laboratory (Compunet Clinical Laboratories) processed all the blood and urine culture specimens of the patients in this study.

        The inclusion criteria were as follows: 1) admission to MVH between January 1, 2004 and December 31, 2007 with a documented episode of SAB (at least 1 positive blood culture); and 2) a documented urine culture within 7 days of the episode of SAB. Patients without a documented urine culture or with inadequate/emncomplete treatment for SAB were excluded. A total of 118 patients were included based on the presence of a positive blood culture for SA and the presence of a documented urine culture. Patient electronic and paper records were reviewed by 3 of the investigators (E.V.P.‐J., S.D.B., and W.B.B.). Patients subsequently admitted to MVH and to MVH's companion medical center in Dayton, Good Samaritan Hospital, were followed through the electronic medical record common to both institutions.

        Study patients were divided into 2 cohorts. One cohort included the patients with a urine culture that grew SA, either methicillin‐resistant SA (MRSA) or methicillin‐susceptible SA (MSSA). The other cohort included patients who had either a negative urine culture or a positive urine culture with organisms other than SA. The age, sex, date of admission, length of stay, and duration of follow‐up were recorded for each patient. Clinical variables included blood culture and urine culture results, presence of intravenous catheters, antibiotic therapy and duration, presence of comorbidities, and clinical outcomes (complications and death).

        The primary outcome was complications during hospital admission. The 8 complications investigated were as follows: endocarditis, osteomyelitis, septic arthritis, thrombophlebitis, septic shock, septic embolism/abscess, persistent SAB (lasting more than 5 days after starting adequate SA treatment), and recurrent SAB. In addition, the 2 groups were compared on: 1) any complication, 2) average complications, 3) early complications (ie, within the current hospital admission), and 4) delayed complications (ie, complications diagnosed on subsequent admissions).

        Statistical Methods

        Means standard deviations (SDs) are reported for continuous variables while frequencies and percents are reported for categorical variables. The independent samples t test for continuous variables and the chi square test or Fisher's exact test for categorical variables were used to compare the two cohorts. Inferences were made at the 0.05 level of significance with no correction for multiple comparisons. SPSS 11.0 software (SPSS, Inc., Chicago, IL) was used for all analyses.

        Results

        Of the 118 patients, 58 were female (49.2%) and 60 male (50.8%). The age of the patients was 63.3 16.7 years (mean SD). The length of hospital stay was 19.3 17.0 days, and the duration of follow up was 8.3 5.7 months. MRSA was isolated in 75 patients (63.6%) and MSSA in 43 patients (36.4%). In the 28 patients with SA in urine cultures, MRSA was found more frequently than MSSA (20 vs. 8 patients). The acquisition of SAB was equally divided among outpatient (35.6%), healthcare‐associated (30.5%), and hospital‐acquired (33.9%) settings.

        Table 1 shows that the group with SABU did not differ from the group without SABU in age (66 years vs. 62 years; P = 0.29), sex (43% male vs. 53% male; P = 0.33), length of hospital stay (18 days vs. 20 days; P = 0.59), and duration of follow‐up (6.6 months vs. 8.8 months; P = 0.064). The 2 cohorts also did not differ on the proportion with MRSA bacteremia (71% vs. 61%; P = 0.32), origin of SAB (P = 0.12), and the presence of comorbidities (diabetes mellitus, cardiomyopathy/congestive heart failure, malignancy, renal disease, and immunosuppression) (all P values > 0.30).

        Patient Demographic and Clinical Characteristics
        CharacteristicS. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 28)No S. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 90)P Value*
        • Abbreviations: CHF, congestive heart failure, DM, diabetes mellitus; ESRD, end‐stage renal disease; MRSA, methicillin‐resistant Staphylococcus aureus; MSSA, methicillin‐susceptible Staphylococcus aureus; SD, standard deviation.

        • t Test for continuous variables; chi square test or Fisher's exact test for categorical variables.

        Age (years) (mean SD)66.3 16.362.4 16.80.29
        Male sex (n [%[)12 (42.9)48 (53.3)0.33
        Length of stay (days) (mean SD)17.8 16.119.7 17.30.59
        Follow‐up (months) (mean SD)6.6 5.38.8 5.70.064
        Blood culture (n [%])   
        MRSA20 (71.4)55 (61.1)0.32
        MSSA8 (28.6)35 (38.9) 
        Origin of the bacteremia [n (%)]  0.12
        Community‐acquired13 (46.4)29 (32.2) 
        Healthcare‐acquired10 (35.7)26 (28.9) 
        Hospital‐acquired5 (17.9)35 (38.9) 
        Comorbidities (n [%])   
        DM11 (39.3)38 (42.2)0.78
        CHF5 (17.9)20 (22.2)0.62
        Cancer7 (25.0)15 (16.7)0.32
        ESRD4 (14.3)12 (13.3)1.00
        Immunosuppression6 (21.4)15 (16.7)0.58
        Patients lost to follow‐up (n [%])5 (17.8)8 (8.8)0.19

        Table 2 shows that patients in the SABU group were nearly twice as likely to have a complication as the group without SABU (64% vs. 33%; P = 0.004) and had a higher mean number of complications (0.89 vs. 0.48; P = 0.016). Patients in the SABU group also were more likely to have early complications (64% vs. 23%; P < 0.001) but no more likely to have a delayed complication (14% vs. 12%; P = 0.75). Of the 8 specific complications evaluated, the 2 groups differed only on the presence of septic shock, with the SABU group having 3 times more patients with this complication (21% vs. 7%; P = 0.035). Also, a higher proportion of patients died in the SABU group (32.1% vs. 14.4%; P = 0.036).

        Complications and Mortality Comparisons for SABU and No SABU Groups
        OutcomeS. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 28)No S. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 90)P Value*
        • Abbreviations: SABU, Staphylococcus aureus bacteriuria; SAB, Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia; SD, standard deviation.

        • t Test for continuous variables; chi square test or Fisher's exact test for categorical variables.

        Any complication (n [%])18 (64.3)30 (33.3)0.004
        Average complications (mean SD)0.89 0.830.48 0.770.016
        Timing of complication (n [%])   
        Early18 (64.3)21 (23.3)<0.001
        Delayed4 (14.3)11 (12.2)0.75
        By specific complication, n (%)   
        Endocarditis1 (3.6)5 (5.6)1.00
        Osteomyelitis3 (10.7)5 (5.6)0.39
        Septic arthritis2 (7.1)3 (3.3)0.59
        Thrombophlebitis1 (3.6)3 (3.3)1.00
        Septic shock6 (21.4)6 (6.7)0.035
        Septic embolism/abscess6 (21.4)10 (11.1)0.21
        Persistent SAB3 (10.7)3 (3.3)0.14
        Recurrent SAB3 (10.7)8 (8.9)0.72
        Death (n [%])9 (32.1)13 (14.4)0.036

        Patients with MRSA (n = 75) and those with MSSA (n = 43) did not differ on any complication, average complications, early or late complications, or 7 of the specific complications (data not shown). Only with thrombophlebitis did the 2 groups differ; the MSSA group had 4 (9.3%) patients with this complication while none in the MRSA group were affected (P = 0.016).

        Discussion

        In our retrospective analysis, SAB with concomitant SABU was associated with more severe disease, complications, and death. Compared to SAB patients without SA in the urine, those with SAB and SA in the urine had more total complications and more early complications, especially septic shock. Further, the proportion of deaths in the SABU cohort was more than twice as high (32% vs. 14%). Therefore, the presence of SABU in patients with SAB could potentially be a useful predictor of complicated SAB and death.

        The relationship between SABU and early complications and death remained after excluding the complication of septic shock/need for vasopressors from the analysis (data not shown). The lack of relationship between SABU and delayed complications might have been due to the adequacy of treatment for SAB. Appropriateness of therapy, a criterion for patient inclusion, may have lessened the likelihood of an insufficient treatment plan causing complications. Those patients with MRSA did not differ from those with MSSA on the mean number of complications or early and delayed complications. A greater proportion of MSSA patients had thrombophlebitis than MRSA patients.

        Other investigations have identified predictors of mortality or complications from SAB,7, 912 but SABU was not included as a variable in most of these studies. Fowler et al.7 proposed a prognostic model of complicated SAB using the predictors from their study; community acquisition of organisms, persistent bacteremia, persistent fever over 72 hours, and skin examination suggestive of an acute systemic infection. Muder et al.8 reported a relationship between SABU and subsequent SAB, but they did not examine the association between SABU and the risk of complicated SAB. Huggan et al.9 found that concomitant SABU is associated with ICU admission and increased in‐hospital mortality in patients with SAB.

        SAB patients with SABU may be at risk for early complications. Consequently, such patients may warrant more aggressive evaluation and treatment. Further, SABU in patients with SAB may be indicative of an endocarditis‐like condition. SA is rarely isolated from the urinary tract as a uropathogen, although it may colonize indwelling catheters and may cause catheter‐related urinary tract infections.13, 14 Thus, when present in urine, SA could be a marker of deep tissue dissemination with the potential to cause complications. Guidelines for the management of intravascular device‐associated bacteremia have been published by the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) and other organizations,15, 16 and recent studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of newer agents for the management of SAB.17 Nevertheless, there is still controversy regarding some aspects of the management of SAB (eg, duration of therapy, criteria for echocardiographic evaluation, role of combination therapy). The presence of SABU, the marker evaluated in our study, may be an additional factor to consider when deciding upon duration of therapy and whether to obtain echocardiography or other imaging.

        Our study was limited by its retrospective nature. Patient records were not always complete. For example, not all patients had echocardiography to evaluate for endocarditis or venous ultrasound to evaluate for septic thrombophlebitis. Also, the presence (or proper removal) of intravascular or urinary catheters could not be documented reliably in all patients. In addition, the 7‐day cutoff for obtaining urine cultures may have been too lenient, leading to underdiagnosis of bacteriuria. Finally, while 13 patients were lost to follow‐up, the 2 groups (SABU and No SABU) did not differ in the proportion lost.

        In conclusion, our study found that SABU may be a useful predictor of complicated SAB and death. SAB patients with SABU may be at risk for more and earlier complications. These patients may need closer monitoring due to the higher risk of septic shock and death. Additional therapeutic and management recommendations might include: 1) longer duration of therapy even if a removable source of the bacteremia is identified; 2) more frequent and better supervised follow‐up; and 3) imaging studies including either computed tomography (CT) scans or ultrasound for thorough evaluation of complications. Prospective studies including randomized controlled trials are required before implementing these suggested diagnostic and therapeutic recommendations.

        Acknowledgements

        The authors thank and acknowledge Logan McCool and Adam Woiwood for their administrative contributions to the study. E.V.P.‐J., as the principal investigator, had full access to all of the data in the study and takes responsibility for the integrity of the data and the accuracy of the data analysis.

        Staphylococcus aureus (SA) infection can cause a wide range of clinical syndromes, from folliculitis to life‐threatening endocarditis. Further, SA is second only to S. epidermidis as a cause of bacteremia in hospitalized patients.1, 2 Recent single‐institution studies suggests that SA could be the most frequent cause of nosocomial bacteremia,3, 4 but this needs to be validated in multicenter studies. SA bacteremia (SAB) is often complicated by hematogenous seeding into deep tissues or prosthetic material. The association of future hardware infection following SAB is well documented.5, 6 One study showed that SAB can precede and be associated with prosthetic joint infections in up to 34% of cases.6 Intravascular cardiac devices can also be infected by SAB, with rates from 28% to 75% depending on how early the bacteremia occurred in relation to the implantation of the device.5 Risk stratification for these complications is a clinical challenge. Fowler et al.7 postulated some clinical identifiers of complicated SAB; however, predicting which patients will develop a complication from SAB remains very difficult. Muder et al.8 demonstrated that the presence of SA bacteriuria (SABU) correlates with subsequent SAB, but a possible association of SABU with complicated bacteremia was not examined. A more recent study from Huggan et al.9 has suggested a possible association between SABU and poor clinical outcomes in adults with SAB.

        We hypothesized that the presence of SABU would identify those patients at increased risk of complications from SAB. SABU may be a practical, economical, and readily available predictor of complicated SAB. Those patients at higher risk for complications may require a more aggressive diagnostic and therapeutic approach.

        Methods

        We conducted a retrospective cohort study of SAB patients with and without SA in the urine to investigate the association between SABU and the outcomes of the complications and mortality.

        The study was conducted at Miami Valley Hospital (MVH, Dayton, OH), an 848‐bed, level 1 trauma center with 69 intensive care unit (ICU) beds. MVH is a community teaching hospital affiliated with Wright State University Boonshoft School of Medicine and averages 35,000 admissions per year. The same microbiology laboratory (Compunet Clinical Laboratories) processed all the blood and urine culture specimens of the patients in this study.

        The inclusion criteria were as follows: 1) admission to MVH between January 1, 2004 and December 31, 2007 with a documented episode of SAB (at least 1 positive blood culture); and 2) a documented urine culture within 7 days of the episode of SAB. Patients without a documented urine culture or with inadequate/emncomplete treatment for SAB were excluded. A total of 118 patients were included based on the presence of a positive blood culture for SA and the presence of a documented urine culture. Patient electronic and paper records were reviewed by 3 of the investigators (E.V.P.‐J., S.D.B., and W.B.B.). Patients subsequently admitted to MVH and to MVH's companion medical center in Dayton, Good Samaritan Hospital, were followed through the electronic medical record common to both institutions.

        Study patients were divided into 2 cohorts. One cohort included the patients with a urine culture that grew SA, either methicillin‐resistant SA (MRSA) or methicillin‐susceptible SA (MSSA). The other cohort included patients who had either a negative urine culture or a positive urine culture with organisms other than SA. The age, sex, date of admission, length of stay, and duration of follow‐up were recorded for each patient. Clinical variables included blood culture and urine culture results, presence of intravenous catheters, antibiotic therapy and duration, presence of comorbidities, and clinical outcomes (complications and death).

        The primary outcome was complications during hospital admission. The 8 complications investigated were as follows: endocarditis, osteomyelitis, septic arthritis, thrombophlebitis, septic shock, septic embolism/abscess, persistent SAB (lasting more than 5 days after starting adequate SA treatment), and recurrent SAB. In addition, the 2 groups were compared on: 1) any complication, 2) average complications, 3) early complications (ie, within the current hospital admission), and 4) delayed complications (ie, complications diagnosed on subsequent admissions).

        Statistical Methods

        Means standard deviations (SDs) are reported for continuous variables while frequencies and percents are reported for categorical variables. The independent samples t test for continuous variables and the chi square test or Fisher's exact test for categorical variables were used to compare the two cohorts. Inferences were made at the 0.05 level of significance with no correction for multiple comparisons. SPSS 11.0 software (SPSS, Inc., Chicago, IL) was used for all analyses.

        Results

        Of the 118 patients, 58 were female (49.2%) and 60 male (50.8%). The age of the patients was 63.3 16.7 years (mean SD). The length of hospital stay was 19.3 17.0 days, and the duration of follow up was 8.3 5.7 months. MRSA was isolated in 75 patients (63.6%) and MSSA in 43 patients (36.4%). In the 28 patients with SA in urine cultures, MRSA was found more frequently than MSSA (20 vs. 8 patients). The acquisition of SAB was equally divided among outpatient (35.6%), healthcare‐associated (30.5%), and hospital‐acquired (33.9%) settings.

        Table 1 shows that the group with SABU did not differ from the group without SABU in age (66 years vs. 62 years; P = 0.29), sex (43% male vs. 53% male; P = 0.33), length of hospital stay (18 days vs. 20 days; P = 0.59), and duration of follow‐up (6.6 months vs. 8.8 months; P = 0.064). The 2 cohorts also did not differ on the proportion with MRSA bacteremia (71% vs. 61%; P = 0.32), origin of SAB (P = 0.12), and the presence of comorbidities (diabetes mellitus, cardiomyopathy/congestive heart failure, malignancy, renal disease, and immunosuppression) (all P values > 0.30).

        Patient Demographic and Clinical Characteristics
        CharacteristicS. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 28)No S. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 90)P Value*
        • Abbreviations: CHF, congestive heart failure, DM, diabetes mellitus; ESRD, end‐stage renal disease; MRSA, methicillin‐resistant Staphylococcus aureus; MSSA, methicillin‐susceptible Staphylococcus aureus; SD, standard deviation.

        • t Test for continuous variables; chi square test or Fisher's exact test for categorical variables.

        Age (years) (mean SD)66.3 16.362.4 16.80.29
        Male sex (n [%[)12 (42.9)48 (53.3)0.33
        Length of stay (days) (mean SD)17.8 16.119.7 17.30.59
        Follow‐up (months) (mean SD)6.6 5.38.8 5.70.064
        Blood culture (n [%])   
        MRSA20 (71.4)55 (61.1)0.32
        MSSA8 (28.6)35 (38.9) 
        Origin of the bacteremia [n (%)]  0.12
        Community‐acquired13 (46.4)29 (32.2) 
        Healthcare‐acquired10 (35.7)26 (28.9) 
        Hospital‐acquired5 (17.9)35 (38.9) 
        Comorbidities (n [%])   
        DM11 (39.3)38 (42.2)0.78
        CHF5 (17.9)20 (22.2)0.62
        Cancer7 (25.0)15 (16.7)0.32
        ESRD4 (14.3)12 (13.3)1.00
        Immunosuppression6 (21.4)15 (16.7)0.58
        Patients lost to follow‐up (n [%])5 (17.8)8 (8.8)0.19

        Table 2 shows that patients in the SABU group were nearly twice as likely to have a complication as the group without SABU (64% vs. 33%; P = 0.004) and had a higher mean number of complications (0.89 vs. 0.48; P = 0.016). Patients in the SABU group also were more likely to have early complications (64% vs. 23%; P < 0.001) but no more likely to have a delayed complication (14% vs. 12%; P = 0.75). Of the 8 specific complications evaluated, the 2 groups differed only on the presence of septic shock, with the SABU group having 3 times more patients with this complication (21% vs. 7%; P = 0.035). Also, a higher proportion of patients died in the SABU group (32.1% vs. 14.4%; P = 0.036).

        Complications and Mortality Comparisons for SABU and No SABU Groups
        OutcomeS. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 28)No S. aureus Bacteriuria (n = 90)P Value*
        • Abbreviations: SABU, Staphylococcus aureus bacteriuria; SAB, Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia; SD, standard deviation.

        • t Test for continuous variables; chi square test or Fisher's exact test for categorical variables.

        Any complication (n [%])18 (64.3)30 (33.3)0.004
        Average complications (mean SD)0.89 0.830.48 0.770.016
        Timing of complication (n [%])   
        Early18 (64.3)21 (23.3)<0.001
        Delayed4 (14.3)11 (12.2)0.75
        By specific complication, n (%)   
        Endocarditis1 (3.6)5 (5.6)1.00
        Osteomyelitis3 (10.7)5 (5.6)0.39
        Septic arthritis2 (7.1)3 (3.3)0.59
        Thrombophlebitis1 (3.6)3 (3.3)1.00
        Septic shock6 (21.4)6 (6.7)0.035
        Septic embolism/abscess6 (21.4)10 (11.1)0.21
        Persistent SAB3 (10.7)3 (3.3)0.14
        Recurrent SAB3 (10.7)8 (8.9)0.72
        Death (n [%])9 (32.1)13 (14.4)0.036

        Patients with MRSA (n = 75) and those with MSSA (n = 43) did not differ on any complication, average complications, early or late complications, or 7 of the specific complications (data not shown). Only with thrombophlebitis did the 2 groups differ; the MSSA group had 4 (9.3%) patients with this complication while none in the MRSA group were affected (P = 0.016).

        Discussion

        In our retrospective analysis, SAB with concomitant SABU was associated with more severe disease, complications, and death. Compared to SAB patients without SA in the urine, those with SAB and SA in the urine had more total complications and more early complications, especially septic shock. Further, the proportion of deaths in the SABU cohort was more than twice as high (32% vs. 14%). Therefore, the presence of SABU in patients with SAB could potentially be a useful predictor of complicated SAB and death.

        The relationship between SABU and early complications and death remained after excluding the complication of septic shock/need for vasopressors from the analysis (data not shown). The lack of relationship between SABU and delayed complications might have been due to the adequacy of treatment for SAB. Appropriateness of therapy, a criterion for patient inclusion, may have lessened the likelihood of an insufficient treatment plan causing complications. Those patients with MRSA did not differ from those with MSSA on the mean number of complications or early and delayed complications. A greater proportion of MSSA patients had thrombophlebitis than MRSA patients.

        Other investigations have identified predictors of mortality or complications from SAB,7, 912 but SABU was not included as a variable in most of these studies. Fowler et al.7 proposed a prognostic model of complicated SAB using the predictors from their study; community acquisition of organisms, persistent bacteremia, persistent fever over 72 hours, and skin examination suggestive of an acute systemic infection. Muder et al.8 reported a relationship between SABU and subsequent SAB, but they did not examine the association between SABU and the risk of complicated SAB. Huggan et al.9 found that concomitant SABU is associated with ICU admission and increased in‐hospital mortality in patients with SAB.

        SAB patients with SABU may be at risk for early complications. Consequently, such patients may warrant more aggressive evaluation and treatment. Further, SABU in patients with SAB may be indicative of an endocarditis‐like condition. SA is rarely isolated from the urinary tract as a uropathogen, although it may colonize indwelling catheters and may cause catheter‐related urinary tract infections.13, 14 Thus, when present in urine, SA could be a marker of deep tissue dissemination with the potential to cause complications. Guidelines for the management of intravascular device‐associated bacteremia have been published by the Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) and other organizations,15, 16 and recent studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of newer agents for the management of SAB.17 Nevertheless, there is still controversy regarding some aspects of the management of SAB (eg, duration of therapy, criteria for echocardiographic evaluation, role of combination therapy). The presence of SABU, the marker evaluated in our study, may be an additional factor to consider when deciding upon duration of therapy and whether to obtain echocardiography or other imaging.

        Our study was limited by its retrospective nature. Patient records were not always complete. For example, not all patients had echocardiography to evaluate for endocarditis or venous ultrasound to evaluate for septic thrombophlebitis. Also, the presence (or proper removal) of intravascular or urinary catheters could not be documented reliably in all patients. In addition, the 7‐day cutoff for obtaining urine cultures may have been too lenient, leading to underdiagnosis of bacteriuria. Finally, while 13 patients were lost to follow‐up, the 2 groups (SABU and No SABU) did not differ in the proportion lost.

        In conclusion, our study found that SABU may be a useful predictor of complicated SAB and death. SAB patients with SABU may be at risk for more and earlier complications. These patients may need closer monitoring due to the higher risk of septic shock and death. Additional therapeutic and management recommendations might include: 1) longer duration of therapy even if a removable source of the bacteremia is identified; 2) more frequent and better supervised follow‐up; and 3) imaging studies including either computed tomography (CT) scans or ultrasound for thorough evaluation of complications. Prospective studies including randomized controlled trials are required before implementing these suggested diagnostic and therapeutic recommendations.

        Acknowledgements

        The authors thank and acknowledge Logan McCool and Adam Woiwood for their administrative contributions to the study. E.V.P.‐J., as the principal investigator, had full access to all of the data in the study and takes responsibility for the integrity of the data and the accuracy of the data analysis.

        References
        1. Luzzaro F,Vigano EF,Fossati D, et al.Prevalence and drug susceptibility of pathogens causing bloodstream infections in northern Italy: a two‐year study in 16 hospitals.Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis.2002;21(12):849855.
        2. Suljagic V,Cobelgic M,Jankovic S, et al.Nosocomial bloodstream infections in ICU and non‐ICU patients.Am J Infec Control.2005;33(6):333340.
        3. Uslan D,Crane S,Steckelberg J, et al.Age‐ and sex‐associated trends in bloodstream infection: a population‐based study in Olmsted County, Minnesota.Arch Intern Med.2007;167(8):834839.
        4. Crane S,Uslan D,Baddour L.Bloodstream infections in a geriatric cohort: a population‐based study.Am J Med.2007;120(12):10781883.
        5. Chamis AL,Peterson GE,Cabell CH, et al.Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia in patients with permanent pacemakers or implantable cardioverter‐defibrillators.Circulation.2001;104(9):10291033.
        6. Murdoch DR,Roberts SA,Fowler VG, et al.Infection of orthopedic prostheses after Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia.Clin Infect Dis.2001;32(4):647649.
        7. Fowler VG,Olsen MK,Corey R, et al.Clinical identifiers of complicated Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia.Arch Intern Med.2003;163(17):20662072.
        8. Muder R,Brennen C,Rihs J, et al.Isolation of Staphylococcus aureus from the urinary tract: association of isolation with symptomatic UTI and subsequent staphylococcal bacteremia.Clin Infect Dis.2006;42(1):4650.
        9. Huggan P,Murdoch DR,Gallagher K, et al.Concomitant Staphylococcus aureus bacteriuria is associated with poor clinical outcome in adults with S. aureus bacteremia.J Hosp Infect.2008;69:345349.
        10. Hawkins C,Huang J,Jin N, et al.Persistent Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. An analysis of risk factors and outcomes.Arch Int Med.2007;167(17):18611867.
        11. Bader M.Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia in older adults: predictors of 7‐day mortality and infection with a methicillin‐resistant strain.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2006;27(11):12191225.
        12. Baddour L,Wilson W,Bayer A, et al.Infective endocarditis. Diagnosis, antimicrobial therapy, and management of complications: a statement for healthcare professionals from the Committee on Rheumatic Fever, Endocarditis, and Kawasaki Disease, Council on Cardiovascular Disease in the Young, and the Councils on Clinical Cardiology, Stroke, and Cardiovascular Surgery and Anesthesia, American Heart Association: endorsed by the Infectious Diseases Society of America.Circulation2005;111(23):e394e434.
        13. Barrett SP,Savage MA,Rebec MP, et al.Antibiotic sensitivity of bacteria associated with community‐acquired urinary tract infection in Britain.J Antimicrob Chemother.1999;44(3):359365.
        14. Goldstein FW.Antibiotic susceptibility of bacterial strains isolated from patients with community‐acquired urinary tract infections in France.Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis.2000;19(2):112117.
        15. Cosgrove SE,Fowler VG.Management of methicillin‐resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia.Clin Infect Dis.2008;46(suppl 5):S386S393.
        16. Mermel L,Farr B,Sherertz R, et al.Guidelines for the management of intravascular catheter‐related infections.Clin Infect Dis.2001;32(9):12491272.
        17. Fowler VG,Boucher HW,Corey R.Daptomycin versus standard therapy for bacteremia and endocarditis caused by Staphylococcus aureus.N Engl J Med.2006;355(7):653665.
        References
        1. Luzzaro F,Vigano EF,Fossati D, et al.Prevalence and drug susceptibility of pathogens causing bloodstream infections in northern Italy: a two‐year study in 16 hospitals.Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis.2002;21(12):849855.
        2. Suljagic V,Cobelgic M,Jankovic S, et al.Nosocomial bloodstream infections in ICU and non‐ICU patients.Am J Infec Control.2005;33(6):333340.
        3. Uslan D,Crane S,Steckelberg J, et al.Age‐ and sex‐associated trends in bloodstream infection: a population‐based study in Olmsted County, Minnesota.Arch Intern Med.2007;167(8):834839.
        4. Crane S,Uslan D,Baddour L.Bloodstream infections in a geriatric cohort: a population‐based study.Am J Med.2007;120(12):10781883.
        5. Chamis AL,Peterson GE,Cabell CH, et al.Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia in patients with permanent pacemakers or implantable cardioverter‐defibrillators.Circulation.2001;104(9):10291033.
        6. Murdoch DR,Roberts SA,Fowler VG, et al.Infection of orthopedic prostheses after Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia.Clin Infect Dis.2001;32(4):647649.
        7. Fowler VG,Olsen MK,Corey R, et al.Clinical identifiers of complicated Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia.Arch Intern Med.2003;163(17):20662072.
        8. Muder R,Brennen C,Rihs J, et al.Isolation of Staphylococcus aureus from the urinary tract: association of isolation with symptomatic UTI and subsequent staphylococcal bacteremia.Clin Infect Dis.2006;42(1):4650.
        9. Huggan P,Murdoch DR,Gallagher K, et al.Concomitant Staphylococcus aureus bacteriuria is associated with poor clinical outcome in adults with S. aureus bacteremia.J Hosp Infect.2008;69:345349.
        10. Hawkins C,Huang J,Jin N, et al.Persistent Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia. An analysis of risk factors and outcomes.Arch Int Med.2007;167(17):18611867.
        11. Bader M.Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia in older adults: predictors of 7‐day mortality and infection with a methicillin‐resistant strain.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2006;27(11):12191225.
        12. Baddour L,Wilson W,Bayer A, et al.Infective endocarditis. Diagnosis, antimicrobial therapy, and management of complications: a statement for healthcare professionals from the Committee on Rheumatic Fever, Endocarditis, and Kawasaki Disease, Council on Cardiovascular Disease in the Young, and the Councils on Clinical Cardiology, Stroke, and Cardiovascular Surgery and Anesthesia, American Heart Association: endorsed by the Infectious Diseases Society of America.Circulation2005;111(23):e394e434.
        13. Barrett SP,Savage MA,Rebec MP, et al.Antibiotic sensitivity of bacteria associated with community‐acquired urinary tract infection in Britain.J Antimicrob Chemother.1999;44(3):359365.
        14. Goldstein FW.Antibiotic susceptibility of bacterial strains isolated from patients with community‐acquired urinary tract infections in France.Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis.2000;19(2):112117.
        15. Cosgrove SE,Fowler VG.Management of methicillin‐resistant Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia.Clin Infect Dis.2008;46(suppl 5):S386S393.
        16. Mermel L,Farr B,Sherertz R, et al.Guidelines for the management of intravascular catheter‐related infections.Clin Infect Dis.2001;32(9):12491272.
        17. Fowler VG,Boucher HW,Corey R.Daptomycin versus standard therapy for bacteremia and endocarditis caused by Staphylococcus aureus.N Engl J Med.2006;355(7):653665.
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        208-211
        Page Number
        208-211
        Article Type
        Display Headline
        Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia (SAB) with associated S. aureus bacteriuria (SABU) as a predictor of complications and mortality
        Display Headline
        Staphylococcus aureus bacteremia (SAB) with associated S. aureus bacteriuria (SABU) as a predictor of complications and mortality
        Legacy Keywords
        complications from bacteremia, predictor of complications and mortality, bacteremia, bacteriuria
        Legacy Keywords
        complications from bacteremia, predictor of complications and mortality, bacteremia, bacteriuria
        Sections
        Article Source

        Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine

        Disallow All Ads
        Correspondence Location
        128 East Apple Street, CHE Building 2nd Floor, Dayton, OH 45409
        Content Gating
        No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
        Alternative CME
        Article PDF Media
        Media Files

        Hospital Approval of Human Research

        Article Type
        Changed
        Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
        Display Headline
        Considerations for hospital approval of human participant research

        Hospitals have important legal and ethical responsibilities for human participant research conducted within their facilities, such as ensuring that research complies with federal regulations and presents minimal risks to patients. Many hospitals accept as sufficient the federal requirement that human participant research studies have Institutional Review Board (IRB) review and approval. IRBs must review proposed research according to numerous criteria, such as scientific soundness, alignment with accepted ethics principles and weighing of benefit vs. risk to study participants.1, 2 The legally required aspects of IRB review do not, however, include considering practical matters in implementing and operating an interventional clinical trial in the complex environment of the modern acute care hospital.

        Our hospital system established a broad policy requiring internal review and formal approval of any human participant research conducted within any of its hospitals, including studies that enroll hospital patients or hospital employees, utilize hospital medical records, or request hospital‐provided services for research tests or procedures. The purpose of this paper is to describe this formal hospital system review and approval process, the reasons for implementing it, and the types of issues considered prior to our hospital system granting a principal investigator permission to conduct a study.

        Background

        Surprisingly little healthcare or medical literature exists regarding hospital responsibilities toward human subject research conducted on its premises. Much of the literature focuses on ethics issues, the nature of informed consent, and study design. As critical as these discussions are, they seldom address the numerous complex operational issues and challenges that implementation of a clinical trial can create in a hospital setting.

        Flanders et al.3 make the case for hospitalists and specialists to work together to support research that includes inpatients as study participants. Moore and Goldberg4 discuss the ingredients of successfully developing a research program in a community hospital and mention the need to involve all affected hospital departments in the initial hospital review of a study, evaluating study impact on hospital workflow, and establishing processes related to budgeting and billing. Jamerson5 also makes the case for hospital departmental review and involvement, assessment of the ability to integrate study activities into the hospital structure, assessment of the resources needed to support the research, determination of whether the hospital will contribute financially to the research, and explicit decision making regarding the assumption of institutional risk.

        Despite the recognition that US patients increasingly live with multiple chronic conditions6 and that clinical trial protocols have become more procedure and resource intensive and costly,79 there has not been a corollary recognition of the increasing need for hospitals to understand and manage research activities occurring within their facilities.

        Our organization is a hospital system with 9 acute care hospitals, including an academic teaching hospital (affiliated with a university medical school) with a Level 1 Trauma Center, 1 specialty rehabilitation hospital, numerous specialized clinics, and a LifeFlight Program with a 6‐helicopter fleet (Geisinger, Danville, PA). This system of hospitals serves the fourth largest metropolitan community in the US (Houston and Harris County in southeastern TX), with a population of nearly four million and a geographic spread of 1778 square miles.10, 11 The hospital system has approximately 140,700 inpatient admissions per year and 586,000 outpatient visits.

        Eight years ago, our hospital system adopted a corporate policy requiring that any activity associated with human participant research receive prior hospital system review and approval. Our organization considers this review process vital to: (1) maintaining our commitment to our Federalwide Assurance with the Office for Human Research Protections, (2) abiding by the Joint Commission requirements related to research,12 (3) protecting the safety and confidentiality of patients and employees who are potential or actual research participants, (4) protecting the confidentiality of participants' medical information, (5) assuring that legal fundamentals and good clinical practice (GCH)13 are a part of study plans, (6) assuring that studies are operationally feasible, and (7) evaluating and minimizing risks to patients and risks to the organization.

        Review and Approval Process

        Overview

        An investigator triggers a formal hospital system review by submitting study documents to 1 of the IRBs listed on the system's Federalwide Assurance through the electronic IRB system and completing the required hospital system's Research Application Form. The hospital system review occurs in parallel with the IRB review, not duplicating it but rather focusing separately on patient safety, operational and financial issues, and hospital risk issues.

        Our Clinical Innovation and Research Institute manages the hospital system review. Upon electronic notification of a new study submission, an Institute Clinical Research Associate examines all study‐related documents, including the completed Research Application Form and other submitted documents, such as the study protocol, the investigational product's Investigator's Brochure, consent forms, Food and Drug Administration (FDA) letters, survey questions, and diary and other data collection forms. The Associate may spend considerable time communicating with the investigator's research team, collecting missing information and building a complete study file, including identifying the affected hospitals and hospital departments. The Institute then provides study documents to the individuals responsible for hospital‐level research review, and each affected hospital conducts its own internal review and approval process.

        The hospital‐level review process varies depending on the hospitals involved. The academic teaching hospital has the most detailed review process, due to the complexities and risks associated with the full spectrum of human participant research which occurs there (Hospital A in Figure 1). If a study affects this hospital, the Institute provides study documents to each affected Department Manager, the affected Service Line Chief, the Chief Medical Officer or Medical Director of each Intensive Care Unit within which the study will recruit and enroll patients, and the Infection Control Officer and Radiation Safety Officer, as appropriate.

        Figure 1
        Hospital system research review and approval process.

        The specialty rehabilitation hospital has a long‐standing national reputation for its research programs; its Director of Research knows each investigator, reviews each study, and provides that hospital's administrative review (Hospital B). Seven of the system's community hospitals have either a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Nursing Officer, or Chief Financial Officer serve as the hospital's executive administrator responsible for research review, and this person distributes the study documents to the Chief Medical Officer, if deemed necessary, and to each affected department (Hospitals C‐I). One of the smaller community hospitals participates in relatively few studies; the Chief Nursing Officer reviews and provides hospital‐level approval (Hospital J). For retrospective studies requesting a clinical data set, the Institute provides the study documents to the Director of the Information Systems Department. All studies accessing patient data are provided to the system Privacy Officer for review and approval.

        Studies may involve 1 or more hospitals; some have involved as many as 7 at once.

        All reviewers also receive a standardized Research Study Evaluation Form for their written comments and recommendations (Approve, Disapprove, or Defer) regarding whether the hospital system should approve the study.

        If a study requests hospital‐provided research services, the Institute's Research Financial Coordinator develops a research budget listing the hospital charges that the researcher will incur for these tests and procedures.

        Once reviewers return completed Evaluation Forms, the Institute Clinical Research Associate makes an initial determination whether the review process has satisfactorily answered all questions and resolved all outstanding issues. The Manager of Clinical Research Operations then examines the study file to ensure a satisfactory review. Finally, the system Executive Director for Clinical Research provides a Letter of Approval to the Principal Investigator, which serves as the agreement of terms for conducting the study within the hospital system. The letter contains standard stipulations, such as requiring the Principal Investigator to abide by federal law and International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) GCPs and the budget for the hospital‐provided research tests and procedures. Additionally, it includes any stipulations unique to the studyfor example, that the Principal Investigator will provide training to hospital personnel who will be operating nonhospital equipment. The Institute provides affected hospital departments with copies of the approval letter. Upon signing and returning the letter, the Principal Investigator may begin the study in the designated hospitals.

        Some details about the hospital system review are discussed in sections below.

        Patient Safety and Human Participant Protections

        Participant Recruitment Plans

        Sometimes IRB submission documents do not adequately describe how researchers will identify potential study participants and approach them for consent. Key concerns which we address include how researchers will identify potential participants in a Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA)‐compliant manner, the level and type of illnesses of the patients whom the investigator intends to recruit, whether the researcher must obtain the admitting or attending physician's permission, the qualifications of the person making the initial patient contact, and how and when that person will make contact, with special attention required if subjects may include very ill patients in an Intensive Care Unit (ICU).

        In‐service for Unit Personnel and Pharmacists

        For most interventional studies, we require that the principal investigator's research team provide a plan for study education in‐service for nurses, technicians, respiratory therapists, and pharmacists who may be involved in the care of a patient enrolled in the study. This is usually an in‐person presentation done at a regular unit meeting, with an additional investigational drug‐specific in‐service provided and available on the hospital system intranet for the pharmacists. We remind researchers that the plan must also include an in‐service for night shift personnel, who are often otherwise overlooked.

        Personnel Administering the Investigational Product

        Sometimes submitted protocols do not state who will administer the investigational productthe physician investigator, other members of the research team or unit nurses. If the investigator expects unit nurses to administer the product, the hospital needs to determine whether the nurses' experience and training qualifies them to administer it, assess for adverse events, and provide care for patients with these events. If the nurses are not qualified, then the hospital needs to decide whether the nurses should receive training or a member of the research team should administer the product. Some research studies involve investigational agents with novel administration techniques or risks of immediate severe adverse events, requiring the presence of a physician knowledgeable about the investigational product.

        Care of Study Participants With Adverse Events

        Studies with unusual investigational agents can also raise a Unit Director's or ICU Medical Director's concern as to whether bedside nurses can appropriately and adequately discern and respond to potential adverse events. If the investigational agent might result in an event not normally anticipated in patients in that particular unit, the hospital may need to consider additional preparation or staffing.

        Consent Documentation

        Federal law and ICH GCPs require that principal investigators have signed consent forms available in the research records, which may be off of the hospital premises in physician clinics or office areas. Our hospital system requires a copy of the consent form in the patient's medical chart if the research team conducted the consent process within the hospital or if the study participant will be an inpatient for a procedure included as part of the study protocol, whether the patient was recruited while an inpatient or prior to inpatient admission. This is important for meeting the Joint Commission's standards related to research. We established an internal monitoring program to verify that researchers were providing copies of consent, assent and parental permission forms to the Health Information Management Office for placement in medical charts.

        IRB‐related Issues

        Occasionally a hospital system review identifies an IRB‐related concern, such as a known possible adverse event missing from the consent form, unexplained medical terms in the consent form, exclusion criteria not mentioning pregnancy or a consent form not covering a pregnancy test even though the protocol text mentions these, or missing Investigational New Drug Application (IND) or Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) information. Institute staff route such concerns to the IRB for follow‐up with the researcher as necessary. If a hospital system review identifies an ethical concern, the Institute consults with the IRB Chair or ethicist member. Usually the Chair will assess the concern, raise options for addressing it, and recommend a course of action.

        Operational Issues

        Feasibility and Implementation

        We urge researchers to meet with Institute staff to discuss implementation of a protocol as a real‐world, operationalized study and also encourage them to meet with managers of the primary units where the study will take place. Researchers, however, may develop and submit industry‐sponsored clinical trials or investigator‐initiated studies without such prior discussions and may not have adequately considered operational feasibility.

        Given the increasing complexity of investigational agents, study designs, study procedures, and patient safety monitoring, hospital reviewers need to consider exactly who will perform study procedures and processes and how those people will do so. If a blood or tissue sample needs to be spun, packaged, and mailed on dry ice within a limited timeframe, for example, who will do this and will the supplies and equipment be available as needed? A study protocol can lead to a change in normal unit processes. Operating suite managers, for instance, may need to adjust schedules or work with research teams if research activities may prolong a procedure beyond average timeframes.

        Other potential impacts abound. Research teams sometimes assume, without checking with hospital managers, that hospital staff, usually nurses or respiratory therapists, will perform research procedures of the kind they usually perform as standard clinical procedure. Most commonly, researchers assume that bedside nurses will perform frequent blood draws necessary for a pharmacokinetic substudy. Unit managers, however, may not agree to commit nurses' time to this task, depending on the number and timing of the draws. During surgery, a study may require recording of events or timelines which are not usually recorded. Researchers sometimes assume that operating room personnel will be able to focus on this data collection. Hospital managers and directors are often concerned that researchers assume that unit staff will transport patients within‐hospital for research procedures, which can involve repeatedly moving a patient from their home unit to Radiology or elsewhere and then back to the home unit. For a large hospital, this can involve considerable staff time spent away from the home unit, which may affect unit operations. Occasionally, an investigator requests that a hospital temporarily or permanently store blood or tissue samples. Since hospitals are not necessarily prepared to store large numbers of samples for extended periods, we address each such request on a case‐by‐case basis.

        Investigational Product

        Hospital reviewers need to consider an assortment of challenges relating to the receipt, storage, dispensing, and accountability recording of investigational products. If a hospital pharmacy will be dispensing an investigational drug, then pharmacists need to anticipate its arrival from the sponsor and know storage and other sponsor, study and FDA requirements. Pharmacists also need to know if they are expected to prepare placebo pills. If a drug is an agent that an external pharmacy needs to prepare and compound, the chain of custody documentation of the drug as it moves from manufacturer to external pharmacy to hospital pharmacy needs to be clear.

        While academic hospitals usually have research‐knowledgeable pharmacists, community‐based hospital pharmacists may not be familiar with the special requirements of the FDA or sponsor, such as securing investigational products separately from marketed products, recording batch numbers, maintaining accountability logs, and following procedures for return or destruction of remaining product upon study closure. In our hospital system, 2 Research Pharmacists in the Investigational Drug Pharmacy at the academic teaching hospital serve as expert advisers to pharmacists of the community hospitals.

        If a research study involves use of an investigational device, hospital reviewers need to consider what the device is, how it should be secured if stored on the unit, and how to document storage and accountability.

        Biologics and radioactive materials can present unique challenges. For instance, our system requires researchers to provide hospitals with chain of custody documentation, similar to that used for organ transplants, when patient biologicals leave the hospital (for instance, for processing at a nearby accredited Cell Processing Facility) and returned to the hospital for infusion back into the patient, to confirm that the right product was returned to the hospital and infused into the right patient.

        Unaffiliated Principal Investigators and Other Personnel

        Increasingly, researchers who are not affiliated with our hospital system have inquired about conducting studies in 1 or more of our hospitals. We have been quite surprised by the number of inquiries from researchers or sponsors who presume we will grant immediate permission for them to access our patient lists for recruitment purposes, allow unidentified research team members to enter our hospitals, approve team members to conduct active recruitment of our hospital patients, and grant team members access to patient data.

        Additionally, as clinical and translational research projects become increasingly multidisciplinary and involve cross‐organizational collaborations, many research teams include unaffiliated personnel from other organizations, such as faculty at local or distant universities, employees of a site management organization, and employees of the city or county health department.

        We do not permit clinicians who are not clinically credentialed at our hospitals to engage in interventional research within our hospital system. For studies that include any intervention that qualifies as a clinical procedure, the Principal Investigator must become clinically credentialed by the hospital or an already credentialed clinician must become the local Principal Investigator for the study, and all team members who perform clinical procedures must also become clinically credentialed.

        An unusual situation occurred when researchers from a university not formally affiliated with our hospital system sought to transfer a study to 1 of our hospitals following Hurricane Ike. For 15 years, the research team had performed needle muscle biopsies, for which they had received training and credentialing at their home institution. Our hospital's Chief Medical Officer, however, did not feel comfortable accepting the credentialing performed at another institution and required the external researchers to apply for privileges through our hospital's credentialing process. The original credentialing documentation at their home institution was unavailable, in any case, due to flooding and building closures, so the researchers worked through the night to complete our applications. The hospital credentialing committee came to order on short notice and completed the credentialing process in record time, allowing the research team to see the study participants at our hospital with only a few missed visits and few study deviations for the Principal Investigator.

        For research team members who will be performing no clinical procedures, our hospital system has a research credentialing process, discussed below.

        Financial Issues

        Study Finances

        Researchers are typically aware of charges for the procedures that their studies most frequently require, such as labs, radiology, and research pharmacy, although they often do not inquire about the hospital's current charges, so their information may be somewhat dated when they negotiate with sponsors or submit grant applications.

        When researchers plan on utilizing hospital staff to perform research‐required tasks, such as blood draws or patient transport for tests or procedures, however, they rarely include financial support to the hospital in their study budgets, leaving these tasks unfunded, which can be a problem for hospital reviewers who must approve the research plan.

        In our review and approval process, we seek clarification as to payment for research products. Sponsors are not permitted by law to seek payment for investigational drugs, but when a research protocol uses a standard‐of‐care drug for strictly research‐related purposes, determining whether the sponsor, hospital, or study participant incurs financial responsibility becomes an issue requiring careful consideration. We ensure that consent forms explicitly state any special charges to the study participant. An investigational device that falls into an FDA classification that permits charges can be especially problematic. Often the devices are expensive; the hospital must purchase them in batches and pay immediately. If the researcher does not use all the devices, the unused ones sometimes cannot be returned. If investigational devices are more costly than standard‐of‐care devices, then the hospital could incur substantial losses in billings, since hospital charges are diagnosis and procedure code dependent and usually not adjusted for device cost.

        Our standardized financial assessment has led to more beneficial arrangements with sponsors for the return and reimbursement of unused products and more informed hospital decisions as to whether to conduct a specific medical device clinical trial.

        We also carefully review consent form language to clarify who incurs costs for research‐related adverse events and research injuries. For investigational products with extensive potential side effects or studies enrolling very ill patients, the costs associated with adverse events can be extremely high.

        Investigators are affiliated with our hospitals, not employed by them, so our hospital system does not have budget agreements with funding organizations, but relies on these external entities to fund the studies adequately. Some investigator‐initiated studies may be funded by the investigator's organization, such as a private practice or university, but in our experience such funds are sometimes depleted before study completion.

        Hospital Financial Information as Study Data

        As a part of the study protocol, researchers occasionally request patient‐related cost data pertinent to specific procedures or to the treatment of certain medical conditions, hospital charges and payments received, or other financial data. We forward these research requests to a hospital Finance Chief to determine the appropriateness of releasing the requested data and, if approved, how the hospital will extract and present the data sets to the investigator.

        Hospital Risk Issues

        Research Equipment

        Our academic teaching hospital and the university medical school affiliated with it are distinct organizations, so a particular risk issue arises for the hospital when a researcher wishes to transport and use nonhospital equipment on the hospital premises. Our hospital system has responsibility to ensure appropriate and safe operation of equipment. Consequently, our hospital system review identifies any proposed use of externally‐owned equipment and involves the system and hospital Risk Officers in assessing such use for risk to patients. Specifics addressed include ownership of equipment, whether the research team or hospital staff will operate it; whether the operators have received or will receive training, and the potential risks to patients of equipment malfunctions. Upon determination that individuals will operate the equipment appropriately with minimal risks to study participants, the hospital's Biomedical Department performs their standard safety check prior to the equipment's use in the hospital.

        Clinical Data Generated by NonHospital Equipment

        Bringing external equipment into a hospital has a rarely anticipated consequence: the generation and storage of patient data. Our hospital system review determines whether these data constitute source data per FDA and ICH GCP definitions, whether the data are clinically pertinent, and whether the data need to go into the patient's hospital medical record. For example, if a university faculty researcher brings a vital signs monitor into the hospital to collect and electronically record data from hospital patients enrolled in a study, we may require that the research team print the data for insertion into the patient's hospital medical record.

        Surveys of Hospital Employees

        A research study that seeks to survey or interview hospital system employees raises a different type of institutional concern. In such a case, system and hospital Human Resources Department (HR) personnel review the planned study, paying close attention to how the research team will recruit employees and what type of information the team will request from them. HR does not want employees feeling that they must participate in a study simply because it takes place in their facility and wants to protect the identity of employees participating in anonymous surveys. On occasion, Institute staff distribute surveys (and sometimes collect them when completed), providing an identity firewall between the employee who elects to participate and the researcher.

        HR may also limit researchers from asking especially personal questions or questions inquiring about the recruitment, hiring, and retention practices of their employer. HR must consider whether the study design and survey questions raise liability concerns. Studies that include employee focus groups or one‐on‐one interviews raise issues pertaining to the purpose and content of the focus groups or interviews, mechanisms to address special issues or complaints that may arise during them, and determination of whether the employees may participate during paid time as opposed to participating while off‐the‐clock.

        Nonclinical Research Credentialing Process

        It is vital that hospitals know who will be on hospital premises for a research study and what activities they will be engaging in. If a research team member is not already affiliated with our hospital system and will be engaging in noninterventional research activities, such as conducting the research consent process, administering a survey, or providing educational materials, our hospital system review initiates a nonclinical research credentialing process. The Institute's Manager of Clinical Research Operations assesses the team members' qualifications, reviews their resumes, interviews each of them, and discusses exactly what activities they will be engaging in and their training and experience. In addition to evaluating their qualifications, the hospital must determine how such individuals will be identified once inside the hospital, including what type of badge (employee, contractor, or visitor) the hospital will provide them. Upon successful completion of the research credentialing process, the Institute explicitly names the approved individuals in the Letter of Approval to the Principal Investigator, with copies to the affected hospitals' units.

        Discussion

        Our hospital research review and approval process is critical to ensuring that only safe and regulatory‐compliant research activities occur within our hospital system, but the review and approval process, with its many steps and numerous reviewers, can be cumbersome. There is no substitute for human beings reading and understanding the protocol, consent forms for patient involvement in a study, the proposed use of protected health information, Investigator's Brochure, Research Application Form, and other study documents and then identifying pertinent issues and resolving them, and this process does require significant staff time.

        We have improved (continuously) the Research Application Form to help in the crucial initial gathering of information about studies' operational needs. We have also converted from a predominantly paper‐based review process to the widespread use of electronic documents, but we have not automated the distribution process for these electronic documents and a staff person must still do this through email.

        Despite our efforts to improve the review process, investigators are sometimes frustrated with it, particularly if someone identifies a new issue late in the process, or if the hospital system's approval for the study lags behind the IRB approval by more than a few days.

        Currently, the hospital system provides the majority of study approvals to the Principal Investigator within 2 weeks of IRB approval, with some approvals provided within 1 day of IRB approval and others as long as 3 months afterward. Delays in hospital approval can be due to a study lacking required approval from a Department of Defense IRB, the FDA not providing permission to proceed with a study, the absence of an executed contract with a vendor to pick up and dispose of radioactive waste from the investigational product and many other factors. Of course, when the research team can respond in timely fashion to inquiries or issues that we have raised, that assists all of us in completing the review and approval process as quickly as possible.

        The review and approval process benefits hospital patients, hospital personnel who will be supporting studies, and hospitals as institutions. Thinking through, planning, and preparing for study operations, particularly for studies taking place in an ICU, benefits the research team, hospital personnel, and the patients. Overall, the hospital system's research review and approval process affords many protections to our patients and reduces risks to the hospital system while permitting research studies to be conducted within its varied healthcare facilities.

        We encourage researchers not to view today's modern hospital as bricks and mortar, but as an institution with deep responsibility for safety on hospital premises. Hospitals must meet over a thousand Joint Commission standards, set goals for patient outcomes, measure and report on quality indicators, protect patient confidentiality, maintain the safety an ever‐expanding array of simple and complex equipment, maintain, check and document contents of adult and pediatric crash carts, have 24‐7 code teams at‐the‐ready, create, maintain and store patient medical records securely, transport patients, and much more.

        Conclusion

        Our hospital system, in accordance with a system‐wide policy, engages in a comprehensive review and approval process for any human participant research that has been proposed to be conducted within one or more of our facilities. The process focuses primarily on patient safety within the hospital premises, operational study issues, financial issues and hospital risk issues. This process decreases risks to the patients, researchers, and hospital facilities engaging in human participant research.

        References
        1. Code of Federal Regulations Part 45, Title 46.
        2. Code of Federal Regulations Part 50, Title 21.
        3. Flanders SA,Kaufman SR,Nallamothu BK,Saint S.The University of Michigan Specialist‐Hospitalist Allied Research Program: jumpstarting hospital medicine research.J Hosp Med.2008;3:308313.
        4. Moore C,Goldberg S.Successfully developing a cardiovascular research program in a community hospital.J Cardiovasc Manag.2004;15:1319.
        5. Jamerson PA.Developing an infrastructure for research in a free‐standing hospital.J Nurs Adm.2007;37:295301.
        6. Schneider KM,O'Donnell BE,Dean D.Prevalence of multiple chronic conditions in the United States' Medicare population.Health Qual Life Outcomes.2009;7:82.
        7. Getz KA,Wenger J,Campo RA,Seguine ES,Kaitin KI.Assessing the impact of protocol design changes on clinical trial performance.Am J Ther.2008;15:450457.
        8. Roche K,Paul N,Smuch B, et al.Factors affecting workload of cancer clinical trials: results of a multicenter study of the National Cancer Institute of Canada Clinical Trials Group.J Clin Oncol.2002;20:545556.
        9. Craft BS,Kurzrock R,Lei X, et al.The changing face of Phase 1 Cancer Clinical Trials: new challenges in study requirements.Cancer.2009;115(8):15921597.
        10. U.S. Census Bureau. Annual Estimates of the Resident Population for Counties of Texas: April 1, 2000 to July 1, 2008. Available at: http://www.census.gov/popest/counties/tables/CO‐EST2008–01‐48.xls. Accessed February 2010.
        11. Harris County Texas. Available at: http://www.gis.hctx.net. Accessed February 2010.
        12. Accreditation Program: Hospital. Available by purchase from The Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations.2008.
        13. International Conference on Harmonisation. Available at: www.ich.org/cache/compo/276–254‐1.html. Accessed February 2010.
        Article PDF
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        E17-E24
        Sections
        Article PDF
        Article PDF

        Hospitals have important legal and ethical responsibilities for human participant research conducted within their facilities, such as ensuring that research complies with federal regulations and presents minimal risks to patients. Many hospitals accept as sufficient the federal requirement that human participant research studies have Institutional Review Board (IRB) review and approval. IRBs must review proposed research according to numerous criteria, such as scientific soundness, alignment with accepted ethics principles and weighing of benefit vs. risk to study participants.1, 2 The legally required aspects of IRB review do not, however, include considering practical matters in implementing and operating an interventional clinical trial in the complex environment of the modern acute care hospital.

        Our hospital system established a broad policy requiring internal review and formal approval of any human participant research conducted within any of its hospitals, including studies that enroll hospital patients or hospital employees, utilize hospital medical records, or request hospital‐provided services for research tests or procedures. The purpose of this paper is to describe this formal hospital system review and approval process, the reasons for implementing it, and the types of issues considered prior to our hospital system granting a principal investigator permission to conduct a study.

        Background

        Surprisingly little healthcare or medical literature exists regarding hospital responsibilities toward human subject research conducted on its premises. Much of the literature focuses on ethics issues, the nature of informed consent, and study design. As critical as these discussions are, they seldom address the numerous complex operational issues and challenges that implementation of a clinical trial can create in a hospital setting.

        Flanders et al.3 make the case for hospitalists and specialists to work together to support research that includes inpatients as study participants. Moore and Goldberg4 discuss the ingredients of successfully developing a research program in a community hospital and mention the need to involve all affected hospital departments in the initial hospital review of a study, evaluating study impact on hospital workflow, and establishing processes related to budgeting and billing. Jamerson5 also makes the case for hospital departmental review and involvement, assessment of the ability to integrate study activities into the hospital structure, assessment of the resources needed to support the research, determination of whether the hospital will contribute financially to the research, and explicit decision making regarding the assumption of institutional risk.

        Despite the recognition that US patients increasingly live with multiple chronic conditions6 and that clinical trial protocols have become more procedure and resource intensive and costly,79 there has not been a corollary recognition of the increasing need for hospitals to understand and manage research activities occurring within their facilities.

        Our organization is a hospital system with 9 acute care hospitals, including an academic teaching hospital (affiliated with a university medical school) with a Level 1 Trauma Center, 1 specialty rehabilitation hospital, numerous specialized clinics, and a LifeFlight Program with a 6‐helicopter fleet (Geisinger, Danville, PA). This system of hospitals serves the fourth largest metropolitan community in the US (Houston and Harris County in southeastern TX), with a population of nearly four million and a geographic spread of 1778 square miles.10, 11 The hospital system has approximately 140,700 inpatient admissions per year and 586,000 outpatient visits.

        Eight years ago, our hospital system adopted a corporate policy requiring that any activity associated with human participant research receive prior hospital system review and approval. Our organization considers this review process vital to: (1) maintaining our commitment to our Federalwide Assurance with the Office for Human Research Protections, (2) abiding by the Joint Commission requirements related to research,12 (3) protecting the safety and confidentiality of patients and employees who are potential or actual research participants, (4) protecting the confidentiality of participants' medical information, (5) assuring that legal fundamentals and good clinical practice (GCH)13 are a part of study plans, (6) assuring that studies are operationally feasible, and (7) evaluating and minimizing risks to patients and risks to the organization.

        Review and Approval Process

        Overview

        An investigator triggers a formal hospital system review by submitting study documents to 1 of the IRBs listed on the system's Federalwide Assurance through the electronic IRB system and completing the required hospital system's Research Application Form. The hospital system review occurs in parallel with the IRB review, not duplicating it but rather focusing separately on patient safety, operational and financial issues, and hospital risk issues.

        Our Clinical Innovation and Research Institute manages the hospital system review. Upon electronic notification of a new study submission, an Institute Clinical Research Associate examines all study‐related documents, including the completed Research Application Form and other submitted documents, such as the study protocol, the investigational product's Investigator's Brochure, consent forms, Food and Drug Administration (FDA) letters, survey questions, and diary and other data collection forms. The Associate may spend considerable time communicating with the investigator's research team, collecting missing information and building a complete study file, including identifying the affected hospitals and hospital departments. The Institute then provides study documents to the individuals responsible for hospital‐level research review, and each affected hospital conducts its own internal review and approval process.

        The hospital‐level review process varies depending on the hospitals involved. The academic teaching hospital has the most detailed review process, due to the complexities and risks associated with the full spectrum of human participant research which occurs there (Hospital A in Figure 1). If a study affects this hospital, the Institute provides study documents to each affected Department Manager, the affected Service Line Chief, the Chief Medical Officer or Medical Director of each Intensive Care Unit within which the study will recruit and enroll patients, and the Infection Control Officer and Radiation Safety Officer, as appropriate.

        Figure 1
        Hospital system research review and approval process.

        The specialty rehabilitation hospital has a long‐standing national reputation for its research programs; its Director of Research knows each investigator, reviews each study, and provides that hospital's administrative review (Hospital B). Seven of the system's community hospitals have either a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Nursing Officer, or Chief Financial Officer serve as the hospital's executive administrator responsible for research review, and this person distributes the study documents to the Chief Medical Officer, if deemed necessary, and to each affected department (Hospitals C‐I). One of the smaller community hospitals participates in relatively few studies; the Chief Nursing Officer reviews and provides hospital‐level approval (Hospital J). For retrospective studies requesting a clinical data set, the Institute provides the study documents to the Director of the Information Systems Department. All studies accessing patient data are provided to the system Privacy Officer for review and approval.

        Studies may involve 1 or more hospitals; some have involved as many as 7 at once.

        All reviewers also receive a standardized Research Study Evaluation Form for their written comments and recommendations (Approve, Disapprove, or Defer) regarding whether the hospital system should approve the study.

        If a study requests hospital‐provided research services, the Institute's Research Financial Coordinator develops a research budget listing the hospital charges that the researcher will incur for these tests and procedures.

        Once reviewers return completed Evaluation Forms, the Institute Clinical Research Associate makes an initial determination whether the review process has satisfactorily answered all questions and resolved all outstanding issues. The Manager of Clinical Research Operations then examines the study file to ensure a satisfactory review. Finally, the system Executive Director for Clinical Research provides a Letter of Approval to the Principal Investigator, which serves as the agreement of terms for conducting the study within the hospital system. The letter contains standard stipulations, such as requiring the Principal Investigator to abide by federal law and International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) GCPs and the budget for the hospital‐provided research tests and procedures. Additionally, it includes any stipulations unique to the studyfor example, that the Principal Investigator will provide training to hospital personnel who will be operating nonhospital equipment. The Institute provides affected hospital departments with copies of the approval letter. Upon signing and returning the letter, the Principal Investigator may begin the study in the designated hospitals.

        Some details about the hospital system review are discussed in sections below.

        Patient Safety and Human Participant Protections

        Participant Recruitment Plans

        Sometimes IRB submission documents do not adequately describe how researchers will identify potential study participants and approach them for consent. Key concerns which we address include how researchers will identify potential participants in a Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA)‐compliant manner, the level and type of illnesses of the patients whom the investigator intends to recruit, whether the researcher must obtain the admitting or attending physician's permission, the qualifications of the person making the initial patient contact, and how and when that person will make contact, with special attention required if subjects may include very ill patients in an Intensive Care Unit (ICU).

        In‐service for Unit Personnel and Pharmacists

        For most interventional studies, we require that the principal investigator's research team provide a plan for study education in‐service for nurses, technicians, respiratory therapists, and pharmacists who may be involved in the care of a patient enrolled in the study. This is usually an in‐person presentation done at a regular unit meeting, with an additional investigational drug‐specific in‐service provided and available on the hospital system intranet for the pharmacists. We remind researchers that the plan must also include an in‐service for night shift personnel, who are often otherwise overlooked.

        Personnel Administering the Investigational Product

        Sometimes submitted protocols do not state who will administer the investigational productthe physician investigator, other members of the research team or unit nurses. If the investigator expects unit nurses to administer the product, the hospital needs to determine whether the nurses' experience and training qualifies them to administer it, assess for adverse events, and provide care for patients with these events. If the nurses are not qualified, then the hospital needs to decide whether the nurses should receive training or a member of the research team should administer the product. Some research studies involve investigational agents with novel administration techniques or risks of immediate severe adverse events, requiring the presence of a physician knowledgeable about the investigational product.

        Care of Study Participants With Adverse Events

        Studies with unusual investigational agents can also raise a Unit Director's or ICU Medical Director's concern as to whether bedside nurses can appropriately and adequately discern and respond to potential adverse events. If the investigational agent might result in an event not normally anticipated in patients in that particular unit, the hospital may need to consider additional preparation or staffing.

        Consent Documentation

        Federal law and ICH GCPs require that principal investigators have signed consent forms available in the research records, which may be off of the hospital premises in physician clinics or office areas. Our hospital system requires a copy of the consent form in the patient's medical chart if the research team conducted the consent process within the hospital or if the study participant will be an inpatient for a procedure included as part of the study protocol, whether the patient was recruited while an inpatient or prior to inpatient admission. This is important for meeting the Joint Commission's standards related to research. We established an internal monitoring program to verify that researchers were providing copies of consent, assent and parental permission forms to the Health Information Management Office for placement in medical charts.

        IRB‐related Issues

        Occasionally a hospital system review identifies an IRB‐related concern, such as a known possible adverse event missing from the consent form, unexplained medical terms in the consent form, exclusion criteria not mentioning pregnancy or a consent form not covering a pregnancy test even though the protocol text mentions these, or missing Investigational New Drug Application (IND) or Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) information. Institute staff route such concerns to the IRB for follow‐up with the researcher as necessary. If a hospital system review identifies an ethical concern, the Institute consults with the IRB Chair or ethicist member. Usually the Chair will assess the concern, raise options for addressing it, and recommend a course of action.

        Operational Issues

        Feasibility and Implementation

        We urge researchers to meet with Institute staff to discuss implementation of a protocol as a real‐world, operationalized study and also encourage them to meet with managers of the primary units where the study will take place. Researchers, however, may develop and submit industry‐sponsored clinical trials or investigator‐initiated studies without such prior discussions and may not have adequately considered operational feasibility.

        Given the increasing complexity of investigational agents, study designs, study procedures, and patient safety monitoring, hospital reviewers need to consider exactly who will perform study procedures and processes and how those people will do so. If a blood or tissue sample needs to be spun, packaged, and mailed on dry ice within a limited timeframe, for example, who will do this and will the supplies and equipment be available as needed? A study protocol can lead to a change in normal unit processes. Operating suite managers, for instance, may need to adjust schedules or work with research teams if research activities may prolong a procedure beyond average timeframes.

        Other potential impacts abound. Research teams sometimes assume, without checking with hospital managers, that hospital staff, usually nurses or respiratory therapists, will perform research procedures of the kind they usually perform as standard clinical procedure. Most commonly, researchers assume that bedside nurses will perform frequent blood draws necessary for a pharmacokinetic substudy. Unit managers, however, may not agree to commit nurses' time to this task, depending on the number and timing of the draws. During surgery, a study may require recording of events or timelines which are not usually recorded. Researchers sometimes assume that operating room personnel will be able to focus on this data collection. Hospital managers and directors are often concerned that researchers assume that unit staff will transport patients within‐hospital for research procedures, which can involve repeatedly moving a patient from their home unit to Radiology or elsewhere and then back to the home unit. For a large hospital, this can involve considerable staff time spent away from the home unit, which may affect unit operations. Occasionally, an investigator requests that a hospital temporarily or permanently store blood or tissue samples. Since hospitals are not necessarily prepared to store large numbers of samples for extended periods, we address each such request on a case‐by‐case basis.

        Investigational Product

        Hospital reviewers need to consider an assortment of challenges relating to the receipt, storage, dispensing, and accountability recording of investigational products. If a hospital pharmacy will be dispensing an investigational drug, then pharmacists need to anticipate its arrival from the sponsor and know storage and other sponsor, study and FDA requirements. Pharmacists also need to know if they are expected to prepare placebo pills. If a drug is an agent that an external pharmacy needs to prepare and compound, the chain of custody documentation of the drug as it moves from manufacturer to external pharmacy to hospital pharmacy needs to be clear.

        While academic hospitals usually have research‐knowledgeable pharmacists, community‐based hospital pharmacists may not be familiar with the special requirements of the FDA or sponsor, such as securing investigational products separately from marketed products, recording batch numbers, maintaining accountability logs, and following procedures for return or destruction of remaining product upon study closure. In our hospital system, 2 Research Pharmacists in the Investigational Drug Pharmacy at the academic teaching hospital serve as expert advisers to pharmacists of the community hospitals.

        If a research study involves use of an investigational device, hospital reviewers need to consider what the device is, how it should be secured if stored on the unit, and how to document storage and accountability.

        Biologics and radioactive materials can present unique challenges. For instance, our system requires researchers to provide hospitals with chain of custody documentation, similar to that used for organ transplants, when patient biologicals leave the hospital (for instance, for processing at a nearby accredited Cell Processing Facility) and returned to the hospital for infusion back into the patient, to confirm that the right product was returned to the hospital and infused into the right patient.

        Unaffiliated Principal Investigators and Other Personnel

        Increasingly, researchers who are not affiliated with our hospital system have inquired about conducting studies in 1 or more of our hospitals. We have been quite surprised by the number of inquiries from researchers or sponsors who presume we will grant immediate permission for them to access our patient lists for recruitment purposes, allow unidentified research team members to enter our hospitals, approve team members to conduct active recruitment of our hospital patients, and grant team members access to patient data.

        Additionally, as clinical and translational research projects become increasingly multidisciplinary and involve cross‐organizational collaborations, many research teams include unaffiliated personnel from other organizations, such as faculty at local or distant universities, employees of a site management organization, and employees of the city or county health department.

        We do not permit clinicians who are not clinically credentialed at our hospitals to engage in interventional research within our hospital system. For studies that include any intervention that qualifies as a clinical procedure, the Principal Investigator must become clinically credentialed by the hospital or an already credentialed clinician must become the local Principal Investigator for the study, and all team members who perform clinical procedures must also become clinically credentialed.

        An unusual situation occurred when researchers from a university not formally affiliated with our hospital system sought to transfer a study to 1 of our hospitals following Hurricane Ike. For 15 years, the research team had performed needle muscle biopsies, for which they had received training and credentialing at their home institution. Our hospital's Chief Medical Officer, however, did not feel comfortable accepting the credentialing performed at another institution and required the external researchers to apply for privileges through our hospital's credentialing process. The original credentialing documentation at their home institution was unavailable, in any case, due to flooding and building closures, so the researchers worked through the night to complete our applications. The hospital credentialing committee came to order on short notice and completed the credentialing process in record time, allowing the research team to see the study participants at our hospital with only a few missed visits and few study deviations for the Principal Investigator.

        For research team members who will be performing no clinical procedures, our hospital system has a research credentialing process, discussed below.

        Financial Issues

        Study Finances

        Researchers are typically aware of charges for the procedures that their studies most frequently require, such as labs, radiology, and research pharmacy, although they often do not inquire about the hospital's current charges, so their information may be somewhat dated when they negotiate with sponsors or submit grant applications.

        When researchers plan on utilizing hospital staff to perform research‐required tasks, such as blood draws or patient transport for tests or procedures, however, they rarely include financial support to the hospital in their study budgets, leaving these tasks unfunded, which can be a problem for hospital reviewers who must approve the research plan.

        In our review and approval process, we seek clarification as to payment for research products. Sponsors are not permitted by law to seek payment for investigational drugs, but when a research protocol uses a standard‐of‐care drug for strictly research‐related purposes, determining whether the sponsor, hospital, or study participant incurs financial responsibility becomes an issue requiring careful consideration. We ensure that consent forms explicitly state any special charges to the study participant. An investigational device that falls into an FDA classification that permits charges can be especially problematic. Often the devices are expensive; the hospital must purchase them in batches and pay immediately. If the researcher does not use all the devices, the unused ones sometimes cannot be returned. If investigational devices are more costly than standard‐of‐care devices, then the hospital could incur substantial losses in billings, since hospital charges are diagnosis and procedure code dependent and usually not adjusted for device cost.

        Our standardized financial assessment has led to more beneficial arrangements with sponsors for the return and reimbursement of unused products and more informed hospital decisions as to whether to conduct a specific medical device clinical trial.

        We also carefully review consent form language to clarify who incurs costs for research‐related adverse events and research injuries. For investigational products with extensive potential side effects or studies enrolling very ill patients, the costs associated with adverse events can be extremely high.

        Investigators are affiliated with our hospitals, not employed by them, so our hospital system does not have budget agreements with funding organizations, but relies on these external entities to fund the studies adequately. Some investigator‐initiated studies may be funded by the investigator's organization, such as a private practice or university, but in our experience such funds are sometimes depleted before study completion.

        Hospital Financial Information as Study Data

        As a part of the study protocol, researchers occasionally request patient‐related cost data pertinent to specific procedures or to the treatment of certain medical conditions, hospital charges and payments received, or other financial data. We forward these research requests to a hospital Finance Chief to determine the appropriateness of releasing the requested data and, if approved, how the hospital will extract and present the data sets to the investigator.

        Hospital Risk Issues

        Research Equipment

        Our academic teaching hospital and the university medical school affiliated with it are distinct organizations, so a particular risk issue arises for the hospital when a researcher wishes to transport and use nonhospital equipment on the hospital premises. Our hospital system has responsibility to ensure appropriate and safe operation of equipment. Consequently, our hospital system review identifies any proposed use of externally‐owned equipment and involves the system and hospital Risk Officers in assessing such use for risk to patients. Specifics addressed include ownership of equipment, whether the research team or hospital staff will operate it; whether the operators have received or will receive training, and the potential risks to patients of equipment malfunctions. Upon determination that individuals will operate the equipment appropriately with minimal risks to study participants, the hospital's Biomedical Department performs their standard safety check prior to the equipment's use in the hospital.

        Clinical Data Generated by NonHospital Equipment

        Bringing external equipment into a hospital has a rarely anticipated consequence: the generation and storage of patient data. Our hospital system review determines whether these data constitute source data per FDA and ICH GCP definitions, whether the data are clinically pertinent, and whether the data need to go into the patient's hospital medical record. For example, if a university faculty researcher brings a vital signs monitor into the hospital to collect and electronically record data from hospital patients enrolled in a study, we may require that the research team print the data for insertion into the patient's hospital medical record.

        Surveys of Hospital Employees

        A research study that seeks to survey or interview hospital system employees raises a different type of institutional concern. In such a case, system and hospital Human Resources Department (HR) personnel review the planned study, paying close attention to how the research team will recruit employees and what type of information the team will request from them. HR does not want employees feeling that they must participate in a study simply because it takes place in their facility and wants to protect the identity of employees participating in anonymous surveys. On occasion, Institute staff distribute surveys (and sometimes collect them when completed), providing an identity firewall between the employee who elects to participate and the researcher.

        HR may also limit researchers from asking especially personal questions or questions inquiring about the recruitment, hiring, and retention practices of their employer. HR must consider whether the study design and survey questions raise liability concerns. Studies that include employee focus groups or one‐on‐one interviews raise issues pertaining to the purpose and content of the focus groups or interviews, mechanisms to address special issues or complaints that may arise during them, and determination of whether the employees may participate during paid time as opposed to participating while off‐the‐clock.

        Nonclinical Research Credentialing Process

        It is vital that hospitals know who will be on hospital premises for a research study and what activities they will be engaging in. If a research team member is not already affiliated with our hospital system and will be engaging in noninterventional research activities, such as conducting the research consent process, administering a survey, or providing educational materials, our hospital system review initiates a nonclinical research credentialing process. The Institute's Manager of Clinical Research Operations assesses the team members' qualifications, reviews their resumes, interviews each of them, and discusses exactly what activities they will be engaging in and their training and experience. In addition to evaluating their qualifications, the hospital must determine how such individuals will be identified once inside the hospital, including what type of badge (employee, contractor, or visitor) the hospital will provide them. Upon successful completion of the research credentialing process, the Institute explicitly names the approved individuals in the Letter of Approval to the Principal Investigator, with copies to the affected hospitals' units.

        Discussion

        Our hospital research review and approval process is critical to ensuring that only safe and regulatory‐compliant research activities occur within our hospital system, but the review and approval process, with its many steps and numerous reviewers, can be cumbersome. There is no substitute for human beings reading and understanding the protocol, consent forms for patient involvement in a study, the proposed use of protected health information, Investigator's Brochure, Research Application Form, and other study documents and then identifying pertinent issues and resolving them, and this process does require significant staff time.

        We have improved (continuously) the Research Application Form to help in the crucial initial gathering of information about studies' operational needs. We have also converted from a predominantly paper‐based review process to the widespread use of electronic documents, but we have not automated the distribution process for these electronic documents and a staff person must still do this through email.

        Despite our efforts to improve the review process, investigators are sometimes frustrated with it, particularly if someone identifies a new issue late in the process, or if the hospital system's approval for the study lags behind the IRB approval by more than a few days.

        Currently, the hospital system provides the majority of study approvals to the Principal Investigator within 2 weeks of IRB approval, with some approvals provided within 1 day of IRB approval and others as long as 3 months afterward. Delays in hospital approval can be due to a study lacking required approval from a Department of Defense IRB, the FDA not providing permission to proceed with a study, the absence of an executed contract with a vendor to pick up and dispose of radioactive waste from the investigational product and many other factors. Of course, when the research team can respond in timely fashion to inquiries or issues that we have raised, that assists all of us in completing the review and approval process as quickly as possible.

        The review and approval process benefits hospital patients, hospital personnel who will be supporting studies, and hospitals as institutions. Thinking through, planning, and preparing for study operations, particularly for studies taking place in an ICU, benefits the research team, hospital personnel, and the patients. Overall, the hospital system's research review and approval process affords many protections to our patients and reduces risks to the hospital system while permitting research studies to be conducted within its varied healthcare facilities.

        We encourage researchers not to view today's modern hospital as bricks and mortar, but as an institution with deep responsibility for safety on hospital premises. Hospitals must meet over a thousand Joint Commission standards, set goals for patient outcomes, measure and report on quality indicators, protect patient confidentiality, maintain the safety an ever‐expanding array of simple and complex equipment, maintain, check and document contents of adult and pediatric crash carts, have 24‐7 code teams at‐the‐ready, create, maintain and store patient medical records securely, transport patients, and much more.

        Conclusion

        Our hospital system, in accordance with a system‐wide policy, engages in a comprehensive review and approval process for any human participant research that has been proposed to be conducted within one or more of our facilities. The process focuses primarily on patient safety within the hospital premises, operational study issues, financial issues and hospital risk issues. This process decreases risks to the patients, researchers, and hospital facilities engaging in human participant research.

        Hospitals have important legal and ethical responsibilities for human participant research conducted within their facilities, such as ensuring that research complies with federal regulations and presents minimal risks to patients. Many hospitals accept as sufficient the federal requirement that human participant research studies have Institutional Review Board (IRB) review and approval. IRBs must review proposed research according to numerous criteria, such as scientific soundness, alignment with accepted ethics principles and weighing of benefit vs. risk to study participants.1, 2 The legally required aspects of IRB review do not, however, include considering practical matters in implementing and operating an interventional clinical trial in the complex environment of the modern acute care hospital.

        Our hospital system established a broad policy requiring internal review and formal approval of any human participant research conducted within any of its hospitals, including studies that enroll hospital patients or hospital employees, utilize hospital medical records, or request hospital‐provided services for research tests or procedures. The purpose of this paper is to describe this formal hospital system review and approval process, the reasons for implementing it, and the types of issues considered prior to our hospital system granting a principal investigator permission to conduct a study.

        Background

        Surprisingly little healthcare or medical literature exists regarding hospital responsibilities toward human subject research conducted on its premises. Much of the literature focuses on ethics issues, the nature of informed consent, and study design. As critical as these discussions are, they seldom address the numerous complex operational issues and challenges that implementation of a clinical trial can create in a hospital setting.

        Flanders et al.3 make the case for hospitalists and specialists to work together to support research that includes inpatients as study participants. Moore and Goldberg4 discuss the ingredients of successfully developing a research program in a community hospital and mention the need to involve all affected hospital departments in the initial hospital review of a study, evaluating study impact on hospital workflow, and establishing processes related to budgeting and billing. Jamerson5 also makes the case for hospital departmental review and involvement, assessment of the ability to integrate study activities into the hospital structure, assessment of the resources needed to support the research, determination of whether the hospital will contribute financially to the research, and explicit decision making regarding the assumption of institutional risk.

        Despite the recognition that US patients increasingly live with multiple chronic conditions6 and that clinical trial protocols have become more procedure and resource intensive and costly,79 there has not been a corollary recognition of the increasing need for hospitals to understand and manage research activities occurring within their facilities.

        Our organization is a hospital system with 9 acute care hospitals, including an academic teaching hospital (affiliated with a university medical school) with a Level 1 Trauma Center, 1 specialty rehabilitation hospital, numerous specialized clinics, and a LifeFlight Program with a 6‐helicopter fleet (Geisinger, Danville, PA). This system of hospitals serves the fourth largest metropolitan community in the US (Houston and Harris County in southeastern TX), with a population of nearly four million and a geographic spread of 1778 square miles.10, 11 The hospital system has approximately 140,700 inpatient admissions per year and 586,000 outpatient visits.

        Eight years ago, our hospital system adopted a corporate policy requiring that any activity associated with human participant research receive prior hospital system review and approval. Our organization considers this review process vital to: (1) maintaining our commitment to our Federalwide Assurance with the Office for Human Research Protections, (2) abiding by the Joint Commission requirements related to research,12 (3) protecting the safety and confidentiality of patients and employees who are potential or actual research participants, (4) protecting the confidentiality of participants' medical information, (5) assuring that legal fundamentals and good clinical practice (GCH)13 are a part of study plans, (6) assuring that studies are operationally feasible, and (7) evaluating and minimizing risks to patients and risks to the organization.

        Review and Approval Process

        Overview

        An investigator triggers a formal hospital system review by submitting study documents to 1 of the IRBs listed on the system's Federalwide Assurance through the electronic IRB system and completing the required hospital system's Research Application Form. The hospital system review occurs in parallel with the IRB review, not duplicating it but rather focusing separately on patient safety, operational and financial issues, and hospital risk issues.

        Our Clinical Innovation and Research Institute manages the hospital system review. Upon electronic notification of a new study submission, an Institute Clinical Research Associate examines all study‐related documents, including the completed Research Application Form and other submitted documents, such as the study protocol, the investigational product's Investigator's Brochure, consent forms, Food and Drug Administration (FDA) letters, survey questions, and diary and other data collection forms. The Associate may spend considerable time communicating with the investigator's research team, collecting missing information and building a complete study file, including identifying the affected hospitals and hospital departments. The Institute then provides study documents to the individuals responsible for hospital‐level research review, and each affected hospital conducts its own internal review and approval process.

        The hospital‐level review process varies depending on the hospitals involved. The academic teaching hospital has the most detailed review process, due to the complexities and risks associated with the full spectrum of human participant research which occurs there (Hospital A in Figure 1). If a study affects this hospital, the Institute provides study documents to each affected Department Manager, the affected Service Line Chief, the Chief Medical Officer or Medical Director of each Intensive Care Unit within which the study will recruit and enroll patients, and the Infection Control Officer and Radiation Safety Officer, as appropriate.

        Figure 1
        Hospital system research review and approval process.

        The specialty rehabilitation hospital has a long‐standing national reputation for its research programs; its Director of Research knows each investigator, reviews each study, and provides that hospital's administrative review (Hospital B). Seven of the system's community hospitals have either a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Nursing Officer, or Chief Financial Officer serve as the hospital's executive administrator responsible for research review, and this person distributes the study documents to the Chief Medical Officer, if deemed necessary, and to each affected department (Hospitals C‐I). One of the smaller community hospitals participates in relatively few studies; the Chief Nursing Officer reviews and provides hospital‐level approval (Hospital J). For retrospective studies requesting a clinical data set, the Institute provides the study documents to the Director of the Information Systems Department. All studies accessing patient data are provided to the system Privacy Officer for review and approval.

        Studies may involve 1 or more hospitals; some have involved as many as 7 at once.

        All reviewers also receive a standardized Research Study Evaluation Form for their written comments and recommendations (Approve, Disapprove, or Defer) regarding whether the hospital system should approve the study.

        If a study requests hospital‐provided research services, the Institute's Research Financial Coordinator develops a research budget listing the hospital charges that the researcher will incur for these tests and procedures.

        Once reviewers return completed Evaluation Forms, the Institute Clinical Research Associate makes an initial determination whether the review process has satisfactorily answered all questions and resolved all outstanding issues. The Manager of Clinical Research Operations then examines the study file to ensure a satisfactory review. Finally, the system Executive Director for Clinical Research provides a Letter of Approval to the Principal Investigator, which serves as the agreement of terms for conducting the study within the hospital system. The letter contains standard stipulations, such as requiring the Principal Investigator to abide by federal law and International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) GCPs and the budget for the hospital‐provided research tests and procedures. Additionally, it includes any stipulations unique to the studyfor example, that the Principal Investigator will provide training to hospital personnel who will be operating nonhospital equipment. The Institute provides affected hospital departments with copies of the approval letter. Upon signing and returning the letter, the Principal Investigator may begin the study in the designated hospitals.

        Some details about the hospital system review are discussed in sections below.

        Patient Safety and Human Participant Protections

        Participant Recruitment Plans

        Sometimes IRB submission documents do not adequately describe how researchers will identify potential study participants and approach them for consent. Key concerns which we address include how researchers will identify potential participants in a Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA)‐compliant manner, the level and type of illnesses of the patients whom the investigator intends to recruit, whether the researcher must obtain the admitting or attending physician's permission, the qualifications of the person making the initial patient contact, and how and when that person will make contact, with special attention required if subjects may include very ill patients in an Intensive Care Unit (ICU).

        In‐service for Unit Personnel and Pharmacists

        For most interventional studies, we require that the principal investigator's research team provide a plan for study education in‐service for nurses, technicians, respiratory therapists, and pharmacists who may be involved in the care of a patient enrolled in the study. This is usually an in‐person presentation done at a regular unit meeting, with an additional investigational drug‐specific in‐service provided and available on the hospital system intranet for the pharmacists. We remind researchers that the plan must also include an in‐service for night shift personnel, who are often otherwise overlooked.

        Personnel Administering the Investigational Product

        Sometimes submitted protocols do not state who will administer the investigational productthe physician investigator, other members of the research team or unit nurses. If the investigator expects unit nurses to administer the product, the hospital needs to determine whether the nurses' experience and training qualifies them to administer it, assess for adverse events, and provide care for patients with these events. If the nurses are not qualified, then the hospital needs to decide whether the nurses should receive training or a member of the research team should administer the product. Some research studies involve investigational agents with novel administration techniques or risks of immediate severe adverse events, requiring the presence of a physician knowledgeable about the investigational product.

        Care of Study Participants With Adverse Events

        Studies with unusual investigational agents can also raise a Unit Director's or ICU Medical Director's concern as to whether bedside nurses can appropriately and adequately discern and respond to potential adverse events. If the investigational agent might result in an event not normally anticipated in patients in that particular unit, the hospital may need to consider additional preparation or staffing.

        Consent Documentation

        Federal law and ICH GCPs require that principal investigators have signed consent forms available in the research records, which may be off of the hospital premises in physician clinics or office areas. Our hospital system requires a copy of the consent form in the patient's medical chart if the research team conducted the consent process within the hospital or if the study participant will be an inpatient for a procedure included as part of the study protocol, whether the patient was recruited while an inpatient or prior to inpatient admission. This is important for meeting the Joint Commission's standards related to research. We established an internal monitoring program to verify that researchers were providing copies of consent, assent and parental permission forms to the Health Information Management Office for placement in medical charts.

        IRB‐related Issues

        Occasionally a hospital system review identifies an IRB‐related concern, such as a known possible adverse event missing from the consent form, unexplained medical terms in the consent form, exclusion criteria not mentioning pregnancy or a consent form not covering a pregnancy test even though the protocol text mentions these, or missing Investigational New Drug Application (IND) or Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) information. Institute staff route such concerns to the IRB for follow‐up with the researcher as necessary. If a hospital system review identifies an ethical concern, the Institute consults with the IRB Chair or ethicist member. Usually the Chair will assess the concern, raise options for addressing it, and recommend a course of action.

        Operational Issues

        Feasibility and Implementation

        We urge researchers to meet with Institute staff to discuss implementation of a protocol as a real‐world, operationalized study and also encourage them to meet with managers of the primary units where the study will take place. Researchers, however, may develop and submit industry‐sponsored clinical trials or investigator‐initiated studies without such prior discussions and may not have adequately considered operational feasibility.

        Given the increasing complexity of investigational agents, study designs, study procedures, and patient safety monitoring, hospital reviewers need to consider exactly who will perform study procedures and processes and how those people will do so. If a blood or tissue sample needs to be spun, packaged, and mailed on dry ice within a limited timeframe, for example, who will do this and will the supplies and equipment be available as needed? A study protocol can lead to a change in normal unit processes. Operating suite managers, for instance, may need to adjust schedules or work with research teams if research activities may prolong a procedure beyond average timeframes.

        Other potential impacts abound. Research teams sometimes assume, without checking with hospital managers, that hospital staff, usually nurses or respiratory therapists, will perform research procedures of the kind they usually perform as standard clinical procedure. Most commonly, researchers assume that bedside nurses will perform frequent blood draws necessary for a pharmacokinetic substudy. Unit managers, however, may not agree to commit nurses' time to this task, depending on the number and timing of the draws. During surgery, a study may require recording of events or timelines which are not usually recorded. Researchers sometimes assume that operating room personnel will be able to focus on this data collection. Hospital managers and directors are often concerned that researchers assume that unit staff will transport patients within‐hospital for research procedures, which can involve repeatedly moving a patient from their home unit to Radiology or elsewhere and then back to the home unit. For a large hospital, this can involve considerable staff time spent away from the home unit, which may affect unit operations. Occasionally, an investigator requests that a hospital temporarily or permanently store blood or tissue samples. Since hospitals are not necessarily prepared to store large numbers of samples for extended periods, we address each such request on a case‐by‐case basis.

        Investigational Product

        Hospital reviewers need to consider an assortment of challenges relating to the receipt, storage, dispensing, and accountability recording of investigational products. If a hospital pharmacy will be dispensing an investigational drug, then pharmacists need to anticipate its arrival from the sponsor and know storage and other sponsor, study and FDA requirements. Pharmacists also need to know if they are expected to prepare placebo pills. If a drug is an agent that an external pharmacy needs to prepare and compound, the chain of custody documentation of the drug as it moves from manufacturer to external pharmacy to hospital pharmacy needs to be clear.

        While academic hospitals usually have research‐knowledgeable pharmacists, community‐based hospital pharmacists may not be familiar with the special requirements of the FDA or sponsor, such as securing investigational products separately from marketed products, recording batch numbers, maintaining accountability logs, and following procedures for return or destruction of remaining product upon study closure. In our hospital system, 2 Research Pharmacists in the Investigational Drug Pharmacy at the academic teaching hospital serve as expert advisers to pharmacists of the community hospitals.

        If a research study involves use of an investigational device, hospital reviewers need to consider what the device is, how it should be secured if stored on the unit, and how to document storage and accountability.

        Biologics and radioactive materials can present unique challenges. For instance, our system requires researchers to provide hospitals with chain of custody documentation, similar to that used for organ transplants, when patient biologicals leave the hospital (for instance, for processing at a nearby accredited Cell Processing Facility) and returned to the hospital for infusion back into the patient, to confirm that the right product was returned to the hospital and infused into the right patient.

        Unaffiliated Principal Investigators and Other Personnel

        Increasingly, researchers who are not affiliated with our hospital system have inquired about conducting studies in 1 or more of our hospitals. We have been quite surprised by the number of inquiries from researchers or sponsors who presume we will grant immediate permission for them to access our patient lists for recruitment purposes, allow unidentified research team members to enter our hospitals, approve team members to conduct active recruitment of our hospital patients, and grant team members access to patient data.

        Additionally, as clinical and translational research projects become increasingly multidisciplinary and involve cross‐organizational collaborations, many research teams include unaffiliated personnel from other organizations, such as faculty at local or distant universities, employees of a site management organization, and employees of the city or county health department.

        We do not permit clinicians who are not clinically credentialed at our hospitals to engage in interventional research within our hospital system. For studies that include any intervention that qualifies as a clinical procedure, the Principal Investigator must become clinically credentialed by the hospital or an already credentialed clinician must become the local Principal Investigator for the study, and all team members who perform clinical procedures must also become clinically credentialed.

        An unusual situation occurred when researchers from a university not formally affiliated with our hospital system sought to transfer a study to 1 of our hospitals following Hurricane Ike. For 15 years, the research team had performed needle muscle biopsies, for which they had received training and credentialing at their home institution. Our hospital's Chief Medical Officer, however, did not feel comfortable accepting the credentialing performed at another institution and required the external researchers to apply for privileges through our hospital's credentialing process. The original credentialing documentation at their home institution was unavailable, in any case, due to flooding and building closures, so the researchers worked through the night to complete our applications. The hospital credentialing committee came to order on short notice and completed the credentialing process in record time, allowing the research team to see the study participants at our hospital with only a few missed visits and few study deviations for the Principal Investigator.

        For research team members who will be performing no clinical procedures, our hospital system has a research credentialing process, discussed below.

        Financial Issues

        Study Finances

        Researchers are typically aware of charges for the procedures that their studies most frequently require, such as labs, radiology, and research pharmacy, although they often do not inquire about the hospital's current charges, so their information may be somewhat dated when they negotiate with sponsors or submit grant applications.

        When researchers plan on utilizing hospital staff to perform research‐required tasks, such as blood draws or patient transport for tests or procedures, however, they rarely include financial support to the hospital in their study budgets, leaving these tasks unfunded, which can be a problem for hospital reviewers who must approve the research plan.

        In our review and approval process, we seek clarification as to payment for research products. Sponsors are not permitted by law to seek payment for investigational drugs, but when a research protocol uses a standard‐of‐care drug for strictly research‐related purposes, determining whether the sponsor, hospital, or study participant incurs financial responsibility becomes an issue requiring careful consideration. We ensure that consent forms explicitly state any special charges to the study participant. An investigational device that falls into an FDA classification that permits charges can be especially problematic. Often the devices are expensive; the hospital must purchase them in batches and pay immediately. If the researcher does not use all the devices, the unused ones sometimes cannot be returned. If investigational devices are more costly than standard‐of‐care devices, then the hospital could incur substantial losses in billings, since hospital charges are diagnosis and procedure code dependent and usually not adjusted for device cost.

        Our standardized financial assessment has led to more beneficial arrangements with sponsors for the return and reimbursement of unused products and more informed hospital decisions as to whether to conduct a specific medical device clinical trial.

        We also carefully review consent form language to clarify who incurs costs for research‐related adverse events and research injuries. For investigational products with extensive potential side effects or studies enrolling very ill patients, the costs associated with adverse events can be extremely high.

        Investigators are affiliated with our hospitals, not employed by them, so our hospital system does not have budget agreements with funding organizations, but relies on these external entities to fund the studies adequately. Some investigator‐initiated studies may be funded by the investigator's organization, such as a private practice or university, but in our experience such funds are sometimes depleted before study completion.

        Hospital Financial Information as Study Data

        As a part of the study protocol, researchers occasionally request patient‐related cost data pertinent to specific procedures or to the treatment of certain medical conditions, hospital charges and payments received, or other financial data. We forward these research requests to a hospital Finance Chief to determine the appropriateness of releasing the requested data and, if approved, how the hospital will extract and present the data sets to the investigator.

        Hospital Risk Issues

        Research Equipment

        Our academic teaching hospital and the university medical school affiliated with it are distinct organizations, so a particular risk issue arises for the hospital when a researcher wishes to transport and use nonhospital equipment on the hospital premises. Our hospital system has responsibility to ensure appropriate and safe operation of equipment. Consequently, our hospital system review identifies any proposed use of externally‐owned equipment and involves the system and hospital Risk Officers in assessing such use for risk to patients. Specifics addressed include ownership of equipment, whether the research team or hospital staff will operate it; whether the operators have received or will receive training, and the potential risks to patients of equipment malfunctions. Upon determination that individuals will operate the equipment appropriately with minimal risks to study participants, the hospital's Biomedical Department performs their standard safety check prior to the equipment's use in the hospital.

        Clinical Data Generated by NonHospital Equipment

        Bringing external equipment into a hospital has a rarely anticipated consequence: the generation and storage of patient data. Our hospital system review determines whether these data constitute source data per FDA and ICH GCP definitions, whether the data are clinically pertinent, and whether the data need to go into the patient's hospital medical record. For example, if a university faculty researcher brings a vital signs monitor into the hospital to collect and electronically record data from hospital patients enrolled in a study, we may require that the research team print the data for insertion into the patient's hospital medical record.

        Surveys of Hospital Employees

        A research study that seeks to survey or interview hospital system employees raises a different type of institutional concern. In such a case, system and hospital Human Resources Department (HR) personnel review the planned study, paying close attention to how the research team will recruit employees and what type of information the team will request from them. HR does not want employees feeling that they must participate in a study simply because it takes place in their facility and wants to protect the identity of employees participating in anonymous surveys. On occasion, Institute staff distribute surveys (and sometimes collect them when completed), providing an identity firewall between the employee who elects to participate and the researcher.

        HR may also limit researchers from asking especially personal questions or questions inquiring about the recruitment, hiring, and retention practices of their employer. HR must consider whether the study design and survey questions raise liability concerns. Studies that include employee focus groups or one‐on‐one interviews raise issues pertaining to the purpose and content of the focus groups or interviews, mechanisms to address special issues or complaints that may arise during them, and determination of whether the employees may participate during paid time as opposed to participating while off‐the‐clock.

        Nonclinical Research Credentialing Process

        It is vital that hospitals know who will be on hospital premises for a research study and what activities they will be engaging in. If a research team member is not already affiliated with our hospital system and will be engaging in noninterventional research activities, such as conducting the research consent process, administering a survey, or providing educational materials, our hospital system review initiates a nonclinical research credentialing process. The Institute's Manager of Clinical Research Operations assesses the team members' qualifications, reviews their resumes, interviews each of them, and discusses exactly what activities they will be engaging in and their training and experience. In addition to evaluating their qualifications, the hospital must determine how such individuals will be identified once inside the hospital, including what type of badge (employee, contractor, or visitor) the hospital will provide them. Upon successful completion of the research credentialing process, the Institute explicitly names the approved individuals in the Letter of Approval to the Principal Investigator, with copies to the affected hospitals' units.

        Discussion

        Our hospital research review and approval process is critical to ensuring that only safe and regulatory‐compliant research activities occur within our hospital system, but the review and approval process, with its many steps and numerous reviewers, can be cumbersome. There is no substitute for human beings reading and understanding the protocol, consent forms for patient involvement in a study, the proposed use of protected health information, Investigator's Brochure, Research Application Form, and other study documents and then identifying pertinent issues and resolving them, and this process does require significant staff time.

        We have improved (continuously) the Research Application Form to help in the crucial initial gathering of information about studies' operational needs. We have also converted from a predominantly paper‐based review process to the widespread use of electronic documents, but we have not automated the distribution process for these electronic documents and a staff person must still do this through email.

        Despite our efforts to improve the review process, investigators are sometimes frustrated with it, particularly if someone identifies a new issue late in the process, or if the hospital system's approval for the study lags behind the IRB approval by more than a few days.

        Currently, the hospital system provides the majority of study approvals to the Principal Investigator within 2 weeks of IRB approval, with some approvals provided within 1 day of IRB approval and others as long as 3 months afterward. Delays in hospital approval can be due to a study lacking required approval from a Department of Defense IRB, the FDA not providing permission to proceed with a study, the absence of an executed contract with a vendor to pick up and dispose of radioactive waste from the investigational product and many other factors. Of course, when the research team can respond in timely fashion to inquiries or issues that we have raised, that assists all of us in completing the review and approval process as quickly as possible.

        The review and approval process benefits hospital patients, hospital personnel who will be supporting studies, and hospitals as institutions. Thinking through, planning, and preparing for study operations, particularly for studies taking place in an ICU, benefits the research team, hospital personnel, and the patients. Overall, the hospital system's research review and approval process affords many protections to our patients and reduces risks to the hospital system while permitting research studies to be conducted within its varied healthcare facilities.

        We encourage researchers not to view today's modern hospital as bricks and mortar, but as an institution with deep responsibility for safety on hospital premises. Hospitals must meet over a thousand Joint Commission standards, set goals for patient outcomes, measure and report on quality indicators, protect patient confidentiality, maintain the safety an ever‐expanding array of simple and complex equipment, maintain, check and document contents of adult and pediatric crash carts, have 24‐7 code teams at‐the‐ready, create, maintain and store patient medical records securely, transport patients, and much more.

        Conclusion

        Our hospital system, in accordance with a system‐wide policy, engages in a comprehensive review and approval process for any human participant research that has been proposed to be conducted within one or more of our facilities. The process focuses primarily on patient safety within the hospital premises, operational study issues, financial issues and hospital risk issues. This process decreases risks to the patients, researchers, and hospital facilities engaging in human participant research.

        References
        1. Code of Federal Regulations Part 45, Title 46.
        2. Code of Federal Regulations Part 50, Title 21.
        3. Flanders SA,Kaufman SR,Nallamothu BK,Saint S.The University of Michigan Specialist‐Hospitalist Allied Research Program: jumpstarting hospital medicine research.J Hosp Med.2008;3:308313.
        4. Moore C,Goldberg S.Successfully developing a cardiovascular research program in a community hospital.J Cardiovasc Manag.2004;15:1319.
        5. Jamerson PA.Developing an infrastructure for research in a free‐standing hospital.J Nurs Adm.2007;37:295301.
        6. Schneider KM,O'Donnell BE,Dean D.Prevalence of multiple chronic conditions in the United States' Medicare population.Health Qual Life Outcomes.2009;7:82.
        7. Getz KA,Wenger J,Campo RA,Seguine ES,Kaitin KI.Assessing the impact of protocol design changes on clinical trial performance.Am J Ther.2008;15:450457.
        8. Roche K,Paul N,Smuch B, et al.Factors affecting workload of cancer clinical trials: results of a multicenter study of the National Cancer Institute of Canada Clinical Trials Group.J Clin Oncol.2002;20:545556.
        9. Craft BS,Kurzrock R,Lei X, et al.The changing face of Phase 1 Cancer Clinical Trials: new challenges in study requirements.Cancer.2009;115(8):15921597.
        10. U.S. Census Bureau. Annual Estimates of the Resident Population for Counties of Texas: April 1, 2000 to July 1, 2008. Available at: http://www.census.gov/popest/counties/tables/CO‐EST2008–01‐48.xls. Accessed February 2010.
        11. Harris County Texas. Available at: http://www.gis.hctx.net. Accessed February 2010.
        12. Accreditation Program: Hospital. Available by purchase from The Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations.2008.
        13. International Conference on Harmonisation. Available at: www.ich.org/cache/compo/276–254‐1.html. Accessed February 2010.
        References
        1. Code of Federal Regulations Part 45, Title 46.
        2. Code of Federal Regulations Part 50, Title 21.
        3. Flanders SA,Kaufman SR,Nallamothu BK,Saint S.The University of Michigan Specialist‐Hospitalist Allied Research Program: jumpstarting hospital medicine research.J Hosp Med.2008;3:308313.
        4. Moore C,Goldberg S.Successfully developing a cardiovascular research program in a community hospital.J Cardiovasc Manag.2004;15:1319.
        5. Jamerson PA.Developing an infrastructure for research in a free‐standing hospital.J Nurs Adm.2007;37:295301.
        6. Schneider KM,O'Donnell BE,Dean D.Prevalence of multiple chronic conditions in the United States' Medicare population.Health Qual Life Outcomes.2009;7:82.
        7. Getz KA,Wenger J,Campo RA,Seguine ES,Kaitin KI.Assessing the impact of protocol design changes on clinical trial performance.Am J Ther.2008;15:450457.
        8. Roche K,Paul N,Smuch B, et al.Factors affecting workload of cancer clinical trials: results of a multicenter study of the National Cancer Institute of Canada Clinical Trials Group.J Clin Oncol.2002;20:545556.
        9. Craft BS,Kurzrock R,Lei X, et al.The changing face of Phase 1 Cancer Clinical Trials: new challenges in study requirements.Cancer.2009;115(8):15921597.
        10. U.S. Census Bureau. Annual Estimates of the Resident Population for Counties of Texas: April 1, 2000 to July 1, 2008. Available at: http://www.census.gov/popest/counties/tables/CO‐EST2008–01‐48.xls. Accessed February 2010.
        11. Harris County Texas. Available at: http://www.gis.hctx.net. Accessed February 2010.
        12. Accreditation Program: Hospital. Available by purchase from The Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations.2008.
        13. International Conference on Harmonisation. Available at: www.ich.org/cache/compo/276–254‐1.html. Accessed February 2010.
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        E17-E24
        Page Number
        E17-E24
        Article Type
        Display Headline
        Considerations for hospital approval of human participant research
        Display Headline
        Considerations for hospital approval of human participant research
        Sections
        Article Source
        Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine
        Disallow All Ads
        Correspondence Location
        6411 Fannin St., Houston, TX 77030
        Content Gating
        Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
        Gating Strategy
        First Peek Free
        Article PDF Media

        FDA‐warning for IV Haloperidol: A Review

        Article Type
        Changed
        Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
        Display Headline
        The FDA extended warning for intravenous haloperidol and torsades de pointes: How should institutions respond?

        Haloperidol is Food and Drug Administration (FDA)‐approved in the United States for the management of acute and chronic psychotic disorders and widely used in the management of delirium‐associated agitation in hospitalized patients.1 Delirium in the hospital is an acute confusional state that frequently arises from multiple complex factors and may affect up to 30% of hospitalized patients.2 Although the first step in the management of delirium involves identification and treatment of underlying causes and offering supportive behavioral care; medications may be needed to control severe agitation.2 Low dose intravenous (IV) haloperidol (ie, 0.250.5 mg every 4 hours) is a commonly used medication in this setting as recommended by expert‐groups including the Cochrane Collaboration and the American Psychiatric Association.2, 3

        Although injectable haloperidol, a butyrophenone‐derived antipsychotic agent pharmacologically related to the piperazine phenothiazines,4 is approved for IV use in many countries (Table 1), parenteral use is approved only for intramuscular (IM) administration in the US. Thus, IV administration of the drug in the US is considered an off‐label use.5

        Package Information of Officially Approved Haloperidol IV Products
        Indication Country
        Canada24 France29 Germany25 Great Britain37 Italy30 Switzerland31
        • Abbreviations: ECG, electrocardiogram; IV, intravenous; max, maximum; PO, by mouth; PRN, medication as needed; TdP, torsades de pointes; VT, ventricular tachycardia.

        Mainly delirium (schizophrenia, other psychosis, short‐term management of psychomotor agitation, excitement, violent or dangerously impulsive behavior, vomiting, hiccup) Short term treatment of agitation and aggressiveness during an acute or chronic psychotic episode, vomiting along with antimitotic post‐radiotherapy treatment Acute and chronic schizophrenia, psycho‐motorical agitation of psychotic genesis Schizophrenia, other psychosis, short‐term adjunctive management if psychomotor agitation, violent or dangerous impulsive behavior Resistant forms of psycho‐motorical excitement, acute delirious and/or hallucinatory psychosis' chronic psychosis High doses restrictions: syndrome of psycho‐motorical excitement, acute delirious and/or hallucinatory psychosis, chronic psychosis Acute schizophrenic episode, mania, vomiting
        IV dosing in adults 12 mg every 24 hours The use is limited to adult patients and the drug can be administered IM or IV. The IV route is restricted to the treatment of vomiting. 510 mg/day, daily max.: 30(100) mg 210 mg initially, PRN every 48 hours, daily max. 18 mg 510 mg initially, PRN every hour, daily max. 60 mg 5 mg PRN every 30 minutes
        IV dosing in geriatric care 0.250.5 mg Single dose of 0.51.5 mg, daily max. 5 mg Half adult dose Adjust to appropriate dose 0.5 mg, than PRN
        Risk factors for the development of cardiac adverse events QT prolonging drugs, diabetes, obesity, hypokalemia, congenital long QT syndrome Bradycardia <55 beats per minute, hypokalemia, congenital QT prolongation, other medications provoking bradycardia, deceleration of the intra‐cardiac transition or prolonged QT interval QT syndrome, hypokalemia, other electrolyte imbalance, cardiovascular diseases, QT prolongation in the family history Cardiovalscular disease, drugs that can prolong the QTc, diabetes, obesity, hypokalemia, congenital long QT syndrome Contraindications: recent cardiac infarction, uncompensated cardiac insufficiency, cardiac arrhythmias, antiarrhythmic drugs, pre‐existing QT prolongation, cases of arrhythmia or torsades de pointes in the family history, untreated potassium imbalance, QTc prolonging drugs QT syndrome, hypokalemia, hypomagnesemia, other electrolyte imbalances, cardiovascular diseases, hypothyreosis, QT prolongation in the family history
        Monitoring recommendations Electrolytes ECG monitoring at admission time, electrolytes ECG monitoring, electrolytes Metabolic parameters ECG at baseline and regular ECG monitoring, electrolytes Close ECG monitoring, electrolytes
        General recommendations Regular reevaluation in long‐term use Apply the lowest effective dose Apply the lowest effective dose Application per mouth is the route of choice Decrease dose if QTc >500 msec Switch to PO as soon as possible

        Haloperidol is often preferred over other antipsychotics as a result of its effectiveness, low rate of anticholinergic side effects, familiarity with dosing and usage, and minimal respiratory or sedative properties.6 Use of the IV route in patients with acute delirium has several advantages over the IM or oral route,7 including rapid onset, immediate bioavailability, and ease and safety of administration.

        Prior to September 2007, the package insert for haloperidol alerted healthcare professionals to the risk of cardiovascular side effects. Based on case reports of potentially fatal cardiac events, the FDA revised the label, warning that the QT prolongation (QTP) and risk of torsades de pointes (TdP) were increased with IV administration of haloperidol or administration of the drug at greater than recommended doses. Unfortunately, neither the typical dosing range nor the minimum dose associated with these cardiac side effects were specified in this recommendation.5

        It is well‐established that haloperidol may prolong the QT interval by blocking the repolarizing potassium IKr current.8 Although drugs that block the IKr channel can produce arrhythmia in healthy individuals, additional risk factors, such as underlying heart conditions, electrolyte imbalances (ie, hypokalemia and hypomagnesemia), concomitant proarrhythmic drug use, and mechanical ventilation may increase this risk.9 Prolongation of the QT interval has been associated with subsequent malignant cardiac arrhythmias including ventricular fibrillation and TdP.10 Prolongation of the QT interval is considered the strongest risk factor for TdP, particularly with a baseline QTc > 450 msec.9

        Based on the increased risk for QTP and TdP and the case reports of cardiac events, the FDA advisory recommended continuous electrocardiogram (ECG) monitoring in patients receiving IV haloperidol.5 However, such monitoring may be impractical and costly in hospitalized patients who require low doses of IV haloperidol to manage acute delirium and who are not in telemetry or intensive care units.

        The aim of this review was to evaluate the case reports leading to the recent FDA warning for IV haloperidol, specifically focusing on the presence of risk factors for arrhythmias. Based upon the evidence, an additional aim was to provide an institutional response to this warning toward the optimal use of this agent.

        Method

        Two search pathways were used to evaluate reports of haloperidol‐associated TdP and/or QT prolongation:

        Literature Review

        We searched for published literature in humans indexed in Pubmed (1966April 2009), EMBASE (1972April 2009), and Scopus (1823April 2009) using the search terms haloperidol or Haldol combined with intravenous or infusion and at least one of the following terms: QT prolongation, TdP, torsades de pointes, torsades with a specific focus on case reports.

        References from the retrieved articles were also reviewed to search for additional case reports.

        In addition to cases reported in English journals, several of our reports originated from Japan11 (translation provided by the FDA), Spain12 and Germany13 (translated by the primary author).

        Search of the FDA Database

        We reviewed all adverse drug events reported through MedWatch or those submitted by the manufacturer from November 1997 to April 2008 through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request. The FDA provided a full‐text summary of 5944 reports involving oral, intramuscular and IV use of haloperidol. The FDA data were transferred to a Microsoft Access database and screened for the key terms torsade, QT, prolongation, wave. Incident report number, date of report, age, gender, origin of report, medication name, role of drug as categorized by the FDA (suspect, concomitant, primary suspect, secondary suspect), route, dose, units, duration, symptoms and FDA outcome category (death, life‐threatening, hospitalization initial or prolonged, disability, congenital anomaly, required intervention to prevent permanent damage, other) were recorded. Only those reports in which IV haloperidol was considered by the reporter to be the primary causative agent for the adverse event were reviewed. Available information included diagnosis, laboratory parameters, QTc measurement, cardiac symptoms, outcomes and a description of recovery. No peer review was applied to the MedWatch reports and the data reported in this publication reflect the original information from the FDA MedWatch database. Baseline QTc was either the value defined as such in the original report or the lowest QTc reported. Haloperidol doses administered were defined as cumulative dose at event, encompassing all doses administered during the hospital stay until the occurrence of the adverse cardiac event.

        The drugs listed in the case reports were assessed for proarrhythmic potential using 2 references: the individual package insert and the website of the Arizona Center for Education and Research on Therapeutics.14

        The drugs were only considered proarrhythmic when the 2 resources were in agreement.

        Duplicates and/or previously published cases, as well as reports involving adverse cardiac effects not associated with QTP or TdP, were identified and excluded.

        In their advisory, the FDA does not state the exact origin of the reports, their specific search strategy to identify haloperidol‐associated adverse events, or the role IV haloperidol played in the individual events included in the extended warning. Consequently, the number of events identified in this review may differ from that published in the FDA extended warning.

        Results

        A total of 70 reported cases of IV haloperidol associated TdP and/or QTP were identified. Of these 70, 41 were identified through the PubMed/EMBASE/Scopus review, while an additional 29 cases were identified through the FDA database search.

        Of the 29 cases in the FDA database, 21 were reported by health care professionals and 8 by manufacturers.

        A total of 35 publications described cases originating from the US. Three cases took place in Japan and 1 case each in Canada, Germany and Spain. Several cases in the MedWatch database were reported outside the US: 1 case each originated from Austria, Canada, France, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. A summary of the published case reports is displayed in Table 2 and the FDA cases are summarized in Table 3.

        Summary of Case Reports of Intravenous Haloperidol‐associated QTP/TdP Published in Pubmed, Embase and/or Scopus (182304/2009)
        Case Source (reference#) Date Age, Years Gender Drugs Pro‐arrhyth. Venti‐ lated Max. Daily Dose (mg) Total Dose at Event (mg) Time to Event Prolonged QT QTc Maximal (baseline), msec Change in QTc (msec) TdP ECG Normalization, Outcome
        • Abbreviations: ECG, electrocardiogram; IM: intramuscular; IV, intravenous; max, maximum; PO, per os; PRN, medication as needed; QTP, QT prolongation; TdP, torsades de pointes, VT, ventricular tachycardia.

        • Five of 8 patients in this case series received concomitant proarrhythmic drugs. The individual patients were unspecified.

        • Estimated.

        1 35 1991 56 m No Yes 1200 1540 NR Yes 584 (400) 184 NR NR, uneventful
        2 13 1992 36 m Yes No 11.5 11.5 20 hours after start Yes 714 (428) 286 Yes QTc normalization (440 msec), NR
        3 38 1993 39 f Yes Yes NR 580 Max. QTc 72 hours after start Yes 650 (420) 230 Yes QTc normalization after 6 days, uneventful
        4 38 1993 19 f Yes No 170 170 Max. QT 12 hours after start Yes 600 (480) 120 Yes QTc normalization after 8 days, uneventful
        5 38 1993 63 f Yes No NR 489 Max. QT 48 hours after start Yes 670 (520) 150 Yes QTc normalization after 8 days, uneventful
        6 38 1993 74 f Yes Yes NR 10 NR No 430 (410) 20 Yes QTc unchanged after 8 days, uneventful
        7 17 1993 39 m Yes Yes NR >490 NR Yes 457 (348) 109 Yes QTc normalization within 2 to 3 days, no further TdP, NR
        8 17 1993 61 m Yes Yes 115 211 NR Yes 500 (390) 110 NR QTc normalization within 2 days, death
        9 17 1993 48 m Yes Yes 825 825 NR Yes 538 (441) 97 NR QTc normalization in 3 days, rehabilitation
        10 39 1994 23 f Yes Yes 120 300 12 hours after dose increase Yes NR (550) NR Yes NR, uneventful, extubation after 5 days, discharge after 10 days
        11 39 1994 28 m Yes Yes 300 >300 24 hours after dose increase Yes NR (>520) NR Yes No recurrence of arrhythmia, patient death (multi‐organ failure)
        12 40 1994 65 m Yes NR 230 410 Worsening from day 2 to day 5 Yes 594 (490) 104 Yes QTc normalization (406 msec), no cardiac problems at discharge
        13 40 1994 65 f Yes NR 500 980 After the last 60mg Yes 628 (403) 225 Yes QTc normalization (<400 msec), recurrence with oral haloperidol, rehabilitation
        14 40 1994 76 f Yes NR 21 26 Day 2 after several boluses Yes 670 (450) 220 Yes QTc normalization within several days (412 msec), rehabilitation
        15 41 1994 59 m NR Yes 865 1013 NR Yes 640 (480) 160 NR QTc normalization in 24 hours, survived
        16 16 1995 76 f Yes No NR 44.5 plus 1 PO 15 minutes Yes 670 (409) 261 Yes ECG normalized the next morning, no further events
        17 16 1995 49 m Yes No NR 1150 plus 20 IM 45 minutes Yes 648 (380) 268 Yes QTc normalization in 24 hours, anoxic brain insult/rehabilitation
        18 16 1995 65 f Yes No 600 965 30 minutes Yes 628 (403) 225 Yes 3 more episodes of TdP in 3 hours, QTc normalization in 2 days, no recurrence with further haloperidol, NR
        19 42 1995 42 m Yes No 28 28 20 minutes Yes 610 (533) 77 Yes QTc normalization in 5 days, uneventful, ECG normal
        20 42 1995 39 m Yes No 45 45 5 minutes Yes 654 (NR) NR Yes QTc normalization after 24 hours, uneventful
        21 11 1997 56 f No No 10 10 Shortly after NR NR (NR) NR Yes TdP resolved after 8 hours, NR
        22 11 1997 82 f NR No 10 10 Shortly after Yes 680 (NR) NR Yes QTc normalization on day 6 after admission (470 msec), NR
        23 11 1997 35 m NR No NR 90 After 20 mg Yes 520 (NR) NR Yes TdP disappeared 12 hours later, NR
        24 43,44 1998 45 m NR Yes* NR 9 203 minutes Yes 638 (560) 78 Yes NR, overall survival 100%, significantly prolonged hospital stay
        25 43,44 1998 64 f NR NR 115 220 minutes Yes 605 (424) 181 Yes
        26 43,44 1998 75 f NR NR 85 60 minutes Yes 567 (508) 59 Yes
        27 43,44 1998 71 f NR NR 55 120 minutes Paced Paced Paced Yes
        28 43,44 1998 58 f NR NR 75 38 minutes Yes 657 (542) 115 Yes
        29 43,44 1998 40 m NR NR 35 15 minutes Yes 679 (475) 204 Yes
        30 43,44 1998 71 m NR NR 70 58 minutes Yes 521 (478) 43 Yes
        31 43,44 1998 47 m NR 400 400 79 minutes Yes 574 (444) 130 Yes
        32 21 1999 41 f Yes Yes 320 915 55 minutes Yes 610 (426) 184 Yes QTc normalization after 5 day, uneventful
        33 21 1999 31 m Yes Yes 480 1700 40 minutes Yes 599 (491) 108 Yes QTc normalized in 4 days, NR
        34 18 2000 64 f Yes Yes 175 175 NR No 413 (418) (‐5) Yes QTc remained unchanged, uneventful
        35 8 2000 75 m No NR >2 >2 NR Yes 615 (435) 180 No QTc normalization in 48 hours, uneventful
        36 8 2000 68 m Yes Yes >2 >2 NR Yes 650 (407) 243 No QTc normalization after 4 day, uneventful after extubation
        37 8 2000 77 m NR NR (4) 2 NR Yes 550 (393) 157 No QTc normalization in 24 to 36 hours, NR
        38 12 2004 34 m Yes NR 24.5 24.5 20 minutes Yes 560 (420) 140 Yes QTc normalization (440 msec), ECG normal
        39 23 2004 58 f Yes NR 340 1010 NR Yes 533 (460) 73 Yes QTc normalization 7 days later discharge after 27days
        40 45 2008 86 f Yes No 2 mg 2 mg 8 hours after last dose Yes 524 (NR) Probably 79 No QTc normalization (445 msec), NR
        41 46 2009 74 m Yes No 2 2 Shortly after Yes NR (579) NR Yes Pre‐existing heart block and fibrillation resolved, nursing home/rehabilitation
        Summary of FDA MedWatch Reports of Intravenous Haloperidol‐associated QTP/TdP, 11/199704/2008
        Report MedWatch Identifier Report Date Age, Years Gender Drugs Pro‐arrh. Maximum Daily Dose (mg) Total Dose at Event (mg) Prolonged QT QTc Maximal (baseline), msec Change in QTc (msec) TdP Outcome; Recovery
        • Abbreviations: FDA, Food and Drug Administration; f, female; m, male; NA, not applicable, NR, not reported; QTP, QT prolongation; VT, ventricular tachycardia.

        1 3122988‐1 1998 61 m No 48 48 Yes NR NR Yes Intervention; NR
        2 3157827‐6 1998 44 f No 160 160 Yes 550 (440) 110 Yes Intervention; uneventful
        3 3178715‐5 1999 60 m NR 415 645 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; QTc normalization in 1 day, no recurrence
        4 3271261‐X 1999 56 m NR NR 20 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; QTc normalization
        5 3271080‐4 1999 35 m Yes 7 7 NR NR NR Yes NR; event abated after dose stopped/reduced, hospitalization prolonged
        6 3325391‐4 1999 55 f Yes 75 75 NR NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        7 3381921‐8 1999 52 m No 320 634 Yes 458 (430) 28 Yes Death; NA
        8 3483869‐7 2000 18 m No >200 >310 Yes NR NR Yes Intervention; no recurrence after haloperidol reinstitution
        9 3516342‐8 2000 NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR Yes NR; NR
        10 3516320‐9 2000 34 m Yes 5 5 Yes NR NR No Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped
        11 3552263‐2 2000 46 f Yes NR 97.5 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        12 3574705‐9 2000 78 m Yes NR 160 Yes 603 (453) 50 Yes Intervention; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        13 3703871‐7 2001 27 m NR 530 530 Yes NR NR Yes Death, NA
        14 3724567‐1 2001 31 m Yes 6 6 Yes 496 (449) 47 No Life‐threatening; ECG returned to baseline
        15 3851984‐1 2002 72 f NR 18 18 NR NR NR Yes Hospitalization; NR
        16 3942407‐2 2002 51 m Yes 14 14 Yes 461 (444) 17 Yes Life‐threatening; no recurrence
        17 4066580‐3 2003 >60 f NR 50 50 Yes >600 (480) >120 No Hospitalization; QTc normalization, patient recovered
        18 4126280‐8 2003 47 f NR 60 180 Yes 550 (450) 100 No (bradycardia) Hospitalization; patient recovered
        19 4150700‐6 2003 NR m NR 5 5 NR NR NR Yes NR; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        20 4340092‐1 2004 52 m Yes 5 5 Yes >500 (490) >10 NR (polymorphous VT) Life‐threatening; NR
        21 4714692‐0 2005 NR m NR NR NR Yes NR NR Yes Hospitalization; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        22 4881813‐9 2006 NR m NR NR 40 NR NR NR Yes Hospitalization; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        23 4892225‐6 2006 NR f Yes 10 >10 Yes 493 (300) 193 No Hospitalization; QTc normalization (403 msec)
        24 4911873‐8 2006 69 m Yes 6 6 NR NR NR Yes Cardiac arrest, death; NA
        25 5366448‐6 2007 53 m Yes NR 35 Yes NR NR NR Cardiac arrest, life‐threatening; patient recovered
        26 5563440‐3 2007 58 m Possible 5 5 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        27 5642929‐2 2008 42 m Yes 165 165 Yes 640 (350) 290 Yes Death; NA
        28 5697758‐0 2008 38 m Yes NR 620 NR NR NR Yes Hospitalization; patient recovered
        29 5254840‐X 2008 19 f Possible 15 25 Yes 461 NR NR Cardiac arrest, hospitalization; patient recovered

        Of the 70 cases, 54 cases of TdP were reported. The remaining 16 of 70 cases involved cases of QTP, 9 of which did not progress to TdP and 7 of which the progression to TdP was unclear. Of note, 42 of 54 of the cases of TdP were reported as preceded by documented QTP. Presence of QTP was unknown in the other 12 original reports. Three out of 70 patients experienced sudden cardiac arrest, 1 of which was fatal. One arrest was preceded by TdP and 2 by QTP (Figure 1).

        Figure 1
        Distribution of cardiac adverse events among unpublished and published case reports of intravenous haloperidol‐associated QTP/TdP, 1997–2008.

        The patient ages ranged from 18 years to 86 years. Of note, 17 patients experiencing TdP and/or QTP were <40 years old, and 2 of those patients were <30 years old.

        Haloperidol‐associated QTP and/or TdP were observed in 27 female and 42 male patients; the gender was not stated in one report. Of the 54 patients experiencing TdP (with or without report of previous QTP), 22 were female and 31 were male (1 gender unknown).

        A total of 68 of 70 patients were determined to have associated risk factors15 for QTP/TdP (see Table 4). The circumstances of the remaining 2 patients were not described in sufficient detail to identify associated risk factors.

        Presence of Risk Factors Associated With QTP and/or TdP in the Published Case Reports and the FDA MedWatch Database
        Risk Factor Patients, n (%)
        • Abbreviations: FDA, Food and Drug Administration; QTc, ; QT, QT prolongation; TdP, torsades de pointes.

        Any risk factor 68/70 (97)
        Unknown 2/70 (3)
        Specific risk factors
        Electrolyte imbalance 27/68 (40)
        Underlying cardiac disease 32/68 (47)
        Concomitant proarrhythmic agents 39/68 (57)
        Other drugs influencing cardiac function 23/68 (34)
        Baseline QTc >450 msec 18/68 (26)
        QTc known: 44 patients 18/44 (41)

        Overall, 32 patients had underlying heart conditions. Electrolyte imbalances, including hypokalemia, hypomagnesemia, and hypocalcemia, were present in 17 patients. At least 39 patients were receiving potentially proarrhythmic agents (1‐8 proarrhythmic drugs per patient) in addition to IV haloperidol. At least 23 patients were receiving additional drugs with a potential for other cardiac adverse events than QTP and TdP.

        A wide range of other disease states previously reported to be associated with QTP15 were identified in these patients: asthma (5 patients), diabetes (5 patients), obesity (3 patients), impaired renal and/or liver function (3 patients each), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) (2 patients); chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), pancreatitis and hypothyroidism (1 patient each). A total of 22 patients had a history of substance abuse (alcohol and/or drugs), and 4 patients were smokers.

        The administered doses of IV haloperidol varied widely. Considering that information regarding the maximal daily dose was missing in 22 reports and ambiguous in another 20 cases, the results have been presented using cumulative IV haloperidol doses. Patients experiencing TdP without preceding QTP received a cumulative dose (= total dose at event) ranging from 5 mg to 645 mg. Patients with both confirmed QTP and TdP were administered a cumulative dose of 2 mg to 1700 mg. Patients who experienced QTP without TdP received a cumulative dose of 2 mg to 1540 mg of IV haloperidol.

        Sudden cardiac arrest following administration of IV haloperidol was observed in cumulative doses ranging from 6 mg to 35 mg. The cardiac arrest leading to a fatal outcome was preceded by an administration of at least 6 mg of IV haloperidol. Overall, 14 out of 70 patients received cumulative doses of 10 mg IV haloperidol.

        The time from administration to documentation of QTP and/or TdP ranged from immediately post administration to 8 hours after administration of the last dose of IV haloperidol.

        Baseline QTc was known in 44 patients. Baseline QTc was >450 msec in 18 of these 44 patients.

        The change from baseline QTc varied widely from 20 msec to 286 msec; 36 patients demonstrated a prolongation of >50 msec.

        In those patients with reported haloperidol‐associated QTP, 25 patients demonstrated a QTc >600 msec and 38 patients >520 msec.9 Of the cases with known specific QTc values, the QTc was prolonged >450 msec in 48 out of 50 cases. The lowest reported QTc leading to TdP was 413 msec.

        A total of 20 patients were reported as having a normalization of QTc (as defined by the original reports) within several hours to 8 days; minimal QTP was reported as persisting in 2 patients. The specifics of the other patients were unknown, although 25 patients were categorized as recovered, 13 were stated as having an uneventful remainder of hospitalization, and 5 patients were discharged to a rehabilitation facility or a nursing home.

        Discussion

        The current review was performed in response to the FDA warning recommending the use of continuous ECG monitoring associated with the administration of intravenous haloperiodol.5 This warning has resulted in substantial dilemmas for health care organizations, additional resource allocation, and increased scrutiny from regulatory agencies. The results of our review reveal that intravenous haloperidol‐associated QTP and TdP almost uniformly take place in patients with concomitant risk factors and with cumulative doses 2 mg. In light of these findings, it is possible that hospitals may be able to administer intravenous haloperidol in patients without risk factors without continuous ECG monitoring. In reviewing these published reports, it is important to note that the FDA identified 28 published cases of haloperidol‐associated QTP and TdP, while our review yielded a total of 41 published case reports.

        The FDA database included 73 cases of haloperidol‐associated TdP in their database. However, these cases included both oral as well as IV administration; using our methodology, we identified 29 additional case reports associated with intravenous haloperidol from this database. Consequently, our review included 41 published case reports and 29 FDA database cases, resulting in the total of 70 patients.

        Our review revealed a number of practical findings. First, our summary demonstrated that neither QTP nor TdP has been documented with a cumulative dose of IV haloperidol of <2 mg. The majority of patients (80%) received cumulative IV doses 10 mg. The lowest dose associated with sudden cardiac arrest was 6 mg and this took place in a 69‐year‐old male patient. Second, the majority (97%) of our patients had additional risk factors for QTP and/or TdP. Pre‐existing heart disease,1619 electrolyte imbalance,17, 1921 concomitant proarrhythmic drugs16, 17, 1922 and mechanical ventilation17, 23 were identified as the most commonly observed risk factors (Table 4). Lastly, in those cases in which the data were reported, baseline QTc was >450 msec in 41% of the patients, and 96% had a QTc at the time of the event >450 msec. Therefore, we conclude that patients: (1) receiving low cumulative doses (<2 mg) with (2) no risk factors for prolonged QTc or TdP, and (3) with a normal QTc on baseline EKG can safely be given IV haloperidol in the hospital setting.

        This dosage range is consistent with the labelling for IV haloperidol dosing in Canada24 and Germany25 (Table 1), where single doses of 0.25 mg to 1.5 mg are recommended for the treatment of delirium or acute agitation in the geriatric population.24, 25

        In a recent Cochrane review, low‐dose IV haloperidol (<3 mg per day) was concluded to be as safe and effective as atypical antipsychotics in the treatment of acute delirium with respect to extrapyramidal adverse effects.2

        The American Psychiatric Association recommends an initial IV dose of 12 mg every 24 hours as needed (0.250.50 mg every 4 hours as needed for elderly patients), with titration to higher doses for patients who continue to be agitated for the treatment of patients with delirium (issued 1999, updated 2004).3

        While several expert‐groups and investigators currently consider IV haloperidol as an important therapeutic option for treating acute delirium and agitation in the dose range presented above, less consensus exists regarding monitoring requirements.2, 3, 26, 27

        The American Psychiatric Association recommends IV haloperidol only after a baseline ECG is obtained. These guidelines have not been updated since the release of the FDA extended warning.3 In their recent review, Morandi et al.28 support the dosage recommendation of the 1999 American Psychiatric Association's practice guidelines for treatment of delirium,3 ie, administration of IV haloperidol in single doses of 0.5 mg to 2 mg in elderly patients, however, only after a baseline ECG is obtained.28 While the package insert of IV haloperidol in France29 recommends a baseline ECG, Germany,25 Italy30 and Switzerland's31 package information states the need for regular ECG monitoring. Guidelines for the treatment of delirium in the intensive care unit published by the American College of Critical Care Medicine and the Society of Critical Care Medicine in collaboration with the American Society of Health‐System Pharmacists consider IV haloperidol as the preferred agent for the treatment of delirium in critically ill patients (grade of recommendation = C). These expert groups recommend that patients should be monitored for electrocardiographic changes (QT interval prolongation and arrhythmias) when receiving haloperidol (Grade of recommendation = B).32

        Nevertheless, continuous ECG monitoring (ie, telemetry) is expensive, labor‐intensive and, potentially overutilized.33, 34 Requiring clinicians to place all patients receiving intravenous haloperidol on telemetry is impractical and potentially costly. Mandating telemetry could also lead to unintended harm, ie, use of a less effective or less safe drug to avoid compliance with the telemetry mandate.

        Based on our findings and the current recommendations in the literature, inpatient providers should be thoughtful and deliberate in the use of haloperidol to treat acute delirium with agitation. Patients requiring pharmacologic management of their delirium should be screened for risk factors for QTP and TdP (Table 4) and a baseline ECG should be obtained prior to haloperidol administration. If significant risk factors exist or the baseline ECG reveals a prolonged QTc, then the patient should receive continuous ECG monitoring. Similarly, if cumulative doses of 2 mg are needed, the patient should be placed on telemetry.

        There are some limitations to our study design. Our findings are based upon previously published case reports or data submitted to the FDA MedWatch. While the content of the FDA's MedWatch database is accessible to the public via the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), the events are neither categorized nor peer‐reviewed upon entry into the database. Consequently, information may be incomplete or inaccurate. In addition, the denominator representing the overall use of IV haloperidol is unknown, thus a rate of event cannot be assigned and the true scope of the problem cannot be determined. Despite these limitations, this summary represents the most comprehensive review of the literature to date, expanding on the analysis performed by the FDA. Of note, in our review of the FDA database, we noted several cases of haloperidol‐associated QTP or TdP associated with other routes of administration. Thus, it is unknown whether this complication is any greater with IV vs. the IM or per os (PO) routes of administration.

        Conclusion

        Although the proarrhythmic potential of haloperidol and other antipsychotics has been well established in the literature, IV haloperidol has been considered relatively safe with respect to this complication from the time of its approval in 1967.5, 1722, 35, 36 In reviewing all reported cases of cardiac complications associated with IV haloperidol, as well as the current literature, an association with QTP and TdP is likely. However, the case reports reveal that QTP and TdP generally occur in the setting of concomitant risk factors, and no cases have been reported utilizing a cumulative IV dose of <2 mg. It may therefore be safe to administer a cumulative dose of IV haloperidol of <2 mg without ECG monitoring in patients without risk factors for QTP. However, ECG monitoring should take place with IV haloperidol doses 2 mg and/or in those patients with additional risk factors of developing QTP and/or TdP.

        Based on the findings of this review complemented by the guidelines of various expert‐groups and the official labelling information of different countries, the Pharmacy & Therapeutics Committee of the UCSF Medical Center revised the IV haloperidol policy: administration of a total dose of <2 mg IV haloperidol without concurrent telemetry is allowed in a noncritical care setting in patients without risk factors for QTP and TdP.

        Acknowledgements

        The authors acknowledge Gloria Won of the Fishbon Library at UCSF Medical Center at Mount Zion for her support.

        References
        1. Haldol® injection (for immediate release) Package Insert.Raritan, NJ:Ortho‐McNeil Pharmaceutical Inc.;2005;rev. 05.2007.
        2. Lonergan E,Britton AM,Luxenberg J,Wyller T. Antipsychotics for delirium (review), the Cochrane collaboration2008;2. Available at: www. cochrane.org. Accessed February 2010.
        3. American Psychiatric Association: practice guideline for the treatment of patients with delirium.Am J Psychiatry.1999;156(5 suppl):120, updated 2004.
        4. Thomson Micromedex.2008. Micromedex healthcare series: “haloperidol” Thomson Micromedex, Greenwood Village.
        5. FDA alert: haloperidol (marketed as Haldol, Haldol Decanoate and Haldol Lactate).2007. This alert highlights revisions to the labeling for haloperidol. Available at: www.fda.gov. Accessed February 2010.
        6. Tesar GE,Murray GB,Cassem NH.Use of high‐dose intravenous haloperidol in the treatment of agitated cardiac patients,J Clin Psychopharmacol.1985;5(6):344347.
        7. Fricchione GL,Nejad SH,Esses JA, et al.Postoperative delirium,Am J Psychiatry.2008;165:7.
        8. Douglas PH,Block PC.Corrected QT interval prolongation associated with intravenous haloperidol in acute coronary syndromes,Catheter Cardiovasc Interv.2000;50(3):352355.
        9. Glassman AH,Bigger JT.Antipsychotic drugs: prolonged QTc interval, torsade de pointes, and sudden death.Am J Psych.2001;158(11):17741782.
        10. Tisdale JE,Kovacs R,Mi D, et al.Accuracy of uncorrected versus corrected QT Interval for Prediction of torsade de pointes associated with intravenous haloperidol.Pharmacotherapy.2007;27(2):175182.
        11. Arita Y,Kawamoto T,Shingu N.Three cases of ventricular tachycardia and torsades de pointes induced by antipsychotic drugs.Shinzo.1997;29(1):6874.
        12. Herrero‐Hernandez R,Cidoncha‐Gallego M,Herrero‐De Lucas E,Jimenez/‐Lendinez YM.Haloperidol por via intravenosa y torsade de pointes.Medicina intensive.2004;28(2):89.
        13. Rettmar K,Stierle U,Muhle E, et al.QT‐Verlängerung und Kammerflimmern unter Haloperidol‐ und Clonidin‐Therapie des Alkoholentzugssyndroms.Intensivmedizin und Notfallmedizin.1992;29(4):178183.
        14. ARIZONA CERT, Arizona Center for Education and Research on Therapeutics. Available at: www.azcert.org. Accessed February 2010.
        15. Lip G,Godtfredsen J.Cardiac arrhythmias—a clinical approach.Edinburgh:Mosby;2003.
        16. Hunt N,Stern TA.The association between intravenous haloperidol and torsades de pointes—three cases and a literature review.Psychosomatics.1995;36:541549.
        17. Metzger E,Friedman R.Prolongation of the corrected QT and torsades de pointes cardiac arrhythmia associated with intravenous haloperidol in the medically ill.J Clin Psychopharmacol.1993;13(2):128132.
        18. Perrault LP,Denault AY,Carrier M,Cartier R,Bélisle S.Torsades de pointes secondary to intravenous haloperidol after coronary bypass grafting surgery.Can J Anesth.2000;47(3):251254.
        19. Hassaballa HA,Balk RA.Torsade de pointes associated with the administration of intravenous haloperidol: a review of the literature and practical guidelines for use,Expert Opin Drug Saf.2003;2(6):543547.
        20. Lawrence KR,Nasraway SA.Conduction disturbances associated with administration of butyrophenone antipsychotics in the critically ill: a review of the literature,Pharmacotherapy.1997;17(3):531537.
        21. O'Brien JM,Rockwood RP,Suh KI.Haloperidol‐induced torsades de pointes.Ann Pharacother.1999;33(10):10461050.
        22. Shapiro BA,Warren J,Egol AB, et al.Practice parameters for intravenous analgesia and sedation for adult patients in the intensive care unit: an executive summary,Crit Care Med.1995;23(9):15961600.
        23. Akers WS,Flynn JD,Davis GA,Green AE,Winstead PS,Strobel G.Prolonged cardiac repolarization after tacrolimus and haloperidol administration in the critically ill patient.Pharmacotherapy.2004;24(3):404408.
        24. CPS Compendium of Pharmaceuticals and Specialties, the Canadian drug reference for health professionals, 2007, Canadian pharmacists association.
        25. Rote Liste Deutschland2008, Rote Liste Service GmbH Frankfurt am Main. Available at: www.rote‐liste.de. Accessed February 2010.
        26. Laible B,Johnson T.Delirium in the hospitalized patient: a primer for the pharmacist clinician.J Pharm Pract.2007;20(5):368372.
        27. Michaud L,Büla C,Berney A, et al.Delirium: guidelines for general hospitals.J Psychosom Res.2007;62(3):371383.
        28. Morandi A,Gunter ML,Ely EW,Pandharipande P.The pharmacological management of delirium in critical illness.Current Drug Therapy.2008,3:148157.
        29. VIDAL‐l'information sur les produits de santé2008, Issy les Moulineaux Cedex. Available at: www.vidal.fr. Accessed February 2010.
        30. Haldol iniettabile—ufficiale monografia italiana. Available at: www. informatorefarmaceutico.it. Accessed February 2010.
        31. Arzneimittelkompendium der Schweiz2008, documed Verlag Basel. Availabla at: www.kompendium.ch. Accessed February 2010.
        32. Jacobi J,Fraser GL,Coursin DB, et al.Clinical practice guidelines for the sustained use of sedatives and analgesics in the critically ill, American College of Critical Care Medicine ACCM, Society of Critical Care Medicine SCCM, American Society of Health‐System Pharmacists ASHP.Crit Care Med.2002;30(1):119141.
        33. Henriques‐Forsythe MN,Ivonye CC,Kamuguisha LK,Olejeme KA,Onwuanyi AE.Is telemetry overused? Is it as helpful as thought?Cleve Clin J Med.2009;76(6):368372.
        34. Sivaram CA,Summers JH,Ahmed N.Telemetry outside critical care units: patterns of utilization and influence on management decisions.Clin Cardiol.1998;21(7):503505.
        35. Sanders KM,Murray GB,Cassem NH.High‐dose intravenous haloperidol for agitated delirium in a cardiac patient on intra‐aortic balloon pump.J Clin Psychopharmacol.1991;11(2):146147.
        36. Ryan CJ.Haloperidol, midazolam and intravenous sedation.Aust NZ J Psychiatry.1999;33(6):942943.
        37. BNF British National Formulary, compendium of pharmaceuticals and specialties of the UK.2007. Available at: www.bnf.org. Accessed February 2010.
        38. Wilt JL,Minnema AM,Johnson RF,Rosenblum AM.Torsade de pointes associated with the use of intravenous haloperidol.Ann Intern Med.1993;119(5):391394.
        39. Zeifman CWE,Friedman B.Torsades de pointes: potential consequence of intravenous haloperidol in the intensive care unit.Intensive Care World.1994;11(3):109112.
        40. Di Salvo TG,O'Gara TP.Torsade de pointes caused by high‐dose intravenous haloperidol in cardiac patients.Clin Cardiol.1995;18:285290.
        41. Riker RR,Fraser GL,Cox PM.Continuous infusion of haloperidol controls agitation in critically ill patients.Crit Care Med.1994:22(3):433440.
        42. Faigel DO,Metz DC,Kochman ML.Torsade de pointes complicating the treatment of bleeding esophageal varices: association with neuroleptics, vasopressin, and electrolyte imbalances.Am J Gastroenterol.1995;90(5):822824.
        43. Sharma ND,Rosman HS,Padhi ID,Tisdale JE.Torsades de pointes associated with intravenous haloperidol in critically ill patients.Am J Cardiol.1998;81(2):238240.
        44. Tisdale JE,Rasty S,Padhi ID,Sharma ND,Rosman H.The effect of intravenous haloperidol on QT interval dispersion in critically ill patients: comparison with QT interval prolongation for assessment of risk of torsades de pointes.J Clin Pharmacol.2001;41:13101318.
        45. Stepkovitch K,Heagle Bahn C,Gupta R.Low‐dose haloperidol associated QTc prolongation.J Am Geriatr Soc.2008;56(10):19631964.
        46. Ginwalla M,Biblo LA,Paydak H.Torsade de pointes following intravenous haloperidol administration in a patient with complete heart block.WMJ.2009;108(1):4850.
        Article PDF
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        E8-E16
        Legacy Keywords
        antipsychotics, adverse drug reactions, cardiac adverse events, haloperidol, QT prolongation, torsades de pointes
        Sections
        Article PDF
        Article PDF

        Haloperidol is Food and Drug Administration (FDA)‐approved in the United States for the management of acute and chronic psychotic disorders and widely used in the management of delirium‐associated agitation in hospitalized patients.1 Delirium in the hospital is an acute confusional state that frequently arises from multiple complex factors and may affect up to 30% of hospitalized patients.2 Although the first step in the management of delirium involves identification and treatment of underlying causes and offering supportive behavioral care; medications may be needed to control severe agitation.2 Low dose intravenous (IV) haloperidol (ie, 0.250.5 mg every 4 hours) is a commonly used medication in this setting as recommended by expert‐groups including the Cochrane Collaboration and the American Psychiatric Association.2, 3

        Although injectable haloperidol, a butyrophenone‐derived antipsychotic agent pharmacologically related to the piperazine phenothiazines,4 is approved for IV use in many countries (Table 1), parenteral use is approved only for intramuscular (IM) administration in the US. Thus, IV administration of the drug in the US is considered an off‐label use.5

        Package Information of Officially Approved Haloperidol IV Products
        Indication Country
        Canada24 France29 Germany25 Great Britain37 Italy30 Switzerland31
        • Abbreviations: ECG, electrocardiogram; IV, intravenous; max, maximum; PO, by mouth; PRN, medication as needed; TdP, torsades de pointes; VT, ventricular tachycardia.

        Mainly delirium (schizophrenia, other psychosis, short‐term management of psychomotor agitation, excitement, violent or dangerously impulsive behavior, vomiting, hiccup) Short term treatment of agitation and aggressiveness during an acute or chronic psychotic episode, vomiting along with antimitotic post‐radiotherapy treatment Acute and chronic schizophrenia, psycho‐motorical agitation of psychotic genesis Schizophrenia, other psychosis, short‐term adjunctive management if psychomotor agitation, violent or dangerous impulsive behavior Resistant forms of psycho‐motorical excitement, acute delirious and/or hallucinatory psychosis' chronic psychosis High doses restrictions: syndrome of psycho‐motorical excitement, acute delirious and/or hallucinatory psychosis, chronic psychosis Acute schizophrenic episode, mania, vomiting
        IV dosing in adults 12 mg every 24 hours The use is limited to adult patients and the drug can be administered IM or IV. The IV route is restricted to the treatment of vomiting. 510 mg/day, daily max.: 30(100) mg 210 mg initially, PRN every 48 hours, daily max. 18 mg 510 mg initially, PRN every hour, daily max. 60 mg 5 mg PRN every 30 minutes
        IV dosing in geriatric care 0.250.5 mg Single dose of 0.51.5 mg, daily max. 5 mg Half adult dose Adjust to appropriate dose 0.5 mg, than PRN
        Risk factors for the development of cardiac adverse events QT prolonging drugs, diabetes, obesity, hypokalemia, congenital long QT syndrome Bradycardia <55 beats per minute, hypokalemia, congenital QT prolongation, other medications provoking bradycardia, deceleration of the intra‐cardiac transition or prolonged QT interval QT syndrome, hypokalemia, other electrolyte imbalance, cardiovascular diseases, QT prolongation in the family history Cardiovalscular disease, drugs that can prolong the QTc, diabetes, obesity, hypokalemia, congenital long QT syndrome Contraindications: recent cardiac infarction, uncompensated cardiac insufficiency, cardiac arrhythmias, antiarrhythmic drugs, pre‐existing QT prolongation, cases of arrhythmia or torsades de pointes in the family history, untreated potassium imbalance, QTc prolonging drugs QT syndrome, hypokalemia, hypomagnesemia, other electrolyte imbalances, cardiovascular diseases, hypothyreosis, QT prolongation in the family history
        Monitoring recommendations Electrolytes ECG monitoring at admission time, electrolytes ECG monitoring, electrolytes Metabolic parameters ECG at baseline and regular ECG monitoring, electrolytes Close ECG monitoring, electrolytes
        General recommendations Regular reevaluation in long‐term use Apply the lowest effective dose Apply the lowest effective dose Application per mouth is the route of choice Decrease dose if QTc >500 msec Switch to PO as soon as possible

        Haloperidol is often preferred over other antipsychotics as a result of its effectiveness, low rate of anticholinergic side effects, familiarity with dosing and usage, and minimal respiratory or sedative properties.6 Use of the IV route in patients with acute delirium has several advantages over the IM or oral route,7 including rapid onset, immediate bioavailability, and ease and safety of administration.

        Prior to September 2007, the package insert for haloperidol alerted healthcare professionals to the risk of cardiovascular side effects. Based on case reports of potentially fatal cardiac events, the FDA revised the label, warning that the QT prolongation (QTP) and risk of torsades de pointes (TdP) were increased with IV administration of haloperidol or administration of the drug at greater than recommended doses. Unfortunately, neither the typical dosing range nor the minimum dose associated with these cardiac side effects were specified in this recommendation.5

        It is well‐established that haloperidol may prolong the QT interval by blocking the repolarizing potassium IKr current.8 Although drugs that block the IKr channel can produce arrhythmia in healthy individuals, additional risk factors, such as underlying heart conditions, electrolyte imbalances (ie, hypokalemia and hypomagnesemia), concomitant proarrhythmic drug use, and mechanical ventilation may increase this risk.9 Prolongation of the QT interval has been associated with subsequent malignant cardiac arrhythmias including ventricular fibrillation and TdP.10 Prolongation of the QT interval is considered the strongest risk factor for TdP, particularly with a baseline QTc > 450 msec.9

        Based on the increased risk for QTP and TdP and the case reports of cardiac events, the FDA advisory recommended continuous electrocardiogram (ECG) monitoring in patients receiving IV haloperidol.5 However, such monitoring may be impractical and costly in hospitalized patients who require low doses of IV haloperidol to manage acute delirium and who are not in telemetry or intensive care units.

        The aim of this review was to evaluate the case reports leading to the recent FDA warning for IV haloperidol, specifically focusing on the presence of risk factors for arrhythmias. Based upon the evidence, an additional aim was to provide an institutional response to this warning toward the optimal use of this agent.

        Method

        Two search pathways were used to evaluate reports of haloperidol‐associated TdP and/or QT prolongation:

        Literature Review

        We searched for published literature in humans indexed in Pubmed (1966April 2009), EMBASE (1972April 2009), and Scopus (1823April 2009) using the search terms haloperidol or Haldol combined with intravenous or infusion and at least one of the following terms: QT prolongation, TdP, torsades de pointes, torsades with a specific focus on case reports.

        References from the retrieved articles were also reviewed to search for additional case reports.

        In addition to cases reported in English journals, several of our reports originated from Japan11 (translation provided by the FDA), Spain12 and Germany13 (translated by the primary author).

        Search of the FDA Database

        We reviewed all adverse drug events reported through MedWatch or those submitted by the manufacturer from November 1997 to April 2008 through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request. The FDA provided a full‐text summary of 5944 reports involving oral, intramuscular and IV use of haloperidol. The FDA data were transferred to a Microsoft Access database and screened for the key terms torsade, QT, prolongation, wave. Incident report number, date of report, age, gender, origin of report, medication name, role of drug as categorized by the FDA (suspect, concomitant, primary suspect, secondary suspect), route, dose, units, duration, symptoms and FDA outcome category (death, life‐threatening, hospitalization initial or prolonged, disability, congenital anomaly, required intervention to prevent permanent damage, other) were recorded. Only those reports in which IV haloperidol was considered by the reporter to be the primary causative agent for the adverse event were reviewed. Available information included diagnosis, laboratory parameters, QTc measurement, cardiac symptoms, outcomes and a description of recovery. No peer review was applied to the MedWatch reports and the data reported in this publication reflect the original information from the FDA MedWatch database. Baseline QTc was either the value defined as such in the original report or the lowest QTc reported. Haloperidol doses administered were defined as cumulative dose at event, encompassing all doses administered during the hospital stay until the occurrence of the adverse cardiac event.

        The drugs listed in the case reports were assessed for proarrhythmic potential using 2 references: the individual package insert and the website of the Arizona Center for Education and Research on Therapeutics.14

        The drugs were only considered proarrhythmic when the 2 resources were in agreement.

        Duplicates and/or previously published cases, as well as reports involving adverse cardiac effects not associated with QTP or TdP, were identified and excluded.

        In their advisory, the FDA does not state the exact origin of the reports, their specific search strategy to identify haloperidol‐associated adverse events, or the role IV haloperidol played in the individual events included in the extended warning. Consequently, the number of events identified in this review may differ from that published in the FDA extended warning.

        Results

        A total of 70 reported cases of IV haloperidol associated TdP and/or QTP were identified. Of these 70, 41 were identified through the PubMed/EMBASE/Scopus review, while an additional 29 cases were identified through the FDA database search.

        Of the 29 cases in the FDA database, 21 were reported by health care professionals and 8 by manufacturers.

        A total of 35 publications described cases originating from the US. Three cases took place in Japan and 1 case each in Canada, Germany and Spain. Several cases in the MedWatch database were reported outside the US: 1 case each originated from Austria, Canada, France, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. A summary of the published case reports is displayed in Table 2 and the FDA cases are summarized in Table 3.

        Summary of Case Reports of Intravenous Haloperidol‐associated QTP/TdP Published in Pubmed, Embase and/or Scopus (182304/2009)
        Case Source (reference#) Date Age, Years Gender Drugs Pro‐arrhyth. Venti‐ lated Max. Daily Dose (mg) Total Dose at Event (mg) Time to Event Prolonged QT QTc Maximal (baseline), msec Change in QTc (msec) TdP ECG Normalization, Outcome
        • Abbreviations: ECG, electrocardiogram; IM: intramuscular; IV, intravenous; max, maximum; PO, per os; PRN, medication as needed; QTP, QT prolongation; TdP, torsades de pointes, VT, ventricular tachycardia.

        • Five of 8 patients in this case series received concomitant proarrhythmic drugs. The individual patients were unspecified.

        • Estimated.

        1 35 1991 56 m No Yes 1200 1540 NR Yes 584 (400) 184 NR NR, uneventful
        2 13 1992 36 m Yes No 11.5 11.5 20 hours after start Yes 714 (428) 286 Yes QTc normalization (440 msec), NR
        3 38 1993 39 f Yes Yes NR 580 Max. QTc 72 hours after start Yes 650 (420) 230 Yes QTc normalization after 6 days, uneventful
        4 38 1993 19 f Yes No 170 170 Max. QT 12 hours after start Yes 600 (480) 120 Yes QTc normalization after 8 days, uneventful
        5 38 1993 63 f Yes No NR 489 Max. QT 48 hours after start Yes 670 (520) 150 Yes QTc normalization after 8 days, uneventful
        6 38 1993 74 f Yes Yes NR 10 NR No 430 (410) 20 Yes QTc unchanged after 8 days, uneventful
        7 17 1993 39 m Yes Yes NR >490 NR Yes 457 (348) 109 Yes QTc normalization within 2 to 3 days, no further TdP, NR
        8 17 1993 61 m Yes Yes 115 211 NR Yes 500 (390) 110 NR QTc normalization within 2 days, death
        9 17 1993 48 m Yes Yes 825 825 NR Yes 538 (441) 97 NR QTc normalization in 3 days, rehabilitation
        10 39 1994 23 f Yes Yes 120 300 12 hours after dose increase Yes NR (550) NR Yes NR, uneventful, extubation after 5 days, discharge after 10 days
        11 39 1994 28 m Yes Yes 300 >300 24 hours after dose increase Yes NR (>520) NR Yes No recurrence of arrhythmia, patient death (multi‐organ failure)
        12 40 1994 65 m Yes NR 230 410 Worsening from day 2 to day 5 Yes 594 (490) 104 Yes QTc normalization (406 msec), no cardiac problems at discharge
        13 40 1994 65 f Yes NR 500 980 After the last 60mg Yes 628 (403) 225 Yes QTc normalization (<400 msec), recurrence with oral haloperidol, rehabilitation
        14 40 1994 76 f Yes NR 21 26 Day 2 after several boluses Yes 670 (450) 220 Yes QTc normalization within several days (412 msec), rehabilitation
        15 41 1994 59 m NR Yes 865 1013 NR Yes 640 (480) 160 NR QTc normalization in 24 hours, survived
        16 16 1995 76 f Yes No NR 44.5 plus 1 PO 15 minutes Yes 670 (409) 261 Yes ECG normalized the next morning, no further events
        17 16 1995 49 m Yes No NR 1150 plus 20 IM 45 minutes Yes 648 (380) 268 Yes QTc normalization in 24 hours, anoxic brain insult/rehabilitation
        18 16 1995 65 f Yes No 600 965 30 minutes Yes 628 (403) 225 Yes 3 more episodes of TdP in 3 hours, QTc normalization in 2 days, no recurrence with further haloperidol, NR
        19 42 1995 42 m Yes No 28 28 20 minutes Yes 610 (533) 77 Yes QTc normalization in 5 days, uneventful, ECG normal
        20 42 1995 39 m Yes No 45 45 5 minutes Yes 654 (NR) NR Yes QTc normalization after 24 hours, uneventful
        21 11 1997 56 f No No 10 10 Shortly after NR NR (NR) NR Yes TdP resolved after 8 hours, NR
        22 11 1997 82 f NR No 10 10 Shortly after Yes 680 (NR) NR Yes QTc normalization on day 6 after admission (470 msec), NR
        23 11 1997 35 m NR No NR 90 After 20 mg Yes 520 (NR) NR Yes TdP disappeared 12 hours later, NR
        24 43,44 1998 45 m NR Yes* NR 9 203 minutes Yes 638 (560) 78 Yes NR, overall survival 100%, significantly prolonged hospital stay
        25 43,44 1998 64 f NR NR 115 220 minutes Yes 605 (424) 181 Yes
        26 43,44 1998 75 f NR NR 85 60 minutes Yes 567 (508) 59 Yes
        27 43,44 1998 71 f NR NR 55 120 minutes Paced Paced Paced Yes
        28 43,44 1998 58 f NR NR 75 38 minutes Yes 657 (542) 115 Yes
        29 43,44 1998 40 m NR NR 35 15 minutes Yes 679 (475) 204 Yes
        30 43,44 1998 71 m NR NR 70 58 minutes Yes 521 (478) 43 Yes
        31 43,44 1998 47 m NR 400 400 79 minutes Yes 574 (444) 130 Yes
        32 21 1999 41 f Yes Yes 320 915 55 minutes Yes 610 (426) 184 Yes QTc normalization after 5 day, uneventful
        33 21 1999 31 m Yes Yes 480 1700 40 minutes Yes 599 (491) 108 Yes QTc normalized in 4 days, NR
        34 18 2000 64 f Yes Yes 175 175 NR No 413 (418) (‐5) Yes QTc remained unchanged, uneventful
        35 8 2000 75 m No NR >2 >2 NR Yes 615 (435) 180 No QTc normalization in 48 hours, uneventful
        36 8 2000 68 m Yes Yes >2 >2 NR Yes 650 (407) 243 No QTc normalization after 4 day, uneventful after extubation
        37 8 2000 77 m NR NR (4) 2 NR Yes 550 (393) 157 No QTc normalization in 24 to 36 hours, NR
        38 12 2004 34 m Yes NR 24.5 24.5 20 minutes Yes 560 (420) 140 Yes QTc normalization (440 msec), ECG normal
        39 23 2004 58 f Yes NR 340 1010 NR Yes 533 (460) 73 Yes QTc normalization 7 days later discharge after 27days
        40 45 2008 86 f Yes No 2 mg 2 mg 8 hours after last dose Yes 524 (NR) Probably 79 No QTc normalization (445 msec), NR
        41 46 2009 74 m Yes No 2 2 Shortly after Yes NR (579) NR Yes Pre‐existing heart block and fibrillation resolved, nursing home/rehabilitation
        Summary of FDA MedWatch Reports of Intravenous Haloperidol‐associated QTP/TdP, 11/199704/2008
        Report MedWatch Identifier Report Date Age, Years Gender Drugs Pro‐arrh. Maximum Daily Dose (mg) Total Dose at Event (mg) Prolonged QT QTc Maximal (baseline), msec Change in QTc (msec) TdP Outcome; Recovery
        • Abbreviations: FDA, Food and Drug Administration; f, female; m, male; NA, not applicable, NR, not reported; QTP, QT prolongation; VT, ventricular tachycardia.

        1 3122988‐1 1998 61 m No 48 48 Yes NR NR Yes Intervention; NR
        2 3157827‐6 1998 44 f No 160 160 Yes 550 (440) 110 Yes Intervention; uneventful
        3 3178715‐5 1999 60 m NR 415 645 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; QTc normalization in 1 day, no recurrence
        4 3271261‐X 1999 56 m NR NR 20 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; QTc normalization
        5 3271080‐4 1999 35 m Yes 7 7 NR NR NR Yes NR; event abated after dose stopped/reduced, hospitalization prolonged
        6 3325391‐4 1999 55 f Yes 75 75 NR NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        7 3381921‐8 1999 52 m No 320 634 Yes 458 (430) 28 Yes Death; NA
        8 3483869‐7 2000 18 m No >200 >310 Yes NR NR Yes Intervention; no recurrence after haloperidol reinstitution
        9 3516342‐8 2000 NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR Yes NR; NR
        10 3516320‐9 2000 34 m Yes 5 5 Yes NR NR No Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped
        11 3552263‐2 2000 46 f Yes NR 97.5 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        12 3574705‐9 2000 78 m Yes NR 160 Yes 603 (453) 50 Yes Intervention; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        13 3703871‐7 2001 27 m NR 530 530 Yes NR NR Yes Death, NA
        14 3724567‐1 2001 31 m Yes 6 6 Yes 496 (449) 47 No Life‐threatening; ECG returned to baseline
        15 3851984‐1 2002 72 f NR 18 18 NR NR NR Yes Hospitalization; NR
        16 3942407‐2 2002 51 m Yes 14 14 Yes 461 (444) 17 Yes Life‐threatening; no recurrence
        17 4066580‐3 2003 >60 f NR 50 50 Yes >600 (480) >120 No Hospitalization; QTc normalization, patient recovered
        18 4126280‐8 2003 47 f NR 60 180 Yes 550 (450) 100 No (bradycardia) Hospitalization; patient recovered
        19 4150700‐6 2003 NR m NR 5 5 NR NR NR Yes NR; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        20 4340092‐1 2004 52 m Yes 5 5 Yes >500 (490) >10 NR (polymorphous VT) Life‐threatening; NR
        21 4714692‐0 2005 NR m NR NR NR Yes NR NR Yes Hospitalization; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        22 4881813‐9 2006 NR m NR NR 40 NR NR NR Yes Hospitalization; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        23 4892225‐6 2006 NR f Yes 10 >10 Yes 493 (300) 193 No Hospitalization; QTc normalization (403 msec)
        24 4911873‐8 2006 69 m Yes 6 6 NR NR NR Yes Cardiac arrest, death; NA
        25 5366448‐6 2007 53 m Yes NR 35 Yes NR NR NR Cardiac arrest, life‐threatening; patient recovered
        26 5563440‐3 2007 58 m Possible 5 5 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        27 5642929‐2 2008 42 m Yes 165 165 Yes 640 (350) 290 Yes Death; NA
        28 5697758‐0 2008 38 m Yes NR 620 NR NR NR Yes Hospitalization; patient recovered
        29 5254840‐X 2008 19 f Possible 15 25 Yes 461 NR NR Cardiac arrest, hospitalization; patient recovered

        Of the 70 cases, 54 cases of TdP were reported. The remaining 16 of 70 cases involved cases of QTP, 9 of which did not progress to TdP and 7 of which the progression to TdP was unclear. Of note, 42 of 54 of the cases of TdP were reported as preceded by documented QTP. Presence of QTP was unknown in the other 12 original reports. Three out of 70 patients experienced sudden cardiac arrest, 1 of which was fatal. One arrest was preceded by TdP and 2 by QTP (Figure 1).

        Figure 1
        Distribution of cardiac adverse events among unpublished and published case reports of intravenous haloperidol‐associated QTP/TdP, 1997–2008.

        The patient ages ranged from 18 years to 86 years. Of note, 17 patients experiencing TdP and/or QTP were <40 years old, and 2 of those patients were <30 years old.

        Haloperidol‐associated QTP and/or TdP were observed in 27 female and 42 male patients; the gender was not stated in one report. Of the 54 patients experiencing TdP (with or without report of previous QTP), 22 were female and 31 were male (1 gender unknown).

        A total of 68 of 70 patients were determined to have associated risk factors15 for QTP/TdP (see Table 4). The circumstances of the remaining 2 patients were not described in sufficient detail to identify associated risk factors.

        Presence of Risk Factors Associated With QTP and/or TdP in the Published Case Reports and the FDA MedWatch Database
        Risk Factor Patients, n (%)
        • Abbreviations: FDA, Food and Drug Administration; QTc, ; QT, QT prolongation; TdP, torsades de pointes.

        Any risk factor 68/70 (97)
        Unknown 2/70 (3)
        Specific risk factors
        Electrolyte imbalance 27/68 (40)
        Underlying cardiac disease 32/68 (47)
        Concomitant proarrhythmic agents 39/68 (57)
        Other drugs influencing cardiac function 23/68 (34)
        Baseline QTc >450 msec 18/68 (26)
        QTc known: 44 patients 18/44 (41)

        Overall, 32 patients had underlying heart conditions. Electrolyte imbalances, including hypokalemia, hypomagnesemia, and hypocalcemia, were present in 17 patients. At least 39 patients were receiving potentially proarrhythmic agents (1‐8 proarrhythmic drugs per patient) in addition to IV haloperidol. At least 23 patients were receiving additional drugs with a potential for other cardiac adverse events than QTP and TdP.

        A wide range of other disease states previously reported to be associated with QTP15 were identified in these patients: asthma (5 patients), diabetes (5 patients), obesity (3 patients), impaired renal and/or liver function (3 patients each), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) (2 patients); chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), pancreatitis and hypothyroidism (1 patient each). A total of 22 patients had a history of substance abuse (alcohol and/or drugs), and 4 patients were smokers.

        The administered doses of IV haloperidol varied widely. Considering that information regarding the maximal daily dose was missing in 22 reports and ambiguous in another 20 cases, the results have been presented using cumulative IV haloperidol doses. Patients experiencing TdP without preceding QTP received a cumulative dose (= total dose at event) ranging from 5 mg to 645 mg. Patients with both confirmed QTP and TdP were administered a cumulative dose of 2 mg to 1700 mg. Patients who experienced QTP without TdP received a cumulative dose of 2 mg to 1540 mg of IV haloperidol.

        Sudden cardiac arrest following administration of IV haloperidol was observed in cumulative doses ranging from 6 mg to 35 mg. The cardiac arrest leading to a fatal outcome was preceded by an administration of at least 6 mg of IV haloperidol. Overall, 14 out of 70 patients received cumulative doses of 10 mg IV haloperidol.

        The time from administration to documentation of QTP and/or TdP ranged from immediately post administration to 8 hours after administration of the last dose of IV haloperidol.

        Baseline QTc was known in 44 patients. Baseline QTc was >450 msec in 18 of these 44 patients.

        The change from baseline QTc varied widely from 20 msec to 286 msec; 36 patients demonstrated a prolongation of >50 msec.

        In those patients with reported haloperidol‐associated QTP, 25 patients demonstrated a QTc >600 msec and 38 patients >520 msec.9 Of the cases with known specific QTc values, the QTc was prolonged >450 msec in 48 out of 50 cases. The lowest reported QTc leading to TdP was 413 msec.

        A total of 20 patients were reported as having a normalization of QTc (as defined by the original reports) within several hours to 8 days; minimal QTP was reported as persisting in 2 patients. The specifics of the other patients were unknown, although 25 patients were categorized as recovered, 13 were stated as having an uneventful remainder of hospitalization, and 5 patients were discharged to a rehabilitation facility or a nursing home.

        Discussion

        The current review was performed in response to the FDA warning recommending the use of continuous ECG monitoring associated with the administration of intravenous haloperiodol.5 This warning has resulted in substantial dilemmas for health care organizations, additional resource allocation, and increased scrutiny from regulatory agencies. The results of our review reveal that intravenous haloperidol‐associated QTP and TdP almost uniformly take place in patients with concomitant risk factors and with cumulative doses 2 mg. In light of these findings, it is possible that hospitals may be able to administer intravenous haloperidol in patients without risk factors without continuous ECG monitoring. In reviewing these published reports, it is important to note that the FDA identified 28 published cases of haloperidol‐associated QTP and TdP, while our review yielded a total of 41 published case reports.

        The FDA database included 73 cases of haloperidol‐associated TdP in their database. However, these cases included both oral as well as IV administration; using our methodology, we identified 29 additional case reports associated with intravenous haloperidol from this database. Consequently, our review included 41 published case reports and 29 FDA database cases, resulting in the total of 70 patients.

        Our review revealed a number of practical findings. First, our summary demonstrated that neither QTP nor TdP has been documented with a cumulative dose of IV haloperidol of <2 mg. The majority of patients (80%) received cumulative IV doses 10 mg. The lowest dose associated with sudden cardiac arrest was 6 mg and this took place in a 69‐year‐old male patient. Second, the majority (97%) of our patients had additional risk factors for QTP and/or TdP. Pre‐existing heart disease,1619 electrolyte imbalance,17, 1921 concomitant proarrhythmic drugs16, 17, 1922 and mechanical ventilation17, 23 were identified as the most commonly observed risk factors (Table 4). Lastly, in those cases in which the data were reported, baseline QTc was >450 msec in 41% of the patients, and 96% had a QTc at the time of the event >450 msec. Therefore, we conclude that patients: (1) receiving low cumulative doses (<2 mg) with (2) no risk factors for prolonged QTc or TdP, and (3) with a normal QTc on baseline EKG can safely be given IV haloperidol in the hospital setting.

        This dosage range is consistent with the labelling for IV haloperidol dosing in Canada24 and Germany25 (Table 1), where single doses of 0.25 mg to 1.5 mg are recommended for the treatment of delirium or acute agitation in the geriatric population.24, 25

        In a recent Cochrane review, low‐dose IV haloperidol (<3 mg per day) was concluded to be as safe and effective as atypical antipsychotics in the treatment of acute delirium with respect to extrapyramidal adverse effects.2

        The American Psychiatric Association recommends an initial IV dose of 12 mg every 24 hours as needed (0.250.50 mg every 4 hours as needed for elderly patients), with titration to higher doses for patients who continue to be agitated for the treatment of patients with delirium (issued 1999, updated 2004).3

        While several expert‐groups and investigators currently consider IV haloperidol as an important therapeutic option for treating acute delirium and agitation in the dose range presented above, less consensus exists regarding monitoring requirements.2, 3, 26, 27

        The American Psychiatric Association recommends IV haloperidol only after a baseline ECG is obtained. These guidelines have not been updated since the release of the FDA extended warning.3 In their recent review, Morandi et al.28 support the dosage recommendation of the 1999 American Psychiatric Association's practice guidelines for treatment of delirium,3 ie, administration of IV haloperidol in single doses of 0.5 mg to 2 mg in elderly patients, however, only after a baseline ECG is obtained.28 While the package insert of IV haloperidol in France29 recommends a baseline ECG, Germany,25 Italy30 and Switzerland's31 package information states the need for regular ECG monitoring. Guidelines for the treatment of delirium in the intensive care unit published by the American College of Critical Care Medicine and the Society of Critical Care Medicine in collaboration with the American Society of Health‐System Pharmacists consider IV haloperidol as the preferred agent for the treatment of delirium in critically ill patients (grade of recommendation = C). These expert groups recommend that patients should be monitored for electrocardiographic changes (QT interval prolongation and arrhythmias) when receiving haloperidol (Grade of recommendation = B).32

        Nevertheless, continuous ECG monitoring (ie, telemetry) is expensive, labor‐intensive and, potentially overutilized.33, 34 Requiring clinicians to place all patients receiving intravenous haloperidol on telemetry is impractical and potentially costly. Mandating telemetry could also lead to unintended harm, ie, use of a less effective or less safe drug to avoid compliance with the telemetry mandate.

        Based on our findings and the current recommendations in the literature, inpatient providers should be thoughtful and deliberate in the use of haloperidol to treat acute delirium with agitation. Patients requiring pharmacologic management of their delirium should be screened for risk factors for QTP and TdP (Table 4) and a baseline ECG should be obtained prior to haloperidol administration. If significant risk factors exist or the baseline ECG reveals a prolonged QTc, then the patient should receive continuous ECG monitoring. Similarly, if cumulative doses of 2 mg are needed, the patient should be placed on telemetry.

        There are some limitations to our study design. Our findings are based upon previously published case reports or data submitted to the FDA MedWatch. While the content of the FDA's MedWatch database is accessible to the public via the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), the events are neither categorized nor peer‐reviewed upon entry into the database. Consequently, information may be incomplete or inaccurate. In addition, the denominator representing the overall use of IV haloperidol is unknown, thus a rate of event cannot be assigned and the true scope of the problem cannot be determined. Despite these limitations, this summary represents the most comprehensive review of the literature to date, expanding on the analysis performed by the FDA. Of note, in our review of the FDA database, we noted several cases of haloperidol‐associated QTP or TdP associated with other routes of administration. Thus, it is unknown whether this complication is any greater with IV vs. the IM or per os (PO) routes of administration.

        Conclusion

        Although the proarrhythmic potential of haloperidol and other antipsychotics has been well established in the literature, IV haloperidol has been considered relatively safe with respect to this complication from the time of its approval in 1967.5, 1722, 35, 36 In reviewing all reported cases of cardiac complications associated with IV haloperidol, as well as the current literature, an association with QTP and TdP is likely. However, the case reports reveal that QTP and TdP generally occur in the setting of concomitant risk factors, and no cases have been reported utilizing a cumulative IV dose of <2 mg. It may therefore be safe to administer a cumulative dose of IV haloperidol of <2 mg without ECG monitoring in patients without risk factors for QTP. However, ECG monitoring should take place with IV haloperidol doses 2 mg and/or in those patients with additional risk factors of developing QTP and/or TdP.

        Based on the findings of this review complemented by the guidelines of various expert‐groups and the official labelling information of different countries, the Pharmacy & Therapeutics Committee of the UCSF Medical Center revised the IV haloperidol policy: administration of a total dose of <2 mg IV haloperidol without concurrent telemetry is allowed in a noncritical care setting in patients without risk factors for QTP and TdP.

        Acknowledgements

        The authors acknowledge Gloria Won of the Fishbon Library at UCSF Medical Center at Mount Zion for her support.

        Haloperidol is Food and Drug Administration (FDA)‐approved in the United States for the management of acute and chronic psychotic disorders and widely used in the management of delirium‐associated agitation in hospitalized patients.1 Delirium in the hospital is an acute confusional state that frequently arises from multiple complex factors and may affect up to 30% of hospitalized patients.2 Although the first step in the management of delirium involves identification and treatment of underlying causes and offering supportive behavioral care; medications may be needed to control severe agitation.2 Low dose intravenous (IV) haloperidol (ie, 0.250.5 mg every 4 hours) is a commonly used medication in this setting as recommended by expert‐groups including the Cochrane Collaboration and the American Psychiatric Association.2, 3

        Although injectable haloperidol, a butyrophenone‐derived antipsychotic agent pharmacologically related to the piperazine phenothiazines,4 is approved for IV use in many countries (Table 1), parenteral use is approved only for intramuscular (IM) administration in the US. Thus, IV administration of the drug in the US is considered an off‐label use.5

        Package Information of Officially Approved Haloperidol IV Products
        Indication Country
        Canada24 France29 Germany25 Great Britain37 Italy30 Switzerland31
        • Abbreviations: ECG, electrocardiogram; IV, intravenous; max, maximum; PO, by mouth; PRN, medication as needed; TdP, torsades de pointes; VT, ventricular tachycardia.

        Mainly delirium (schizophrenia, other psychosis, short‐term management of psychomotor agitation, excitement, violent or dangerously impulsive behavior, vomiting, hiccup) Short term treatment of agitation and aggressiveness during an acute or chronic psychotic episode, vomiting along with antimitotic post‐radiotherapy treatment Acute and chronic schizophrenia, psycho‐motorical agitation of psychotic genesis Schizophrenia, other psychosis, short‐term adjunctive management if psychomotor agitation, violent or dangerous impulsive behavior Resistant forms of psycho‐motorical excitement, acute delirious and/or hallucinatory psychosis' chronic psychosis High doses restrictions: syndrome of psycho‐motorical excitement, acute delirious and/or hallucinatory psychosis, chronic psychosis Acute schizophrenic episode, mania, vomiting
        IV dosing in adults 12 mg every 24 hours The use is limited to adult patients and the drug can be administered IM or IV. The IV route is restricted to the treatment of vomiting. 510 mg/day, daily max.: 30(100) mg 210 mg initially, PRN every 48 hours, daily max. 18 mg 510 mg initially, PRN every hour, daily max. 60 mg 5 mg PRN every 30 minutes
        IV dosing in geriatric care 0.250.5 mg Single dose of 0.51.5 mg, daily max. 5 mg Half adult dose Adjust to appropriate dose 0.5 mg, than PRN
        Risk factors for the development of cardiac adverse events QT prolonging drugs, diabetes, obesity, hypokalemia, congenital long QT syndrome Bradycardia <55 beats per minute, hypokalemia, congenital QT prolongation, other medications provoking bradycardia, deceleration of the intra‐cardiac transition or prolonged QT interval QT syndrome, hypokalemia, other electrolyte imbalance, cardiovascular diseases, QT prolongation in the family history Cardiovalscular disease, drugs that can prolong the QTc, diabetes, obesity, hypokalemia, congenital long QT syndrome Contraindications: recent cardiac infarction, uncompensated cardiac insufficiency, cardiac arrhythmias, antiarrhythmic drugs, pre‐existing QT prolongation, cases of arrhythmia or torsades de pointes in the family history, untreated potassium imbalance, QTc prolonging drugs QT syndrome, hypokalemia, hypomagnesemia, other electrolyte imbalances, cardiovascular diseases, hypothyreosis, QT prolongation in the family history
        Monitoring recommendations Electrolytes ECG monitoring at admission time, electrolytes ECG monitoring, electrolytes Metabolic parameters ECG at baseline and regular ECG monitoring, electrolytes Close ECG monitoring, electrolytes
        General recommendations Regular reevaluation in long‐term use Apply the lowest effective dose Apply the lowest effective dose Application per mouth is the route of choice Decrease dose if QTc >500 msec Switch to PO as soon as possible

        Haloperidol is often preferred over other antipsychotics as a result of its effectiveness, low rate of anticholinergic side effects, familiarity with dosing and usage, and minimal respiratory or sedative properties.6 Use of the IV route in patients with acute delirium has several advantages over the IM or oral route,7 including rapid onset, immediate bioavailability, and ease and safety of administration.

        Prior to September 2007, the package insert for haloperidol alerted healthcare professionals to the risk of cardiovascular side effects. Based on case reports of potentially fatal cardiac events, the FDA revised the label, warning that the QT prolongation (QTP) and risk of torsades de pointes (TdP) were increased with IV administration of haloperidol or administration of the drug at greater than recommended doses. Unfortunately, neither the typical dosing range nor the minimum dose associated with these cardiac side effects were specified in this recommendation.5

        It is well‐established that haloperidol may prolong the QT interval by blocking the repolarizing potassium IKr current.8 Although drugs that block the IKr channel can produce arrhythmia in healthy individuals, additional risk factors, such as underlying heart conditions, electrolyte imbalances (ie, hypokalemia and hypomagnesemia), concomitant proarrhythmic drug use, and mechanical ventilation may increase this risk.9 Prolongation of the QT interval has been associated with subsequent malignant cardiac arrhythmias including ventricular fibrillation and TdP.10 Prolongation of the QT interval is considered the strongest risk factor for TdP, particularly with a baseline QTc > 450 msec.9

        Based on the increased risk for QTP and TdP and the case reports of cardiac events, the FDA advisory recommended continuous electrocardiogram (ECG) monitoring in patients receiving IV haloperidol.5 However, such monitoring may be impractical and costly in hospitalized patients who require low doses of IV haloperidol to manage acute delirium and who are not in telemetry or intensive care units.

        The aim of this review was to evaluate the case reports leading to the recent FDA warning for IV haloperidol, specifically focusing on the presence of risk factors for arrhythmias. Based upon the evidence, an additional aim was to provide an institutional response to this warning toward the optimal use of this agent.

        Method

        Two search pathways were used to evaluate reports of haloperidol‐associated TdP and/or QT prolongation:

        Literature Review

        We searched for published literature in humans indexed in Pubmed (1966April 2009), EMBASE (1972April 2009), and Scopus (1823April 2009) using the search terms haloperidol or Haldol combined with intravenous or infusion and at least one of the following terms: QT prolongation, TdP, torsades de pointes, torsades with a specific focus on case reports.

        References from the retrieved articles were also reviewed to search for additional case reports.

        In addition to cases reported in English journals, several of our reports originated from Japan11 (translation provided by the FDA), Spain12 and Germany13 (translated by the primary author).

        Search of the FDA Database

        We reviewed all adverse drug events reported through MedWatch or those submitted by the manufacturer from November 1997 to April 2008 through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request. The FDA provided a full‐text summary of 5944 reports involving oral, intramuscular and IV use of haloperidol. The FDA data were transferred to a Microsoft Access database and screened for the key terms torsade, QT, prolongation, wave. Incident report number, date of report, age, gender, origin of report, medication name, role of drug as categorized by the FDA (suspect, concomitant, primary suspect, secondary suspect), route, dose, units, duration, symptoms and FDA outcome category (death, life‐threatening, hospitalization initial or prolonged, disability, congenital anomaly, required intervention to prevent permanent damage, other) were recorded. Only those reports in which IV haloperidol was considered by the reporter to be the primary causative agent for the adverse event were reviewed. Available information included diagnosis, laboratory parameters, QTc measurement, cardiac symptoms, outcomes and a description of recovery. No peer review was applied to the MedWatch reports and the data reported in this publication reflect the original information from the FDA MedWatch database. Baseline QTc was either the value defined as such in the original report or the lowest QTc reported. Haloperidol doses administered were defined as cumulative dose at event, encompassing all doses administered during the hospital stay until the occurrence of the adverse cardiac event.

        The drugs listed in the case reports were assessed for proarrhythmic potential using 2 references: the individual package insert and the website of the Arizona Center for Education and Research on Therapeutics.14

        The drugs were only considered proarrhythmic when the 2 resources were in agreement.

        Duplicates and/or previously published cases, as well as reports involving adverse cardiac effects not associated with QTP or TdP, were identified and excluded.

        In their advisory, the FDA does not state the exact origin of the reports, their specific search strategy to identify haloperidol‐associated adverse events, or the role IV haloperidol played in the individual events included in the extended warning. Consequently, the number of events identified in this review may differ from that published in the FDA extended warning.

        Results

        A total of 70 reported cases of IV haloperidol associated TdP and/or QTP were identified. Of these 70, 41 were identified through the PubMed/EMBASE/Scopus review, while an additional 29 cases were identified through the FDA database search.

        Of the 29 cases in the FDA database, 21 were reported by health care professionals and 8 by manufacturers.

        A total of 35 publications described cases originating from the US. Three cases took place in Japan and 1 case each in Canada, Germany and Spain. Several cases in the MedWatch database were reported outside the US: 1 case each originated from Austria, Canada, France, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. A summary of the published case reports is displayed in Table 2 and the FDA cases are summarized in Table 3.

        Summary of Case Reports of Intravenous Haloperidol‐associated QTP/TdP Published in Pubmed, Embase and/or Scopus (182304/2009)
        Case Source (reference#) Date Age, Years Gender Drugs Pro‐arrhyth. Venti‐ lated Max. Daily Dose (mg) Total Dose at Event (mg) Time to Event Prolonged QT QTc Maximal (baseline), msec Change in QTc (msec) TdP ECG Normalization, Outcome
        • Abbreviations: ECG, electrocardiogram; IM: intramuscular; IV, intravenous; max, maximum; PO, per os; PRN, medication as needed; QTP, QT prolongation; TdP, torsades de pointes, VT, ventricular tachycardia.

        • Five of 8 patients in this case series received concomitant proarrhythmic drugs. The individual patients were unspecified.

        • Estimated.

        1 35 1991 56 m No Yes 1200 1540 NR Yes 584 (400) 184 NR NR, uneventful
        2 13 1992 36 m Yes No 11.5 11.5 20 hours after start Yes 714 (428) 286 Yes QTc normalization (440 msec), NR
        3 38 1993 39 f Yes Yes NR 580 Max. QTc 72 hours after start Yes 650 (420) 230 Yes QTc normalization after 6 days, uneventful
        4 38 1993 19 f Yes No 170 170 Max. QT 12 hours after start Yes 600 (480) 120 Yes QTc normalization after 8 days, uneventful
        5 38 1993 63 f Yes No NR 489 Max. QT 48 hours after start Yes 670 (520) 150 Yes QTc normalization after 8 days, uneventful
        6 38 1993 74 f Yes Yes NR 10 NR No 430 (410) 20 Yes QTc unchanged after 8 days, uneventful
        7 17 1993 39 m Yes Yes NR >490 NR Yes 457 (348) 109 Yes QTc normalization within 2 to 3 days, no further TdP, NR
        8 17 1993 61 m Yes Yes 115 211 NR Yes 500 (390) 110 NR QTc normalization within 2 days, death
        9 17 1993 48 m Yes Yes 825 825 NR Yes 538 (441) 97 NR QTc normalization in 3 days, rehabilitation
        10 39 1994 23 f Yes Yes 120 300 12 hours after dose increase Yes NR (550) NR Yes NR, uneventful, extubation after 5 days, discharge after 10 days
        11 39 1994 28 m Yes Yes 300 >300 24 hours after dose increase Yes NR (>520) NR Yes No recurrence of arrhythmia, patient death (multi‐organ failure)
        12 40 1994 65 m Yes NR 230 410 Worsening from day 2 to day 5 Yes 594 (490) 104 Yes QTc normalization (406 msec), no cardiac problems at discharge
        13 40 1994 65 f Yes NR 500 980 After the last 60mg Yes 628 (403) 225 Yes QTc normalization (<400 msec), recurrence with oral haloperidol, rehabilitation
        14 40 1994 76 f Yes NR 21 26 Day 2 after several boluses Yes 670 (450) 220 Yes QTc normalization within several days (412 msec), rehabilitation
        15 41 1994 59 m NR Yes 865 1013 NR Yes 640 (480) 160 NR QTc normalization in 24 hours, survived
        16 16 1995 76 f Yes No NR 44.5 plus 1 PO 15 minutes Yes 670 (409) 261 Yes ECG normalized the next morning, no further events
        17 16 1995 49 m Yes No NR 1150 plus 20 IM 45 minutes Yes 648 (380) 268 Yes QTc normalization in 24 hours, anoxic brain insult/rehabilitation
        18 16 1995 65 f Yes No 600 965 30 minutes Yes 628 (403) 225 Yes 3 more episodes of TdP in 3 hours, QTc normalization in 2 days, no recurrence with further haloperidol, NR
        19 42 1995 42 m Yes No 28 28 20 minutes Yes 610 (533) 77 Yes QTc normalization in 5 days, uneventful, ECG normal
        20 42 1995 39 m Yes No 45 45 5 minutes Yes 654 (NR) NR Yes QTc normalization after 24 hours, uneventful
        21 11 1997 56 f No No 10 10 Shortly after NR NR (NR) NR Yes TdP resolved after 8 hours, NR
        22 11 1997 82 f NR No 10 10 Shortly after Yes 680 (NR) NR Yes QTc normalization on day 6 after admission (470 msec), NR
        23 11 1997 35 m NR No NR 90 After 20 mg Yes 520 (NR) NR Yes TdP disappeared 12 hours later, NR
        24 43,44 1998 45 m NR Yes* NR 9 203 minutes Yes 638 (560) 78 Yes NR, overall survival 100%, significantly prolonged hospital stay
        25 43,44 1998 64 f NR NR 115 220 minutes Yes 605 (424) 181 Yes
        26 43,44 1998 75 f NR NR 85 60 minutes Yes 567 (508) 59 Yes
        27 43,44 1998 71 f NR NR 55 120 minutes Paced Paced Paced Yes
        28 43,44 1998 58 f NR NR 75 38 minutes Yes 657 (542) 115 Yes
        29 43,44 1998 40 m NR NR 35 15 minutes Yes 679 (475) 204 Yes
        30 43,44 1998 71 m NR NR 70 58 minutes Yes 521 (478) 43 Yes
        31 43,44 1998 47 m NR 400 400 79 minutes Yes 574 (444) 130 Yes
        32 21 1999 41 f Yes Yes 320 915 55 minutes Yes 610 (426) 184 Yes QTc normalization after 5 day, uneventful
        33 21 1999 31 m Yes Yes 480 1700 40 minutes Yes 599 (491) 108 Yes QTc normalized in 4 days, NR
        34 18 2000 64 f Yes Yes 175 175 NR No 413 (418) (‐5) Yes QTc remained unchanged, uneventful
        35 8 2000 75 m No NR >2 >2 NR Yes 615 (435) 180 No QTc normalization in 48 hours, uneventful
        36 8 2000 68 m Yes Yes >2 >2 NR Yes 650 (407) 243 No QTc normalization after 4 day, uneventful after extubation
        37 8 2000 77 m NR NR (4) 2 NR Yes 550 (393) 157 No QTc normalization in 24 to 36 hours, NR
        38 12 2004 34 m Yes NR 24.5 24.5 20 minutes Yes 560 (420) 140 Yes QTc normalization (440 msec), ECG normal
        39 23 2004 58 f Yes NR 340 1010 NR Yes 533 (460) 73 Yes QTc normalization 7 days later discharge after 27days
        40 45 2008 86 f Yes No 2 mg 2 mg 8 hours after last dose Yes 524 (NR) Probably 79 No QTc normalization (445 msec), NR
        41 46 2009 74 m Yes No 2 2 Shortly after Yes NR (579) NR Yes Pre‐existing heart block and fibrillation resolved, nursing home/rehabilitation
        Summary of FDA MedWatch Reports of Intravenous Haloperidol‐associated QTP/TdP, 11/199704/2008
        Report MedWatch Identifier Report Date Age, Years Gender Drugs Pro‐arrh. Maximum Daily Dose (mg) Total Dose at Event (mg) Prolonged QT QTc Maximal (baseline), msec Change in QTc (msec) TdP Outcome; Recovery
        • Abbreviations: FDA, Food and Drug Administration; f, female; m, male; NA, not applicable, NR, not reported; QTP, QT prolongation; VT, ventricular tachycardia.

        1 3122988‐1 1998 61 m No 48 48 Yes NR NR Yes Intervention; NR
        2 3157827‐6 1998 44 f No 160 160 Yes 550 (440) 110 Yes Intervention; uneventful
        3 3178715‐5 1999 60 m NR 415 645 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; QTc normalization in 1 day, no recurrence
        4 3271261‐X 1999 56 m NR NR 20 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; QTc normalization
        5 3271080‐4 1999 35 m Yes 7 7 NR NR NR Yes NR; event abated after dose stopped/reduced, hospitalization prolonged
        6 3325391‐4 1999 55 f Yes 75 75 NR NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        7 3381921‐8 1999 52 m No 320 634 Yes 458 (430) 28 Yes Death; NA
        8 3483869‐7 2000 18 m No >200 >310 Yes NR NR Yes Intervention; no recurrence after haloperidol reinstitution
        9 3516342‐8 2000 NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR Yes NR; NR
        10 3516320‐9 2000 34 m Yes 5 5 Yes NR NR No Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped
        11 3552263‐2 2000 46 f Yes NR 97.5 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        12 3574705‐9 2000 78 m Yes NR 160 Yes 603 (453) 50 Yes Intervention; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        13 3703871‐7 2001 27 m NR 530 530 Yes NR NR Yes Death, NA
        14 3724567‐1 2001 31 m Yes 6 6 Yes 496 (449) 47 No Life‐threatening; ECG returned to baseline
        15 3851984‐1 2002 72 f NR 18 18 NR NR NR Yes Hospitalization; NR
        16 3942407‐2 2002 51 m Yes 14 14 Yes 461 (444) 17 Yes Life‐threatening; no recurrence
        17 4066580‐3 2003 >60 f NR 50 50 Yes >600 (480) >120 No Hospitalization; QTc normalization, patient recovered
        18 4126280‐8 2003 47 f NR 60 180 Yes 550 (450) 100 No (bradycardia) Hospitalization; patient recovered
        19 4150700‐6 2003 NR m NR 5 5 NR NR NR Yes NR; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        20 4340092‐1 2004 52 m Yes 5 5 Yes >500 (490) >10 NR (polymorphous VT) Life‐threatening; NR
        21 4714692‐0 2005 NR m NR NR NR Yes NR NR Yes Hospitalization; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        22 4881813‐9 2006 NR m NR NR 40 NR NR NR Yes Hospitalization; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        23 4892225‐6 2006 NR f Yes 10 >10 Yes 493 (300) 193 No Hospitalization; QTc normalization (403 msec)
        24 4911873‐8 2006 69 m Yes 6 6 NR NR NR Yes Cardiac arrest, death; NA
        25 5366448‐6 2007 53 m Yes NR 35 Yes NR NR NR Cardiac arrest, life‐threatening; patient recovered
        26 5563440‐3 2007 58 m Possible 5 5 Yes NR NR Yes Life‐threatening; event abated after dose stopped/reduced
        27 5642929‐2 2008 42 m Yes 165 165 Yes 640 (350) 290 Yes Death; NA
        28 5697758‐0 2008 38 m Yes NR 620 NR NR NR Yes Hospitalization; patient recovered
        29 5254840‐X 2008 19 f Possible 15 25 Yes 461 NR NR Cardiac arrest, hospitalization; patient recovered

        Of the 70 cases, 54 cases of TdP were reported. The remaining 16 of 70 cases involved cases of QTP, 9 of which did not progress to TdP and 7 of which the progression to TdP was unclear. Of note, 42 of 54 of the cases of TdP were reported as preceded by documented QTP. Presence of QTP was unknown in the other 12 original reports. Three out of 70 patients experienced sudden cardiac arrest, 1 of which was fatal. One arrest was preceded by TdP and 2 by QTP (Figure 1).

        Figure 1
        Distribution of cardiac adverse events among unpublished and published case reports of intravenous haloperidol‐associated QTP/TdP, 1997–2008.

        The patient ages ranged from 18 years to 86 years. Of note, 17 patients experiencing TdP and/or QTP were <40 years old, and 2 of those patients were <30 years old.

        Haloperidol‐associated QTP and/or TdP were observed in 27 female and 42 male patients; the gender was not stated in one report. Of the 54 patients experiencing TdP (with or without report of previous QTP), 22 were female and 31 were male (1 gender unknown).

        A total of 68 of 70 patients were determined to have associated risk factors15 for QTP/TdP (see Table 4). The circumstances of the remaining 2 patients were not described in sufficient detail to identify associated risk factors.

        Presence of Risk Factors Associated With QTP and/or TdP in the Published Case Reports and the FDA MedWatch Database
        Risk Factor Patients, n (%)
        • Abbreviations: FDA, Food and Drug Administration; QTc, ; QT, QT prolongation; TdP, torsades de pointes.

        Any risk factor 68/70 (97)
        Unknown 2/70 (3)
        Specific risk factors
        Electrolyte imbalance 27/68 (40)
        Underlying cardiac disease 32/68 (47)
        Concomitant proarrhythmic agents 39/68 (57)
        Other drugs influencing cardiac function 23/68 (34)
        Baseline QTc >450 msec 18/68 (26)
        QTc known: 44 patients 18/44 (41)

        Overall, 32 patients had underlying heart conditions. Electrolyte imbalances, including hypokalemia, hypomagnesemia, and hypocalcemia, were present in 17 patients. At least 39 patients were receiving potentially proarrhythmic agents (1‐8 proarrhythmic drugs per patient) in addition to IV haloperidol. At least 23 patients were receiving additional drugs with a potential for other cardiac adverse events than QTP and TdP.

        A wide range of other disease states previously reported to be associated with QTP15 were identified in these patients: asthma (5 patients), diabetes (5 patients), obesity (3 patients), impaired renal and/or liver function (3 patients each), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) (2 patients); chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), pancreatitis and hypothyroidism (1 patient each). A total of 22 patients had a history of substance abuse (alcohol and/or drugs), and 4 patients were smokers.

        The administered doses of IV haloperidol varied widely. Considering that information regarding the maximal daily dose was missing in 22 reports and ambiguous in another 20 cases, the results have been presented using cumulative IV haloperidol doses. Patients experiencing TdP without preceding QTP received a cumulative dose (= total dose at event) ranging from 5 mg to 645 mg. Patients with both confirmed QTP and TdP were administered a cumulative dose of 2 mg to 1700 mg. Patients who experienced QTP without TdP received a cumulative dose of 2 mg to 1540 mg of IV haloperidol.

        Sudden cardiac arrest following administration of IV haloperidol was observed in cumulative doses ranging from 6 mg to 35 mg. The cardiac arrest leading to a fatal outcome was preceded by an administration of at least 6 mg of IV haloperidol. Overall, 14 out of 70 patients received cumulative doses of 10 mg IV haloperidol.

        The time from administration to documentation of QTP and/or TdP ranged from immediately post administration to 8 hours after administration of the last dose of IV haloperidol.

        Baseline QTc was known in 44 patients. Baseline QTc was >450 msec in 18 of these 44 patients.

        The change from baseline QTc varied widely from 20 msec to 286 msec; 36 patients demonstrated a prolongation of >50 msec.

        In those patients with reported haloperidol‐associated QTP, 25 patients demonstrated a QTc >600 msec and 38 patients >520 msec.9 Of the cases with known specific QTc values, the QTc was prolonged >450 msec in 48 out of 50 cases. The lowest reported QTc leading to TdP was 413 msec.

        A total of 20 patients were reported as having a normalization of QTc (as defined by the original reports) within several hours to 8 days; minimal QTP was reported as persisting in 2 patients. The specifics of the other patients were unknown, although 25 patients were categorized as recovered, 13 were stated as having an uneventful remainder of hospitalization, and 5 patients were discharged to a rehabilitation facility or a nursing home.

        Discussion

        The current review was performed in response to the FDA warning recommending the use of continuous ECG monitoring associated with the administration of intravenous haloperiodol.5 This warning has resulted in substantial dilemmas for health care organizations, additional resource allocation, and increased scrutiny from regulatory agencies. The results of our review reveal that intravenous haloperidol‐associated QTP and TdP almost uniformly take place in patients with concomitant risk factors and with cumulative doses 2 mg. In light of these findings, it is possible that hospitals may be able to administer intravenous haloperidol in patients without risk factors without continuous ECG monitoring. In reviewing these published reports, it is important to note that the FDA identified 28 published cases of haloperidol‐associated QTP and TdP, while our review yielded a total of 41 published case reports.

        The FDA database included 73 cases of haloperidol‐associated TdP in their database. However, these cases included both oral as well as IV administration; using our methodology, we identified 29 additional case reports associated with intravenous haloperidol from this database. Consequently, our review included 41 published case reports and 29 FDA database cases, resulting in the total of 70 patients.

        Our review revealed a number of practical findings. First, our summary demonstrated that neither QTP nor TdP has been documented with a cumulative dose of IV haloperidol of <2 mg. The majority of patients (80%) received cumulative IV doses 10 mg. The lowest dose associated with sudden cardiac arrest was 6 mg and this took place in a 69‐year‐old male patient. Second, the majority (97%) of our patients had additional risk factors for QTP and/or TdP. Pre‐existing heart disease,1619 electrolyte imbalance,17, 1921 concomitant proarrhythmic drugs16, 17, 1922 and mechanical ventilation17, 23 were identified as the most commonly observed risk factors (Table 4). Lastly, in those cases in which the data were reported, baseline QTc was >450 msec in 41% of the patients, and 96% had a QTc at the time of the event >450 msec. Therefore, we conclude that patients: (1) receiving low cumulative doses (<2 mg) with (2) no risk factors for prolonged QTc or TdP, and (3) with a normal QTc on baseline EKG can safely be given IV haloperidol in the hospital setting.

        This dosage range is consistent with the labelling for IV haloperidol dosing in Canada24 and Germany25 (Table 1), where single doses of 0.25 mg to 1.5 mg are recommended for the treatment of delirium or acute agitation in the geriatric population.24, 25

        In a recent Cochrane review, low‐dose IV haloperidol (<3 mg per day) was concluded to be as safe and effective as atypical antipsychotics in the treatment of acute delirium with respect to extrapyramidal adverse effects.2

        The American Psychiatric Association recommends an initial IV dose of 12 mg every 24 hours as needed (0.250.50 mg every 4 hours as needed for elderly patients), with titration to higher doses for patients who continue to be agitated for the treatment of patients with delirium (issued 1999, updated 2004).3

        While several expert‐groups and investigators currently consider IV haloperidol as an important therapeutic option for treating acute delirium and agitation in the dose range presented above, less consensus exists regarding monitoring requirements.2, 3, 26, 27

        The American Psychiatric Association recommends IV haloperidol only after a baseline ECG is obtained. These guidelines have not been updated since the release of the FDA extended warning.3 In their recent review, Morandi et al.28 support the dosage recommendation of the 1999 American Psychiatric Association's practice guidelines for treatment of delirium,3 ie, administration of IV haloperidol in single doses of 0.5 mg to 2 mg in elderly patients, however, only after a baseline ECG is obtained.28 While the package insert of IV haloperidol in France29 recommends a baseline ECG, Germany,25 Italy30 and Switzerland's31 package information states the need for regular ECG monitoring. Guidelines for the treatment of delirium in the intensive care unit published by the American College of Critical Care Medicine and the Society of Critical Care Medicine in collaboration with the American Society of Health‐System Pharmacists consider IV haloperidol as the preferred agent for the treatment of delirium in critically ill patients (grade of recommendation = C). These expert groups recommend that patients should be monitored for electrocardiographic changes (QT interval prolongation and arrhythmias) when receiving haloperidol (Grade of recommendation = B).32

        Nevertheless, continuous ECG monitoring (ie, telemetry) is expensive, labor‐intensive and, potentially overutilized.33, 34 Requiring clinicians to place all patients receiving intravenous haloperidol on telemetry is impractical and potentially costly. Mandating telemetry could also lead to unintended harm, ie, use of a less effective or less safe drug to avoid compliance with the telemetry mandate.

        Based on our findings and the current recommendations in the literature, inpatient providers should be thoughtful and deliberate in the use of haloperidol to treat acute delirium with agitation. Patients requiring pharmacologic management of their delirium should be screened for risk factors for QTP and TdP (Table 4) and a baseline ECG should be obtained prior to haloperidol administration. If significant risk factors exist or the baseline ECG reveals a prolonged QTc, then the patient should receive continuous ECG monitoring. Similarly, if cumulative doses of 2 mg are needed, the patient should be placed on telemetry.

        There are some limitations to our study design. Our findings are based upon previously published case reports or data submitted to the FDA MedWatch. While the content of the FDA's MedWatch database is accessible to the public via the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), the events are neither categorized nor peer‐reviewed upon entry into the database. Consequently, information may be incomplete or inaccurate. In addition, the denominator representing the overall use of IV haloperidol is unknown, thus a rate of event cannot be assigned and the true scope of the problem cannot be determined. Despite these limitations, this summary represents the most comprehensive review of the literature to date, expanding on the analysis performed by the FDA. Of note, in our review of the FDA database, we noted several cases of haloperidol‐associated QTP or TdP associated with other routes of administration. Thus, it is unknown whether this complication is any greater with IV vs. the IM or per os (PO) routes of administration.

        Conclusion

        Although the proarrhythmic potential of haloperidol and other antipsychotics has been well established in the literature, IV haloperidol has been considered relatively safe with respect to this complication from the time of its approval in 1967.5, 1722, 35, 36 In reviewing all reported cases of cardiac complications associated with IV haloperidol, as well as the current literature, an association with QTP and TdP is likely. However, the case reports reveal that QTP and TdP generally occur in the setting of concomitant risk factors, and no cases have been reported utilizing a cumulative IV dose of <2 mg. It may therefore be safe to administer a cumulative dose of IV haloperidol of <2 mg without ECG monitoring in patients without risk factors for QTP. However, ECG monitoring should take place with IV haloperidol doses 2 mg and/or in those patients with additional risk factors of developing QTP and/or TdP.

        Based on the findings of this review complemented by the guidelines of various expert‐groups and the official labelling information of different countries, the Pharmacy & Therapeutics Committee of the UCSF Medical Center revised the IV haloperidol policy: administration of a total dose of <2 mg IV haloperidol without concurrent telemetry is allowed in a noncritical care setting in patients without risk factors for QTP and TdP.

        Acknowledgements

        The authors acknowledge Gloria Won of the Fishbon Library at UCSF Medical Center at Mount Zion for her support.

        References
        1. Haldol® injection (for immediate release) Package Insert.Raritan, NJ:Ortho‐McNeil Pharmaceutical Inc.;2005;rev. 05.2007.
        2. Lonergan E,Britton AM,Luxenberg J,Wyller T. Antipsychotics for delirium (review), the Cochrane collaboration2008;2. Available at: www. cochrane.org. Accessed February 2010.
        3. American Psychiatric Association: practice guideline for the treatment of patients with delirium.Am J Psychiatry.1999;156(5 suppl):120, updated 2004.
        4. Thomson Micromedex.2008. Micromedex healthcare series: “haloperidol” Thomson Micromedex, Greenwood Village.
        5. FDA alert: haloperidol (marketed as Haldol, Haldol Decanoate and Haldol Lactate).2007. This alert highlights revisions to the labeling for haloperidol. Available at: www.fda.gov. Accessed February 2010.
        6. Tesar GE,Murray GB,Cassem NH.Use of high‐dose intravenous haloperidol in the treatment of agitated cardiac patients,J Clin Psychopharmacol.1985;5(6):344347.
        7. Fricchione GL,Nejad SH,Esses JA, et al.Postoperative delirium,Am J Psychiatry.2008;165:7.
        8. Douglas PH,Block PC.Corrected QT interval prolongation associated with intravenous haloperidol in acute coronary syndromes,Catheter Cardiovasc Interv.2000;50(3):352355.
        9. Glassman AH,Bigger JT.Antipsychotic drugs: prolonged QTc interval, torsade de pointes, and sudden death.Am J Psych.2001;158(11):17741782.
        10. Tisdale JE,Kovacs R,Mi D, et al.Accuracy of uncorrected versus corrected QT Interval for Prediction of torsade de pointes associated with intravenous haloperidol.Pharmacotherapy.2007;27(2):175182.
        11. Arita Y,Kawamoto T,Shingu N.Three cases of ventricular tachycardia and torsades de pointes induced by antipsychotic drugs.Shinzo.1997;29(1):6874.
        12. Herrero‐Hernandez R,Cidoncha‐Gallego M,Herrero‐De Lucas E,Jimenez/‐Lendinez YM.Haloperidol por via intravenosa y torsade de pointes.Medicina intensive.2004;28(2):89.
        13. Rettmar K,Stierle U,Muhle E, et al.QT‐Verlängerung und Kammerflimmern unter Haloperidol‐ und Clonidin‐Therapie des Alkoholentzugssyndroms.Intensivmedizin und Notfallmedizin.1992;29(4):178183.
        14. ARIZONA CERT, Arizona Center for Education and Research on Therapeutics. Available at: www.azcert.org. Accessed February 2010.
        15. Lip G,Godtfredsen J.Cardiac arrhythmias—a clinical approach.Edinburgh:Mosby;2003.
        16. Hunt N,Stern TA.The association between intravenous haloperidol and torsades de pointes—three cases and a literature review.Psychosomatics.1995;36:541549.
        17. Metzger E,Friedman R.Prolongation of the corrected QT and torsades de pointes cardiac arrhythmia associated with intravenous haloperidol in the medically ill.J Clin Psychopharmacol.1993;13(2):128132.
        18. Perrault LP,Denault AY,Carrier M,Cartier R,Bélisle S.Torsades de pointes secondary to intravenous haloperidol after coronary bypass grafting surgery.Can J Anesth.2000;47(3):251254.
        19. Hassaballa HA,Balk RA.Torsade de pointes associated with the administration of intravenous haloperidol: a review of the literature and practical guidelines for use,Expert Opin Drug Saf.2003;2(6):543547.
        20. Lawrence KR,Nasraway SA.Conduction disturbances associated with administration of butyrophenone antipsychotics in the critically ill: a review of the literature,Pharmacotherapy.1997;17(3):531537.
        21. O'Brien JM,Rockwood RP,Suh KI.Haloperidol‐induced torsades de pointes.Ann Pharacother.1999;33(10):10461050.
        22. Shapiro BA,Warren J,Egol AB, et al.Practice parameters for intravenous analgesia and sedation for adult patients in the intensive care unit: an executive summary,Crit Care Med.1995;23(9):15961600.
        23. Akers WS,Flynn JD,Davis GA,Green AE,Winstead PS,Strobel G.Prolonged cardiac repolarization after tacrolimus and haloperidol administration in the critically ill patient.Pharmacotherapy.2004;24(3):404408.
        24. CPS Compendium of Pharmaceuticals and Specialties, the Canadian drug reference for health professionals, 2007, Canadian pharmacists association.
        25. Rote Liste Deutschland2008, Rote Liste Service GmbH Frankfurt am Main. Available at: www.rote‐liste.de. Accessed February 2010.
        26. Laible B,Johnson T.Delirium in the hospitalized patient: a primer for the pharmacist clinician.J Pharm Pract.2007;20(5):368372.
        27. Michaud L,Büla C,Berney A, et al.Delirium: guidelines for general hospitals.J Psychosom Res.2007;62(3):371383.
        28. Morandi A,Gunter ML,Ely EW,Pandharipande P.The pharmacological management of delirium in critical illness.Current Drug Therapy.2008,3:148157.
        29. VIDAL‐l'information sur les produits de santé2008, Issy les Moulineaux Cedex. Available at: www.vidal.fr. Accessed February 2010.
        30. Haldol iniettabile—ufficiale monografia italiana. Available at: www. informatorefarmaceutico.it. Accessed February 2010.
        31. Arzneimittelkompendium der Schweiz2008, documed Verlag Basel. Availabla at: www.kompendium.ch. Accessed February 2010.
        32. Jacobi J,Fraser GL,Coursin DB, et al.Clinical practice guidelines for the sustained use of sedatives and analgesics in the critically ill, American College of Critical Care Medicine ACCM, Society of Critical Care Medicine SCCM, American Society of Health‐System Pharmacists ASHP.Crit Care Med.2002;30(1):119141.
        33. Henriques‐Forsythe MN,Ivonye CC,Kamuguisha LK,Olejeme KA,Onwuanyi AE.Is telemetry overused? Is it as helpful as thought?Cleve Clin J Med.2009;76(6):368372.
        34. Sivaram CA,Summers JH,Ahmed N.Telemetry outside critical care units: patterns of utilization and influence on management decisions.Clin Cardiol.1998;21(7):503505.
        35. Sanders KM,Murray GB,Cassem NH.High‐dose intravenous haloperidol for agitated delirium in a cardiac patient on intra‐aortic balloon pump.J Clin Psychopharmacol.1991;11(2):146147.
        36. Ryan CJ.Haloperidol, midazolam and intravenous sedation.Aust NZ J Psychiatry.1999;33(6):942943.
        37. BNF British National Formulary, compendium of pharmaceuticals and specialties of the UK.2007. Available at: www.bnf.org. Accessed February 2010.
        38. Wilt JL,Minnema AM,Johnson RF,Rosenblum AM.Torsade de pointes associated with the use of intravenous haloperidol.Ann Intern Med.1993;119(5):391394.
        39. Zeifman CWE,Friedman B.Torsades de pointes: potential consequence of intravenous haloperidol in the intensive care unit.Intensive Care World.1994;11(3):109112.
        40. Di Salvo TG,O'Gara TP.Torsade de pointes caused by high‐dose intravenous haloperidol in cardiac patients.Clin Cardiol.1995;18:285290.
        41. Riker RR,Fraser GL,Cox PM.Continuous infusion of haloperidol controls agitation in critically ill patients.Crit Care Med.1994:22(3):433440.
        42. Faigel DO,Metz DC,Kochman ML.Torsade de pointes complicating the treatment of bleeding esophageal varices: association with neuroleptics, vasopressin, and electrolyte imbalances.Am J Gastroenterol.1995;90(5):822824.
        43. Sharma ND,Rosman HS,Padhi ID,Tisdale JE.Torsades de pointes associated with intravenous haloperidol in critically ill patients.Am J Cardiol.1998;81(2):238240.
        44. Tisdale JE,Rasty S,Padhi ID,Sharma ND,Rosman H.The effect of intravenous haloperidol on QT interval dispersion in critically ill patients: comparison with QT interval prolongation for assessment of risk of torsades de pointes.J Clin Pharmacol.2001;41:13101318.
        45. Stepkovitch K,Heagle Bahn C,Gupta R.Low‐dose haloperidol associated QTc prolongation.J Am Geriatr Soc.2008;56(10):19631964.
        46. Ginwalla M,Biblo LA,Paydak H.Torsade de pointes following intravenous haloperidol administration in a patient with complete heart block.WMJ.2009;108(1):4850.
        References
        1. Haldol® injection (for immediate release) Package Insert.Raritan, NJ:Ortho‐McNeil Pharmaceutical Inc.;2005;rev. 05.2007.
        2. Lonergan E,Britton AM,Luxenberg J,Wyller T. Antipsychotics for delirium (review), the Cochrane collaboration2008;2. Available at: www. cochrane.org. Accessed February 2010.
        3. American Psychiatric Association: practice guideline for the treatment of patients with delirium.Am J Psychiatry.1999;156(5 suppl):120, updated 2004.
        4. Thomson Micromedex.2008. Micromedex healthcare series: “haloperidol” Thomson Micromedex, Greenwood Village.
        5. FDA alert: haloperidol (marketed as Haldol, Haldol Decanoate and Haldol Lactate).2007. This alert highlights revisions to the labeling for haloperidol. Available at: www.fda.gov. Accessed February 2010.
        6. Tesar GE,Murray GB,Cassem NH.Use of high‐dose intravenous haloperidol in the treatment of agitated cardiac patients,J Clin Psychopharmacol.1985;5(6):344347.
        7. Fricchione GL,Nejad SH,Esses JA, et al.Postoperative delirium,Am J Psychiatry.2008;165:7.
        8. Douglas PH,Block PC.Corrected QT interval prolongation associated with intravenous haloperidol in acute coronary syndromes,Catheter Cardiovasc Interv.2000;50(3):352355.
        9. Glassman AH,Bigger JT.Antipsychotic drugs: prolonged QTc interval, torsade de pointes, and sudden death.Am J Psych.2001;158(11):17741782.
        10. Tisdale JE,Kovacs R,Mi D, et al.Accuracy of uncorrected versus corrected QT Interval for Prediction of torsade de pointes associated with intravenous haloperidol.Pharmacotherapy.2007;27(2):175182.
        11. Arita Y,Kawamoto T,Shingu N.Three cases of ventricular tachycardia and torsades de pointes induced by antipsychotic drugs.Shinzo.1997;29(1):6874.
        12. Herrero‐Hernandez R,Cidoncha‐Gallego M,Herrero‐De Lucas E,Jimenez/‐Lendinez YM.Haloperidol por via intravenosa y torsade de pointes.Medicina intensive.2004;28(2):89.
        13. Rettmar K,Stierle U,Muhle E, et al.QT‐Verlängerung und Kammerflimmern unter Haloperidol‐ und Clonidin‐Therapie des Alkoholentzugssyndroms.Intensivmedizin und Notfallmedizin.1992;29(4):178183.
        14. ARIZONA CERT, Arizona Center for Education and Research on Therapeutics. Available at: www.azcert.org. Accessed February 2010.
        15. Lip G,Godtfredsen J.Cardiac arrhythmias—a clinical approach.Edinburgh:Mosby;2003.
        16. Hunt N,Stern TA.The association between intravenous haloperidol and torsades de pointes—three cases and a literature review.Psychosomatics.1995;36:541549.
        17. Metzger E,Friedman R.Prolongation of the corrected QT and torsades de pointes cardiac arrhythmia associated with intravenous haloperidol in the medically ill.J Clin Psychopharmacol.1993;13(2):128132.
        18. Perrault LP,Denault AY,Carrier M,Cartier R,Bélisle S.Torsades de pointes secondary to intravenous haloperidol after coronary bypass grafting surgery.Can J Anesth.2000;47(3):251254.
        19. Hassaballa HA,Balk RA.Torsade de pointes associated with the administration of intravenous haloperidol: a review of the literature and practical guidelines for use,Expert Opin Drug Saf.2003;2(6):543547.
        20. Lawrence KR,Nasraway SA.Conduction disturbances associated with administration of butyrophenone antipsychotics in the critically ill: a review of the literature,Pharmacotherapy.1997;17(3):531537.
        21. O'Brien JM,Rockwood RP,Suh KI.Haloperidol‐induced torsades de pointes.Ann Pharacother.1999;33(10):10461050.
        22. Shapiro BA,Warren J,Egol AB, et al.Practice parameters for intravenous analgesia and sedation for adult patients in the intensive care unit: an executive summary,Crit Care Med.1995;23(9):15961600.
        23. Akers WS,Flynn JD,Davis GA,Green AE,Winstead PS,Strobel G.Prolonged cardiac repolarization after tacrolimus and haloperidol administration in the critically ill patient.Pharmacotherapy.2004;24(3):404408.
        24. CPS Compendium of Pharmaceuticals and Specialties, the Canadian drug reference for health professionals, 2007, Canadian pharmacists association.
        25. Rote Liste Deutschland2008, Rote Liste Service GmbH Frankfurt am Main. Available at: www.rote‐liste.de. Accessed February 2010.
        26. Laible B,Johnson T.Delirium in the hospitalized patient: a primer for the pharmacist clinician.J Pharm Pract.2007;20(5):368372.
        27. Michaud L,Büla C,Berney A, et al.Delirium: guidelines for general hospitals.J Psychosom Res.2007;62(3):371383.
        28. Morandi A,Gunter ML,Ely EW,Pandharipande P.The pharmacological management of delirium in critical illness.Current Drug Therapy.2008,3:148157.
        29. VIDAL‐l'information sur les produits de santé2008, Issy les Moulineaux Cedex. Available at: www.vidal.fr. Accessed February 2010.
        30. Haldol iniettabile—ufficiale monografia italiana. Available at: www. informatorefarmaceutico.it. Accessed February 2010.
        31. Arzneimittelkompendium der Schweiz2008, documed Verlag Basel. Availabla at: www.kompendium.ch. Accessed February 2010.
        32. Jacobi J,Fraser GL,Coursin DB, et al.Clinical practice guidelines for the sustained use of sedatives and analgesics in the critically ill, American College of Critical Care Medicine ACCM, Society of Critical Care Medicine SCCM, American Society of Health‐System Pharmacists ASHP.Crit Care Med.2002;30(1):119141.
        33. Henriques‐Forsythe MN,Ivonye CC,Kamuguisha LK,Olejeme KA,Onwuanyi AE.Is telemetry overused? Is it as helpful as thought?Cleve Clin J Med.2009;76(6):368372.
        34. Sivaram CA,Summers JH,Ahmed N.Telemetry outside critical care units: patterns of utilization and influence on management decisions.Clin Cardiol.1998;21(7):503505.
        35. Sanders KM,Murray GB,Cassem NH.High‐dose intravenous haloperidol for agitated delirium in a cardiac patient on intra‐aortic balloon pump.J Clin Psychopharmacol.1991;11(2):146147.
        36. Ryan CJ.Haloperidol, midazolam and intravenous sedation.Aust NZ J Psychiatry.1999;33(6):942943.
        37. BNF British National Formulary, compendium of pharmaceuticals and specialties of the UK.2007. Available at: www.bnf.org. Accessed February 2010.
        38. Wilt JL,Minnema AM,Johnson RF,Rosenblum AM.Torsade de pointes associated with the use of intravenous haloperidol.Ann Intern Med.1993;119(5):391394.
        39. Zeifman CWE,Friedman B.Torsades de pointes: potential consequence of intravenous haloperidol in the intensive care unit.Intensive Care World.1994;11(3):109112.
        40. Di Salvo TG,O'Gara TP.Torsade de pointes caused by high‐dose intravenous haloperidol in cardiac patients.Clin Cardiol.1995;18:285290.
        41. Riker RR,Fraser GL,Cox PM.Continuous infusion of haloperidol controls agitation in critically ill patients.Crit Care Med.1994:22(3):433440.
        42. Faigel DO,Metz DC,Kochman ML.Torsade de pointes complicating the treatment of bleeding esophageal varices: association with neuroleptics, vasopressin, and electrolyte imbalances.Am J Gastroenterol.1995;90(5):822824.
        43. Sharma ND,Rosman HS,Padhi ID,Tisdale JE.Torsades de pointes associated with intravenous haloperidol in critically ill patients.Am J Cardiol.1998;81(2):238240.
        44. Tisdale JE,Rasty S,Padhi ID,Sharma ND,Rosman H.The effect of intravenous haloperidol on QT interval dispersion in critically ill patients: comparison with QT interval prolongation for assessment of risk of torsades de pointes.J Clin Pharmacol.2001;41:13101318.
        45. Stepkovitch K,Heagle Bahn C,Gupta R.Low‐dose haloperidol associated QTc prolongation.J Am Geriatr Soc.2008;56(10):19631964.
        46. Ginwalla M,Biblo LA,Paydak H.Torsade de pointes following intravenous haloperidol administration in a patient with complete heart block.WMJ.2009;108(1):4850.
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        E8-E16
        Page Number
        E8-E16
        Article Type
        Display Headline
        The FDA extended warning for intravenous haloperidol and torsades de pointes: How should institutions respond?
        Display Headline
        The FDA extended warning for intravenous haloperidol and torsades de pointes: How should institutions respond?
        Legacy Keywords
        antipsychotics, adverse drug reactions, cardiac adverse events, haloperidol, QT prolongation, torsades de pointes
        Legacy Keywords
        antipsychotics, adverse drug reactions, cardiac adverse events, haloperidol, QT prolongation, torsades de pointes
        Sections
        Article Source
        Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine
        Disallow All Ads
        Correspondence Location
        Swiss Patient Safety Foundation, Asylstrasse 77, CH‐8032 Zürich
        Content Gating
        Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
        Gating Strategy
        First Peek Free
        Article PDF Media

        CVS in an Adult Patient

        Article Type
        Changed
        Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
        Display Headline
        Cyclic vomiting syndrome in an adult patient

        We present a 26‐year‐old white male with a chief complaint of nausea and vomiting. The patient described prodromal nausea followed by intractable vomiting for 2 days. Over the past 2 years he has experienced similar episodes occurring every 3 to 6 months. He has been hospitalized 5 times for this problem with no diagnosis given. There are no obvious precipitants. The symptoms consistently last 2 to 3 days and resolve with supportive care including intravenous fluids and antiemetics. The patient enjoys good health between the periods of sickness. He has never experienced coffee‐ground emesis or hematemesis. His past medical history is significant for attention deficit disorder and cholecystectomy. He takes no prescription medications. Social history is remarkable for tobacco abuse, binge drinking on weekends, and daily marijuana use. He is unemployed. His family history is unremarkable.

        Physical examination at the time of admission was notable for tachycardia, orthostatic hypotension, and hypoactive bowel sounds. Otherwise physical examination was normal.

        Diagnostic testing done on admission was notable for white blood cell count of 25,000, hemoglobin of 17.3, blood urea nitrogen 18, creatinine 1.4, aspartate aminotransferase (AST) 64, and alanine aminotransferase (ALT) 55. Pancreatic enzymes and acute abdominal series were normal.

        The patient was admitted to the hospital with the presumptive diagnosis of viral gastroenteritis. Initial therapy included intravenous fluids and promethazine. Throughout hospital day 1, he remained nauseated and had multiple bouts of emesis. Records from the patient's hospitalization 5 months ago were obtained and reviewed. During this previous hospitalization, computed tomography (CT) scans of the abdomen and esophagogastroduodenoscopy (EGD) were performed, both of which were negative. Upon review of this recent workup, the diagnosis of cyclic vomiting syndrome (CVS) was entertained and the patient received a therapeutic trial of subcutaneous sumatriptan. His symptoms abated dramatically. Subsequently, he was able to keep oral liquids down and his orthostatic hypotension resolved. On hospital day 2, his white blood cell count normalized without intervention. Blood, urine, and stool cultures remained negative, and workup for acute intermittent porphyria was negative. Upon discharge from the hospital he was counseled to discontinue all marijuana use and was scheduled for follow‐up in the residents' clinic. He failed to keep this appointment. After being lost to follow‐up for 17 months, he presented to the emergency department with nausea and vomiting. As before, his symptoms promptly improved with sumatriptan.

        Discussion

        CVS, initially described in 1861 as a pediatric illness, is being increasingly recognized in adults.1 It has been estimated that up to 1.6% of children experience symptoms consistent with this disorder, but the prevalence in adults is unknown.2 The essential features of CVS, as noted in our patient, are multiple discrete episodes of nausea and vomiting lasting less than 1 week with absence of nausea and vomiting between episodes. The presentation of adults with CVS often differs from the pediatric form in that adults have longer, less frequent episodes, and the triggers are less evident.3

        The etiology and pathogenesis of CVS remain unknown. A variety of physical and psychological stresses, including infection, overexertion, and emotional distress, have been noted to precipitate episodes.4 CVS has variably been associated with autonomic, mitochondrial, and endocrine disorders. The most prevalent theory in the literature, however, is that CVS and migraine headaches are different presentations of the same diathesis.5 Patients with both are noted to have similar patterns of symptoms and positive family history of migraines. The progression from CVS to migraines is noted frequently in individual patients. As many as 82% of the 214 children in a case series of CVS were noted to have a family history of migraines or to have or subsequently develop migraines.6 In addition, electroencephalogram findings and adrenergic autonomic abnormalities are similar in both sets of patients.3 In 1 case series of 17 patients with CVS, patients noted the possible association of episodes with menses (in 57% of women of reproductive age), and the improvement of symptoms with sleep (in 24%), clinical factors common in patients with migraines.3

        CVS is one of the functional gastrointestinal disorders for which the diagnosis is clinical, with criteria based upon the consensus of expert opinion in the Rome III Criteria for Functional Gastrointestinal (GI) Disorders.7 At least 3 months, with onset at least 6 months previously of:

        • Stereotypical episodes of vomiting regarding onset (acute) and duration (less than 1 week);

        • 3 or more discrete episodes in the prior year; and

        • Absence of nausea and vomiting between episodes.

        Supportive criteria: History of migraine headaches or family history of migraine headaches.7

        Making the diagnosis of CVS requires the exclusion of other disorders associated with recurrent vomiting. Examples include gastric outlet or small bowel obstruction, gastroparesis, vestibular neuritis, elevated intracranial pressure, inborn errors of metabolism, dysautonomia, porphyria, and alterations in the hypothalamic pituitary adrenal axis. The other functional nausea and vomiting disorders described in Rome III, specifically chronic idiopathic nausea and functional vomiting, also need to be considered.7 Many drugs can cause nausea and vomiting, and chronic marijuana use has been associated with cyclical hyperemesis.8 Our patient meets the diagnostic criteria for CVS, but his frequent marijuana use would preclude a diagnosis of functional vomiting, which by definition requires an absence of chronic cannabinoid use.

        Determining which tests and procedures should be performed in the initial evaluation is based on clinical judgment, but commonly includes complete metabolic profile, urinalysis, upper GI series, EGD, neurological imaging, acute abdominal series, and CT of the abdomen and pelvis. In addition, pertinent metabolic screening including serum lactate, cortisol, pyruvate, ammonia, creatinine phosphokinase, carnitine, urinary organic acids, and porphobilinogen may be considered.5

        Evidence‐based treatment of CVS is limited by the lack of controlled trials. Acutely, patients often require hospitalization and symptom management with aggressive hydration, antiemetics, and sometimes even sedative agents. Empiric abortive treatment with antimigraine mediations (sumitriptan, prochlorperazine, tricyclic antidepressants, and ketorolac) has been effective in case reports.911 Patients in whom a history of chronic cannabinoid use is elicited should be counseled that cessation may lead to an improvement in symptoms.

        Just as with migraines, patients who experience frequent episodes of cyclic vomiting can benefit from prophylactic medications. Tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) have been reported to be effective as prophylactic agents in children with CVS.12 An open‐label treatment group of 17 adult patients with CVS noted that 17% of patients had a complete remission with TCA therapy and almost 60% had a partial response.3 More recently, a retrospective case series of patients who had failed TCAs as maintenance therapy reported that 15 out of the 20 patients studied had improvement in the frequency of their vomiting episodes with the newer antiepileptic drugs zonisamide and levetiracem. However, moderate or severe side effects were reported in 45%.13

        Conclusions

        In summary, although CVS is still an uncommon diagnosis, it is being made more frequently in adults. Although recognition is increasing, there remains a significant delay between onset of symptoms and diagnosis in adults.4 CVS is a diagnosis of exclusion and should be considered when initial evaluation for recurrent nausea and vomiting are unrevealing. A wide range of medications show benefit for both abortive and prophylactic therapy. Increasing awareness of this disorder can lead to a reduction in invasive and costly diagnostic workups.

        References
        1. Lombard HC.Evrose de la digestion, caracteriseo par des crises periodiques de vomissements et une profonde modification de l'assimilation.Gazette Medicale de Paris1861:312. [French]
        2. Abu‐Arafeh I,Russell G.Cyclical vomiting syndrome in children: a population‐based study.J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.1995;21(4):454458.
        3. Prakash C,Clouse R.Cyclic vomiting syndrome in adults: clinical features and response to tricyclic antidepressants.Am J Gastroenterol.1999;94(10):28552860.
        4. Gornowicz B,Adams K,Burch R,Feldman EJ.Cyclic vomiting syndrome in 41 adults: the illness, the patients, and problems of management.BMC Med.2005;3:20.
        5. Li BU,Issenman RM,Sarna SK.Consensus statement—2nd International Scientific Symposium on CVS. The Faculty of The 2nd International Scientific Symposium on Cyclic Vomiting Syndrome.Dig Dis Sci.1999;44(8 suppl):9S11S.
        6. Li BU,Murray RD,Heitlinger LA,Robbins JL,Hayes JR.Is cyclic vomiting syndrome related to migraine?J Pediatr.1999;134(5):567572.
        7. Tack J,Talley NJ,Camilleri M, et al.Functional gastroduodenal disorders.Gastroenterology.2006;130:14661479.
        8. Allen JH,de Moore GM,Heddle R,Twartz JC.Cannabinoid hyperemesis: cyclical hyperemesis in association with chronic cannabis use.Gut.2004;53:15661570.
        9. Benson JM,Zorn SL,Book LS.Sumatriptan in the treatment of cyclic vomiting.Ann Pharmacother.1995;29(10):997999.
        10. Scobie BA.Recurrent vomiting in adults. A syndrome?Med J Aust.1983;1(7):329331.
        11. Pasricha PJ,Schuster MM,Saudek CD,Wand G,Ravich WJ.Cyclic vomiting: association with multiple homeostatic abnormalities and response to ketorolac.Am J Gastroenterol.1996;91(10):22282232.
        12. Andersen JM.Effective prophylactic therapy for cyclic vomiting syndrome in children using amitriptyline or cyproheptadine.Pediatrics.1997;100(6):977981.
        13. Clouse RE,Sayuk GS,Lustman PJ,Prakash C.Zonisamide or levetiracetam for adults with cyclic vomiting syndrome: a case series.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2007;5(1):4448.
        Article PDF
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        251-252
        Legacy Keywords
        cyclic vomiting syndrome, diagnostic decision‐making, gastroenteritis, gastroenterology, symptom management
        Sections
        Article PDF
        Article PDF

        We present a 26‐year‐old white male with a chief complaint of nausea and vomiting. The patient described prodromal nausea followed by intractable vomiting for 2 days. Over the past 2 years he has experienced similar episodes occurring every 3 to 6 months. He has been hospitalized 5 times for this problem with no diagnosis given. There are no obvious precipitants. The symptoms consistently last 2 to 3 days and resolve with supportive care including intravenous fluids and antiemetics. The patient enjoys good health between the periods of sickness. He has never experienced coffee‐ground emesis or hematemesis. His past medical history is significant for attention deficit disorder and cholecystectomy. He takes no prescription medications. Social history is remarkable for tobacco abuse, binge drinking on weekends, and daily marijuana use. He is unemployed. His family history is unremarkable.

        Physical examination at the time of admission was notable for tachycardia, orthostatic hypotension, and hypoactive bowel sounds. Otherwise physical examination was normal.

        Diagnostic testing done on admission was notable for white blood cell count of 25,000, hemoglobin of 17.3, blood urea nitrogen 18, creatinine 1.4, aspartate aminotransferase (AST) 64, and alanine aminotransferase (ALT) 55. Pancreatic enzymes and acute abdominal series were normal.

        The patient was admitted to the hospital with the presumptive diagnosis of viral gastroenteritis. Initial therapy included intravenous fluids and promethazine. Throughout hospital day 1, he remained nauseated and had multiple bouts of emesis. Records from the patient's hospitalization 5 months ago were obtained and reviewed. During this previous hospitalization, computed tomography (CT) scans of the abdomen and esophagogastroduodenoscopy (EGD) were performed, both of which were negative. Upon review of this recent workup, the diagnosis of cyclic vomiting syndrome (CVS) was entertained and the patient received a therapeutic trial of subcutaneous sumatriptan. His symptoms abated dramatically. Subsequently, he was able to keep oral liquids down and his orthostatic hypotension resolved. On hospital day 2, his white blood cell count normalized without intervention. Blood, urine, and stool cultures remained negative, and workup for acute intermittent porphyria was negative. Upon discharge from the hospital he was counseled to discontinue all marijuana use and was scheduled for follow‐up in the residents' clinic. He failed to keep this appointment. After being lost to follow‐up for 17 months, he presented to the emergency department with nausea and vomiting. As before, his symptoms promptly improved with sumatriptan.

        Discussion

        CVS, initially described in 1861 as a pediatric illness, is being increasingly recognized in adults.1 It has been estimated that up to 1.6% of children experience symptoms consistent with this disorder, but the prevalence in adults is unknown.2 The essential features of CVS, as noted in our patient, are multiple discrete episodes of nausea and vomiting lasting less than 1 week with absence of nausea and vomiting between episodes. The presentation of adults with CVS often differs from the pediatric form in that adults have longer, less frequent episodes, and the triggers are less evident.3

        The etiology and pathogenesis of CVS remain unknown. A variety of physical and psychological stresses, including infection, overexertion, and emotional distress, have been noted to precipitate episodes.4 CVS has variably been associated with autonomic, mitochondrial, and endocrine disorders. The most prevalent theory in the literature, however, is that CVS and migraine headaches are different presentations of the same diathesis.5 Patients with both are noted to have similar patterns of symptoms and positive family history of migraines. The progression from CVS to migraines is noted frequently in individual patients. As many as 82% of the 214 children in a case series of CVS were noted to have a family history of migraines or to have or subsequently develop migraines.6 In addition, electroencephalogram findings and adrenergic autonomic abnormalities are similar in both sets of patients.3 In 1 case series of 17 patients with CVS, patients noted the possible association of episodes with menses (in 57% of women of reproductive age), and the improvement of symptoms with sleep (in 24%), clinical factors common in patients with migraines.3

        CVS is one of the functional gastrointestinal disorders for which the diagnosis is clinical, with criteria based upon the consensus of expert opinion in the Rome III Criteria for Functional Gastrointestinal (GI) Disorders.7 At least 3 months, with onset at least 6 months previously of:

        • Stereotypical episodes of vomiting regarding onset (acute) and duration (less than 1 week);

        • 3 or more discrete episodes in the prior year; and

        • Absence of nausea and vomiting between episodes.

        Supportive criteria: History of migraine headaches or family history of migraine headaches.7

        Making the diagnosis of CVS requires the exclusion of other disorders associated with recurrent vomiting. Examples include gastric outlet or small bowel obstruction, gastroparesis, vestibular neuritis, elevated intracranial pressure, inborn errors of metabolism, dysautonomia, porphyria, and alterations in the hypothalamic pituitary adrenal axis. The other functional nausea and vomiting disorders described in Rome III, specifically chronic idiopathic nausea and functional vomiting, also need to be considered.7 Many drugs can cause nausea and vomiting, and chronic marijuana use has been associated with cyclical hyperemesis.8 Our patient meets the diagnostic criteria for CVS, but his frequent marijuana use would preclude a diagnosis of functional vomiting, which by definition requires an absence of chronic cannabinoid use.

        Determining which tests and procedures should be performed in the initial evaluation is based on clinical judgment, but commonly includes complete metabolic profile, urinalysis, upper GI series, EGD, neurological imaging, acute abdominal series, and CT of the abdomen and pelvis. In addition, pertinent metabolic screening including serum lactate, cortisol, pyruvate, ammonia, creatinine phosphokinase, carnitine, urinary organic acids, and porphobilinogen may be considered.5

        Evidence‐based treatment of CVS is limited by the lack of controlled trials. Acutely, patients often require hospitalization and symptom management with aggressive hydration, antiemetics, and sometimes even sedative agents. Empiric abortive treatment with antimigraine mediations (sumitriptan, prochlorperazine, tricyclic antidepressants, and ketorolac) has been effective in case reports.911 Patients in whom a history of chronic cannabinoid use is elicited should be counseled that cessation may lead to an improvement in symptoms.

        Just as with migraines, patients who experience frequent episodes of cyclic vomiting can benefit from prophylactic medications. Tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) have been reported to be effective as prophylactic agents in children with CVS.12 An open‐label treatment group of 17 adult patients with CVS noted that 17% of patients had a complete remission with TCA therapy and almost 60% had a partial response.3 More recently, a retrospective case series of patients who had failed TCAs as maintenance therapy reported that 15 out of the 20 patients studied had improvement in the frequency of their vomiting episodes with the newer antiepileptic drugs zonisamide and levetiracem. However, moderate or severe side effects were reported in 45%.13

        Conclusions

        In summary, although CVS is still an uncommon diagnosis, it is being made more frequently in adults. Although recognition is increasing, there remains a significant delay between onset of symptoms and diagnosis in adults.4 CVS is a diagnosis of exclusion and should be considered when initial evaluation for recurrent nausea and vomiting are unrevealing. A wide range of medications show benefit for both abortive and prophylactic therapy. Increasing awareness of this disorder can lead to a reduction in invasive and costly diagnostic workups.

        We present a 26‐year‐old white male with a chief complaint of nausea and vomiting. The patient described prodromal nausea followed by intractable vomiting for 2 days. Over the past 2 years he has experienced similar episodes occurring every 3 to 6 months. He has been hospitalized 5 times for this problem with no diagnosis given. There are no obvious precipitants. The symptoms consistently last 2 to 3 days and resolve with supportive care including intravenous fluids and antiemetics. The patient enjoys good health between the periods of sickness. He has never experienced coffee‐ground emesis or hematemesis. His past medical history is significant for attention deficit disorder and cholecystectomy. He takes no prescription medications. Social history is remarkable for tobacco abuse, binge drinking on weekends, and daily marijuana use. He is unemployed. His family history is unremarkable.

        Physical examination at the time of admission was notable for tachycardia, orthostatic hypotension, and hypoactive bowel sounds. Otherwise physical examination was normal.

        Diagnostic testing done on admission was notable for white blood cell count of 25,000, hemoglobin of 17.3, blood urea nitrogen 18, creatinine 1.4, aspartate aminotransferase (AST) 64, and alanine aminotransferase (ALT) 55. Pancreatic enzymes and acute abdominal series were normal.

        The patient was admitted to the hospital with the presumptive diagnosis of viral gastroenteritis. Initial therapy included intravenous fluids and promethazine. Throughout hospital day 1, he remained nauseated and had multiple bouts of emesis. Records from the patient's hospitalization 5 months ago were obtained and reviewed. During this previous hospitalization, computed tomography (CT) scans of the abdomen and esophagogastroduodenoscopy (EGD) were performed, both of which were negative. Upon review of this recent workup, the diagnosis of cyclic vomiting syndrome (CVS) was entertained and the patient received a therapeutic trial of subcutaneous sumatriptan. His symptoms abated dramatically. Subsequently, he was able to keep oral liquids down and his orthostatic hypotension resolved. On hospital day 2, his white blood cell count normalized without intervention. Blood, urine, and stool cultures remained negative, and workup for acute intermittent porphyria was negative. Upon discharge from the hospital he was counseled to discontinue all marijuana use and was scheduled for follow‐up in the residents' clinic. He failed to keep this appointment. After being lost to follow‐up for 17 months, he presented to the emergency department with nausea and vomiting. As before, his symptoms promptly improved with sumatriptan.

        Discussion

        CVS, initially described in 1861 as a pediatric illness, is being increasingly recognized in adults.1 It has been estimated that up to 1.6% of children experience symptoms consistent with this disorder, but the prevalence in adults is unknown.2 The essential features of CVS, as noted in our patient, are multiple discrete episodes of nausea and vomiting lasting less than 1 week with absence of nausea and vomiting between episodes. The presentation of adults with CVS often differs from the pediatric form in that adults have longer, less frequent episodes, and the triggers are less evident.3

        The etiology and pathogenesis of CVS remain unknown. A variety of physical and psychological stresses, including infection, overexertion, and emotional distress, have been noted to precipitate episodes.4 CVS has variably been associated with autonomic, mitochondrial, and endocrine disorders. The most prevalent theory in the literature, however, is that CVS and migraine headaches are different presentations of the same diathesis.5 Patients with both are noted to have similar patterns of symptoms and positive family history of migraines. The progression from CVS to migraines is noted frequently in individual patients. As many as 82% of the 214 children in a case series of CVS were noted to have a family history of migraines or to have or subsequently develop migraines.6 In addition, electroencephalogram findings and adrenergic autonomic abnormalities are similar in both sets of patients.3 In 1 case series of 17 patients with CVS, patients noted the possible association of episodes with menses (in 57% of women of reproductive age), and the improvement of symptoms with sleep (in 24%), clinical factors common in patients with migraines.3

        CVS is one of the functional gastrointestinal disorders for which the diagnosis is clinical, with criteria based upon the consensus of expert opinion in the Rome III Criteria for Functional Gastrointestinal (GI) Disorders.7 At least 3 months, with onset at least 6 months previously of:

        • Stereotypical episodes of vomiting regarding onset (acute) and duration (less than 1 week);

        • 3 or more discrete episodes in the prior year; and

        • Absence of nausea and vomiting between episodes.

        Supportive criteria: History of migraine headaches or family history of migraine headaches.7

        Making the diagnosis of CVS requires the exclusion of other disorders associated with recurrent vomiting. Examples include gastric outlet or small bowel obstruction, gastroparesis, vestibular neuritis, elevated intracranial pressure, inborn errors of metabolism, dysautonomia, porphyria, and alterations in the hypothalamic pituitary adrenal axis. The other functional nausea and vomiting disorders described in Rome III, specifically chronic idiopathic nausea and functional vomiting, also need to be considered.7 Many drugs can cause nausea and vomiting, and chronic marijuana use has been associated with cyclical hyperemesis.8 Our patient meets the diagnostic criteria for CVS, but his frequent marijuana use would preclude a diagnosis of functional vomiting, which by definition requires an absence of chronic cannabinoid use.

        Determining which tests and procedures should be performed in the initial evaluation is based on clinical judgment, but commonly includes complete metabolic profile, urinalysis, upper GI series, EGD, neurological imaging, acute abdominal series, and CT of the abdomen and pelvis. In addition, pertinent metabolic screening including serum lactate, cortisol, pyruvate, ammonia, creatinine phosphokinase, carnitine, urinary organic acids, and porphobilinogen may be considered.5

        Evidence‐based treatment of CVS is limited by the lack of controlled trials. Acutely, patients often require hospitalization and symptom management with aggressive hydration, antiemetics, and sometimes even sedative agents. Empiric abortive treatment with antimigraine mediations (sumitriptan, prochlorperazine, tricyclic antidepressants, and ketorolac) has been effective in case reports.911 Patients in whom a history of chronic cannabinoid use is elicited should be counseled that cessation may lead to an improvement in symptoms.

        Just as with migraines, patients who experience frequent episodes of cyclic vomiting can benefit from prophylactic medications. Tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs) have been reported to be effective as prophylactic agents in children with CVS.12 An open‐label treatment group of 17 adult patients with CVS noted that 17% of patients had a complete remission with TCA therapy and almost 60% had a partial response.3 More recently, a retrospective case series of patients who had failed TCAs as maintenance therapy reported that 15 out of the 20 patients studied had improvement in the frequency of their vomiting episodes with the newer antiepileptic drugs zonisamide and levetiracem. However, moderate or severe side effects were reported in 45%.13

        Conclusions

        In summary, although CVS is still an uncommon diagnosis, it is being made more frequently in adults. Although recognition is increasing, there remains a significant delay between onset of symptoms and diagnosis in adults.4 CVS is a diagnosis of exclusion and should be considered when initial evaluation for recurrent nausea and vomiting are unrevealing. A wide range of medications show benefit for both abortive and prophylactic therapy. Increasing awareness of this disorder can lead to a reduction in invasive and costly diagnostic workups.

        References
        1. Lombard HC.Evrose de la digestion, caracteriseo par des crises periodiques de vomissements et une profonde modification de l'assimilation.Gazette Medicale de Paris1861:312. [French]
        2. Abu‐Arafeh I,Russell G.Cyclical vomiting syndrome in children: a population‐based study.J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.1995;21(4):454458.
        3. Prakash C,Clouse R.Cyclic vomiting syndrome in adults: clinical features and response to tricyclic antidepressants.Am J Gastroenterol.1999;94(10):28552860.
        4. Gornowicz B,Adams K,Burch R,Feldman EJ.Cyclic vomiting syndrome in 41 adults: the illness, the patients, and problems of management.BMC Med.2005;3:20.
        5. Li BU,Issenman RM,Sarna SK.Consensus statement—2nd International Scientific Symposium on CVS. The Faculty of The 2nd International Scientific Symposium on Cyclic Vomiting Syndrome.Dig Dis Sci.1999;44(8 suppl):9S11S.
        6. Li BU,Murray RD,Heitlinger LA,Robbins JL,Hayes JR.Is cyclic vomiting syndrome related to migraine?J Pediatr.1999;134(5):567572.
        7. Tack J,Talley NJ,Camilleri M, et al.Functional gastroduodenal disorders.Gastroenterology.2006;130:14661479.
        8. Allen JH,de Moore GM,Heddle R,Twartz JC.Cannabinoid hyperemesis: cyclical hyperemesis in association with chronic cannabis use.Gut.2004;53:15661570.
        9. Benson JM,Zorn SL,Book LS.Sumatriptan in the treatment of cyclic vomiting.Ann Pharmacother.1995;29(10):997999.
        10. Scobie BA.Recurrent vomiting in adults. A syndrome?Med J Aust.1983;1(7):329331.
        11. Pasricha PJ,Schuster MM,Saudek CD,Wand G,Ravich WJ.Cyclic vomiting: association with multiple homeostatic abnormalities and response to ketorolac.Am J Gastroenterol.1996;91(10):22282232.
        12. Andersen JM.Effective prophylactic therapy for cyclic vomiting syndrome in children using amitriptyline or cyproheptadine.Pediatrics.1997;100(6):977981.
        13. Clouse RE,Sayuk GS,Lustman PJ,Prakash C.Zonisamide or levetiracetam for adults with cyclic vomiting syndrome: a case series.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2007;5(1):4448.
        References
        1. Lombard HC.Evrose de la digestion, caracteriseo par des crises periodiques de vomissements et une profonde modification de l'assimilation.Gazette Medicale de Paris1861:312. [French]
        2. Abu‐Arafeh I,Russell G.Cyclical vomiting syndrome in children: a population‐based study.J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr.1995;21(4):454458.
        3. Prakash C,Clouse R.Cyclic vomiting syndrome in adults: clinical features and response to tricyclic antidepressants.Am J Gastroenterol.1999;94(10):28552860.
        4. Gornowicz B,Adams K,Burch R,Feldman EJ.Cyclic vomiting syndrome in 41 adults: the illness, the patients, and problems of management.BMC Med.2005;3:20.
        5. Li BU,Issenman RM,Sarna SK.Consensus statement—2nd International Scientific Symposium on CVS. The Faculty of The 2nd International Scientific Symposium on Cyclic Vomiting Syndrome.Dig Dis Sci.1999;44(8 suppl):9S11S.
        6. Li BU,Murray RD,Heitlinger LA,Robbins JL,Hayes JR.Is cyclic vomiting syndrome related to migraine?J Pediatr.1999;134(5):567572.
        7. Tack J,Talley NJ,Camilleri M, et al.Functional gastroduodenal disorders.Gastroenterology.2006;130:14661479.
        8. Allen JH,de Moore GM,Heddle R,Twartz JC.Cannabinoid hyperemesis: cyclical hyperemesis in association with chronic cannabis use.Gut.2004;53:15661570.
        9. Benson JM,Zorn SL,Book LS.Sumatriptan in the treatment of cyclic vomiting.Ann Pharmacother.1995;29(10):997999.
        10. Scobie BA.Recurrent vomiting in adults. A syndrome?Med J Aust.1983;1(7):329331.
        11. Pasricha PJ,Schuster MM,Saudek CD,Wand G,Ravich WJ.Cyclic vomiting: association with multiple homeostatic abnormalities and response to ketorolac.Am J Gastroenterol.1996;91(10):22282232.
        12. Andersen JM.Effective prophylactic therapy for cyclic vomiting syndrome in children using amitriptyline or cyproheptadine.Pediatrics.1997;100(6):977981.
        13. Clouse RE,Sayuk GS,Lustman PJ,Prakash C.Zonisamide or levetiracetam for adults with cyclic vomiting syndrome: a case series.Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol.2007;5(1):4448.
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Issue
        Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(4)
        Page Number
        251-252
        Page Number
        251-252
        Article Type
        Display Headline
        Cyclic vomiting syndrome in an adult patient
        Display Headline
        Cyclic vomiting syndrome in an adult patient
        Legacy Keywords
        cyclic vomiting syndrome, diagnostic decision‐making, gastroenteritis, gastroenterology, symptom management
        Legacy Keywords
        cyclic vomiting syndrome, diagnostic decision‐making, gastroenteritis, gastroenterology, symptom management
        Sections
        Article Source
        Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine
        Disallow All Ads
        Correspondence Location
        135 Rutledge Ave, STC 591, Charleston, SC 29425
        Content Gating
        Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
        Gating Strategy
        First Peek Free
        Article PDF Media